Buyers Guides Archives - Bikerumor https://bikerumor.com/buyers-guides/ All the best cycling news, tech, rumors and reviews Tue, 29 Aug 2023 22:58:40 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://bikerumor.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/bikerumor-favicon-144-1-120x120.png Buyers Guides Archives - Bikerumor https://bikerumor.com/buyers-guides/ 32 32 190730048 The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-cycling-sunglasses/ Tue, 29 Aug 2023 22:58:05 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=332528 The best cycling sunglasses

No matter what type of cycling you do, protecting your eyes from the sun, wind, and debris is important for both comfort and safety. Fortunately,…

The post The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
The best cycling sunglasses

No matter what type of cycling you do, protecting your eyes from the sun, wind, and debris is important for both comfort and safety. Fortunately, there are loads of great cycling sunglasses on the market to choose from that come in a wide range of styles, lens tints, and sizes to suit varying needs, preferences, and budgets.

Quality cycling sunglasses have excellent optics that dim harsh light and boost contrast, provide coverage and protection from the wind, dust, bugs, and other debris, fit comfortably, and go virtually unnoticed while riding. These days we have more great options than ever with numerous brands putting out quality eyewear with different frame styles, lens sizes, lens tints, and contrast-enhancing technologies, all with the same goal of helping you see more clearly while you ride.

With so many options, finding the right pair of cycling sunglasses for your face, riding style, and light conditions can be a challenging proposition. To help, we gathered a diverse selection of 14 of the best models on the market in 2023 for testing and comparison. Whatever your favorite riding discipline, there are lots of excellent options to shield your eyes while you’re out on the bike.

After testing these cycling sunglasses for months, we zeroed in on our favorites which are listed below, followed by the best of the rest that are all very worthy of consideration as well. To see the specs of all the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need some help figuring out what you need, our detailed buying advice and FAQ section have answers to steer you in the right direction.

The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Best Overall Cycling Sunglasses

Julbo Density

Specs

  • MSRP $170 – $250 depending on lens
  • Frame Style Half frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 140mm x 59mm
  • Lens Tested Reactiv 0-3 High Contrast (VLT: 87% – 12%)
  • Lenses Included 1
  • Weight 19 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Ultra lightweight
  • Great optics
  • Very stable on the face
  • Large coverage

Cons

  • Inner lens is oddly difficult to clean
  • Only 1 lens included
Julbo Density cycling sunglasses action shot
Testing the Julbo Density on a bright summer day. They are ultralight, impressively stable, and the Reactiv lenses work very well to adjust to changing light conditions. (photo: Heather Benson)
Best Budget Cycling Sunglasses

Tifosi Sledge

Specs

  • MSRP $80
  • Frame Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 135mm x 56mm
  • Lens Tested Clarion Red Fototec (VLT: 74% – 14%)
  • Lenses Included Interchange: 3, Fototec: 1
  • Weight 37 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Good optics
  • Tough feeling frame

Cons

  • Heavier weight
  • Limited contrast boost
  • Frames may contact some people's cheeks
  • Brand lacks "cool-factor"
Tifosi Sledge cycling sunglasses product shot
Tifosi proves that quality eyewear doesn’t have to cost a lot with models like the full-frame, spherical-lensed Sledge. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Full Coverage Cycling Sunglasses for Mountain Biking

POC Devour

Specs

  • MSRP $250
  • Frame Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 177mm x 66mm
  • Lens Tested Clarity MTB Silver Mirror
  • Lenses Included 2 (Clarity Mirror (various options), Clear)
  • Weight 40 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Massive, goggle-like coverage
  • Great optics
  • Adjustable length arms
  • Curved and dropped arms avoid contact with helmets
  • Lots of frame color and lens options

Cons

  • May be too large for smaller faces
  • Frame visible in periphery
  • Expensive
  • No storage case included
POC Devour cycling sunglasses action shot
Steve Fisher riding in the goggle-like POC Devour sunglasses. (photo: Stever Fisher)
Best Budget Frameless Cycling Sunglasses

Tifosi Rail

Specs

  • MSRP $80
  • Frame Style Frameless
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 138mm x 59mm
  • Lens Tested Blackout Interchange
  • Lenses Included Interchange: 3 (Smoke, AC Red, Clear), Fototec: 1
  • Weight 31 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • 3 lenses included (Interchange models)
  • Large coverage
  • Good optics

Cons

  • May be too large for smaller faces
  • Limited contrast boost
  • Less stable over rough terrain
Tifosi Rail cycling sunglasses on the face
Tifosi’s Rail sunglasses have large coverage, a frameless design, and they come with 3 lenses for different light conditions at a very reasonable price. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Optics

Oakley Sutro Lite

Specs

  • MSRP $194
  • Frame Style Half frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 139mm x 58mm
  • Lens Tested Prizm Black (VLT: 11%)
  • Number of Lenses Included 1
  • Weight 32 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Fantastic optics
  • Excellent coverage
  • Great peripheral vision

Cons

  • Long arms may conflict with some helmets
  • Expensive
  • Only come with one lens
Oakley Sutro Lite cycling sunglasses on the face
Oakley’s Sutro Lite and Sutro Lite Sweep are great glasses and the Prizm lenses offer some of the best optics on the market. (photo: Heather Benson)
Most Versatile Cycling Sunglasses

Smith Wildcat

Specs

  • MSRP $209 – $229 depending on lens
  • Frame Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 140mm x 62mm
  • Lens Tested Photochomic clear to gray (VLT: 85% – 20%)
  • Number of Lenses Included 2
  • Weight 28 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Highly versatile
  • Great coverage
  • Comes with 2 lenses
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Have seen some arms break
  • May be too big for small faces
Smith Wildcat cycling sunglasses action shot
The Smith Wildcat is a popular large coverage model that we found works great for any cycling application or other outdoor activity. (photo: Heather Benson)

100% S3

Specs

  • MSRP $185
  • Frame Style Half frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 145mm x 60mm
  • Lens Tested HiPER Crimson Silver Mirror (VLT: 14%)
  • Lenses Included 2
  • Weight 34 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Bold style
  • Large coverage – great wind protection
  • Great optics

Cons

  • Long arms may conflict with some helmets
  • May be too large for smaller faces
100% S3 cycling sunglasses action shot
Best For Smaller Faces

Rapha Pro Team Full Frame Glasses

Specs

  • MSRP $190
  • Frame Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 130mm x 53mm
  • Lens Tested Pink Blue lens (VLT: 21%)
  • Number of Lenses Included 2
  • Weight 31 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Great optics
  • Versatile lens
  • Very stable on the face
  • Shorter arms unlikely to conflict with most helmets
  • Smaller lens dimensions may be a plus for some people

Cons

  • Edge of lens vent visible in peripheral
  • Smaller lens dimension may be a negative for some people
Rapha Pro Team Full Frame cycling sunglasses product shot
The Rapha Pro Team Full Frame has the smallest lens dimensions of any model tested. While they still aren’t tiny by any means, they are a great option for those with smaller facial structures. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best of the Rest

Smith Momentum

Specs

  • MSRP $209 – $229 depending on lens
  • Frame Style Half frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 135mm x 65mm
  • Lens Tested Photochmoic clear to gray (VLT: 85% – 20%)
  • Number of Lenses Included 2
  • Weight 33 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent wind protection
  • Great peripheral vison
  • 2 lenses included
  • Crystal clear optics
  • Arms don't conflict with any helmets

Cons

  • May be a little narrow for wide faces
  • Lens may touch some people's cheeks
  • Very hard to change lenses

KOO Demos

Specs

  • MSRP $150 – $200 depending on lens
  • Fram Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 143mm x 60mm
  • Lens Tested Turquoise (VLT: 11%), Red Mirror (VLT: 23%)
  • Leses Included 1
  • Weight 32 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Stable in use
  • Great optics
  • Great coverage and wind protection
  • Lots of frame color and lens options

Cons

  • Bold style may not be for everyone
  • Lenses are very reflective
  • Only come with a microfiber bag – no case

Julbo Edge

Specs

  • MSRP $185 – $260 – $290 depending on lens
  • Frame Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 130mm x 64mm
  • Lens Tested Reactiv 1-3 Light Amplifier (VLT: 75% – 17%)
  • Lenses Included 1
  • Weight 24 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Magnetic lens – easy lens changes and cleaning
  • Lightweight
  • Brightening lens

Cons

  • Glare on lens in direct sunlight
  • Lens may contact some people's nostrils
  • Expensive (for Reactiv lens models)

Roka CP-1X

Specs

  • MSRP $230 – $250 depending on lens
  • Frame Style Full frame
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 140mm x 56mm
  • Lens Tested Glacier Mirror (VLT: 13%)
  • Lenses Included 1
  • Weight 27 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Shorter arms less likely to conflict with helmets
  • Clear optics
  • Built in USA
  • Great wind protection

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Bold style may not be for everyone
  • Only 1 lens included

Oakley Encoder Strike

Specs

  • MSRP $264
  • Frame Style Frameless
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 138mm x 56mm
  • Lens Tested Prizm Road (VLT: 20%)
  • Number of Lenses Included 1
  • Weight 31 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Close, wraparound fit
  • Flashy style
  • Great contrast

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Only one lens included
  • Some distortion around the curves in the lens
  • Polarizing aesthetics

100% Hypercraft SQ

Specs

  • MSRP $155 – $185 depending on lens
  • Frame Style Frameless
  • Lens Dimensions (W x H) 138mm x 58mm
  • Lens Tested HiPER Red Multilayer Mirror (VLT: 21%)
  • Lenses Included 2
  • Weight 21 grams
The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023

Pros

  • Very lightweight
  • 2 lenses included
  • Clear optics

Cons

  • Narrow bridge fit
  • Not as stable over rough terrain
  • Feel a little fragile

Cycling Sunglasses Comparison Chart

Model NameMSRPFrame StyleLens DimensionsLens testedLenses includedMeasured Weight
Julbo Density$170 – $250Half frame140 x 59mmReactiv 0-3 High Contrast119 grams
Tifosi Sledge$80Full frame135 x 56mmClarion Fototec Red3 (Interchange) or 1 (Fototec)37 grams
POC Devour$250Full frame177 x 66mmClarity MTB Silver Mirror240 grams
Tifosi Rail$80Frameless138 x 59mmBlackout Interchange3 (Interchange) or 1 (Fototec)31 grams
Oakley Sutro Lite$194Half frame139 x 58mmPrizm Black132 grams
Smith Wildcat$209 – $229Full frame140 x 62mmPhotochomic Clear to Gray228 grams
100% S3$185Half frame145 x 60mmHiPER Crimson Silver Mirror234 grams
Rapha Pro Team Full Frame$188Full Frame130 x 53mmPink Blue lens231 grams
Smith Momentum$209 – $229Half frame135 x 65mmPhotochromic Clear to Gray233 grams
KOO Demos$150 – $200Full frame143 x 60mmTurquoise, Red Mirror132 grams
Julbo Edge$185, $260, $290Full frame130 x 64mmReactiv 1-3 Light Amplifier124 grams
Roka CP-1X$230 – $250Full frame140 x 56mmGlacier Mirror127 grams
Oakley Encoder Strike$264Frameless138 x 56mmPrizm Road131 grams
100% Hypercraft SQ$155 – $185Frameless138 x 55mmHiPer Red Multilayer Mirror221 grams

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

For well over a decade, the team at Bikerumor has been reporting on the latest news, trends, technology, and products across all disciplines of cycling. Writing about bikes and all the gear that goes along with them isn’t just our job, it’s also our passion, and we’re always seeking the best products to enhance our comfort, performance, and safety on our rides. Quality eyewear is a critical piece of gear that we rely on to protect our eyes from the elements so we can see clearly and focus on the task at hand.

Our cycling sunglasses buyer’s guide author, Jeremy Benson, has been reviewing cycling gear for the past seven years and has personally tested over 30 different pairs of performance eyewear. An obsessive mountain and gravel rider, Benson spends an inordinate amount of time on the bike each year while testing various products, training for the next race, or riding just for fun. Living in the Sierra Nevada mountains in Truckee, CA, just north of Lake Tahoe, there is world-class riding on hundreds of miles of trails, gravel, and paved roads just out his front door, providing an excellent testing ground to put any bike, component, or accessory through its paces. While riding bikes for the past 30 years, Benson has seen the evolution of cycling sunglasses firsthand and knows the importance of having the best eyewear to see clearly and perform at his best. As a contact lens wearer, the right eyewear is particularly critical as he is extra sensitive to wind and dust that can cause irritation and impact his eyesight on the road or trail. In addition to cycling sunglasses, Benson has also reviewed the best mountain bike shoes, protective mountain bike helmets, and hitch bike racks to transport your fancy bikes.

For the purposes of this buyer’s guide, we rounded up 14 of the best cycling sunglass models available in 2023 for testing and comparison. Over the course of several months, each model was thoroughly tested, scrutinized, and analyzed on gravel, road, and mountain bike rides ranging from casual rips with friends to grueling endurance races. Switching between models frequently provided the opportunity to compare them directly when considering optics, fit, coverage and eye protection, frame designs, and stability in use. As it turns out, there are lots of excellent options on the market, and plenty more that we haven’t tested yet, to shield your eyes from the sun and wind no matter your fit, coverage, or style preferences.

Cycling sunglasses testing shot author Jeremy Benson
Our cycling sunglasses review author, Jeremy Benson, spent months testing the best models on the market on gravel roads and singletrack trails throughout northern California. (photo: Heather Benson)

Buying Advice: How To Choose Cycling Sunglasses

With hundreds of different models of cycling sunglasses on the market, choosing the right pair can be a daunting task. The different frame styles, lens sizes, shapes, tints, coatings, grippers, etc., are enough to make your head spin. To help you understand, we’ll break down some of the important things to consider when searching for your next pair of riding shades.

Lenses

Lenses are arguably the most important element of any pair of cycling sunglasses, providing the windows through which you view the world. These days, pretty much every brand is producing quality lenses with clear, distortion-free optics, but they vary in many ways. When considering your next pair of shades, there are several lens-related factors to take into account.

Looking through the POC Clarity lens
Looking through the POC Clarity lens of the POC Devour shows the lens’ ability to enhance contrast, boost color, and eliminate harshness. (photo: Steve Fisher)

Contrast Enhancement

Most good lenses feature some type of contrast enhancement technology that is intended to boost contrast, definition, and colors. This is done through a combination of lens tint, filters, and coatings to manipulate the light that passes through the lenses to our eyes. Oakley’s Prizm and Smith’s Chromapop are two of the more recognizable lens technologies and arguably two of the best at their intended purpose, effectively making everything appear to be in high definition. Other brands have similar technologies, including 100%’s HiPER, POC’s Clarity, and Julbo’s Spectron 3, as examples. While they all intend to do the same thing, they all perform slightly differently but still work to enhance your vision out on the road or trail.

Tifosi Rail cycling sunglasses interchangeable lens options
Different tints work better for different lighting conditions. Models like the Tifosi Rail come with three lenses that you have you covered for all situations. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Tint

The tint/color of a lens is an important consideration, not just for how the glasses look, but for how the world looks when you look through the lenses. The tint of a lens impacts the colors you can see, with some being better suited to bright conditions and others working well for low-light situations. Brown/amber and grey are two of the most common lens tints for bright to moderately bright light conditions. Grey lenses tend to have more of a cooling effect while brown makes things look a little warmer. For low light, yellow and rose tints are often preferred for their ability to brighten things up. Clear is another popular lens for dim light, and many glasses come with a clear lens that can be swapped out for the bright light lens for those situations.

Visible Light Transmission (VLT)

VLT refers to the amount of visible light that is able to pass through the lens and it is shown as a percentage. A lower number, 10% – 15%, for example, means less light is passing through to the eyes, and these lenses will be best for bright light conditions. Bright, sunny days out on paved or gravel roads with little shade are where lenses with low VLT work best. Higher VLT numbers are typically seen on lenses intended for use in low-light conditions where you want more of the visible light to help you see more clearly. Cloudy days, shady forests, and dawn/dusk are good applications for lenses with higher VLT numbers. Photochromic lenses (more on this below) change tint depending on the ambient light conditions, and most can span a huge VLT range to work well in any light condition. The Reactiv High Contrast 0-3 lens of the Julbo Density, for example, has a massive claimed VLT range of 12% – 87%.

Smith Wildcat cycling sunglasses photochromic lens
Photochromic lenses change tint depending on the light conditions making them a good option for changing weather or sunset rides. We tested the Photochromic lens with the Smith Wildcat and it works very well. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Photochromic

Photochromic lenses are those that change tint depending on the light conditions. This type of lens aims to have you covered for any and all light conditions that you may encounter while outdoors without the need to change lenses. While they vary, most of these lenses can transition from essentially clear to relatively dark depending on the ambient light conditions. The Smith Wildcat, for example, can be purchased with a photochromic lens that has a VLT range of 20% – 85%. Similarly, we tested the Julbo Density with the Reactiv 0-3 High Contrast lens that has a claimed VLT range of 12% – 87%. Most brands offer a photochromic lens option in addition to the other lenses they produce. It is worth mentioning that photochromic lenses don’t transition instantly, it takes several seconds for them to adapt to major changes in light conditions.

Polarized

Polarized lenses are those that block horizontal light waves with the goal of eliminating reflection and glare. This type of lens is particularly useful for water activities like fishing or boating because it helps you see through the water’s surface. They work well enough for cycling too, but they are not generally considered a must-have.

Material

Sunglass lenses can be made from glass, polycarbonate, or plastic, with the overwhelming majority of sport/performance sunglasses using polycarbonate lenses. Polycarbonate is the material of choice because it is lightweight, impact-resistant, and can be made into interesting shapes and the large lenses of modern cycling sunglasses. Glass lenses may still be used in some high-end sunglasses, but given the fact that glass can shatter, it is not ideal for cycling or other activities with the chance of impact. Some very cheap sunglasses use super basic plastic lenses, but they tend to have very poor optics/clarity and durability.

Smith Momentum cycling sunglasses Toric lens
Smith’s Momentum glasses have a Toric lens that is curved on both the horizontal and vertical planes, but more dramatically on the horizontal. (Photo: Jeremy Benson)

Lens Shape

The lenses of sport sunglasses all have some sort of curvature to them, and the shape of the lens will either be Cylindrical, Spherical, or Toric. The lens shapes are visibly aesthetically different, and they aim to provide clear optics in different ways. Cylindrical lenses are the most basic and they are curved on the horizontal plane while being flat on the vertical plane. While most cylindrical lenses provide excellent, clear optics, they historically have been more prone to distortion than other styles (though recently most perform on par with other lens shapes). Spherical lenses are curved on both the horizontal and vertical planes giving them a rounded, bubble-like shape. The shape is intended to better match the eye and the angles you’ll be looking out of them in the periphery for less distortion. Toric lenses are very similar to spherical lenses because they are also curved on both the horizontal and vertical planes but with more horizontal curve than vertical. These lenses aim to provide the benefits of a spherical lens while being a bit less bulbous in its shape.

Rapha Pro Team Full Frame cycling sunglasses interchangeable lenses
Many glasses allow you to swap out the lenses and often they come with a spare lens for different light conditions like the Rapha Pro Team Full Frame pictured here. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Interchangeable Lenses

Many cycling sunglasses allow you to change lenses, and many come with an additional lens (or two) for use in different light conditions. Even if the sunglasses you buy don’t come with any extra lenses, most brands sell replacement lenses should yours get damaged or you want to get something that better suits the light conditions in which you ride. The frame style and lens design will dictate how easy it is to change lenses, with some being very quick and easy and others presenting some difficulty.

Fit

A well-fitting pair of sunglasses should essentially go unnoticed while riding so you can focus on the road or trail ahead of you. It is important for them to be comfortable, protect us from the sun and wind, and remain secure and stable in use. Our head shapes and facial features vary, of course, so trying on a pair of sunglasses may be the best way to determine if they are the right fit for you.

100% S3 cycling sunglasses coverage
Large coverage lenses provide massive shields for the eyes to protect from the sun, wind, dust, debris, rain, etc. The 100% S3 is a prime example of the big coverage trend. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Coverage

In recent years, cycling sunglasses have been getting bigger and providing more coverage with some even resembling a pair of goggles. There’s a good reason for this. The larger the lens and greater the coverage, the more protection it provides from the sun, wind, dust, bugs, and debris that may otherwise impact your eyes and vision. This is particularly important when traveling at high speeds where watery eyes could impact your ability to see the road or trail. It isn’t just about lens size, however, as the shape of the lens and how close it fits to the face plays a role as well.

While coverage preferences vary in terms of style and fit, today’s large-lensed glasses do a great job of protecting the eyes. For those who aren’t on board with the big coverage trend, there are still loads of small to medium-lensed options on the market to suit all preferences.

100% Hypercraft SQ cycling sunglasses fit
Coverage and sunglass size needs vary depending on the size and shape of your head. The 100% Hypercraft SQ is a medium-sized model that works well for those with small to medium-sized heads. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Size

Heads come in a range of sizes, and not every pair of cycling sunglasses will work perfectly for everyone. An important factor to consider here is the lens size, as some of the largest models may simply be too big for those with smaller faces/heads, and vice versa. A lens that is too large may contact your checks, brow, or even your helmet, while a lens that is too small may not provide ample protection from sun or wind. Similarly, you don’t want a pair of sunglasses that squeezes your head too tight or not enough to remain comfortable and stable in use. Thankfully, there are enough options on the market that everyone should be able to find glasses that work for them.

KOO Demos cycling sunglasses adjustable nose pad
Nearly all cycling sunglasses have grippy rubber nose pads to help keep them stable on the face. Some, like the KOO Demos pictured here, are also adjustable in two positions or can be swapped for a different thickness to optimize the fit. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Stability

A well-fitting pair of sunglasses should be comfortable and remain stable while you’re riding without slipping or bouncing out of place over rough sections of trail or a bumpy gravel road. One of the main factors in this equation is the nose pads and arms that are almost always topped with grippy hydrophilic (stays grippy when wet) rubber where it contacts your skin. Additionally, many sunglasses feature adjustable, or swappable, nose pads to suit different-shaped nose bridges to optimize the fit to your face. Some sunglass arms are also adjustable and can be bent slightly to better match the contours of your head, and a select few have an adjustable temple length as well. Another factor is how much the sunglass arms squeeze your head which is related to the width of the sunglasses and how much tension is present in the frame/lens and the width of your head.

Cycling sunglasses buyer's guide group shot
There are lots of different options when it comes to frame style with full-frame, half-frame, and frameless designs to choose from. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Frame

Cycling sunglasses come in a variety of frame styles including full-frame, half-frame (top or bottom), and frameless designs. While differences are mostly aesthetic, there are some other things to consider.

As the name suggests, full-frame glasses have a frame that wraps around the entire perimeter of the lens either along the edge or right behind it. In addition to protecting the edge of the lens, frames like these add structure and rigidity to the glasses. The drawbacks to full frames, however, are that the additional plastic adds weight, sometimes the frame can be visible in the periphery, it can serve as a spot for sweat to pool if it drips on the lens, and cleaning the edges of the lens can be slightly more difficult. Models like the Tifosi Sledge, Roka CP-1X, Smith Wildcat, and Rapha Pro Team Full Frame feature full-frame designs.

Half-frame designs typically do away with half of the frame, either the top or the bottom, in an effort to save weight and reduce the amount of frame that could potentially be visible from certain angles. The part of the frame that remains helps add some structure to the lens and is typically a bit easier to clean the lenses. The Oakley Sutro Lite, Sutro Lite Sweep, Julbo Density, and the Smith Momentum are examples of half-frame designs.

Frameless sunglasses usually consist of a lens with just arms and a nose piece attached. The lack of a frame makes it virtually impossible to see it in your peripheral vision while also making it super easy to clean the lenses. Typically, this style makes for very easy lens changes as well. Examples of frameless models include the Tifosi Rail, Oakley Encoder Strike, and the 100% Hypercraft SQ.

Oakley Encoder Strike frameless cycling sunglasses
The Oakley Encoder Strike is an example of a frameless design. The spherical lens has extra curves at the top and around the nose to add rigidity to the lens, and the frame elements consist of two arms and a nose pad. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Arms

Sunglass arms are a critical element of the frame that helps keep them in place while riding. They extend back from the upper corner or side of the lens or frame and contact the head right above your ears. Most have rubber grippers that add some traction and help to keep them in place. They vary a bit in terms of length and shape depending on the model/brand. Depending on the size of your head and/or the helmet you wear, the length of the arms could be an important consideration. Long, straight arms can make unwanted contact with the shells or the adjustment systems on some helmets. Some models of glasses, like the Rapha Pro Team Full Frame and the Roka CP-1X, have purposefully shorter arms that still provide a comfortable and secure hold of the head while avoiding helmet contact. Similarly, some glasses have dropped arms that are positioned lower to try and prevent unwanted contact with helmets near the temples. The Smith Momentum and POC Devour both feature this design that plays well with today’s extended coverage half-shell mountain bike helmets.

Rapha Pro Team Full Frame cycling sunglasses arm rubber detail shot
Most sunglass frames are made from similar materials and feature grippy rubber on the tips of the arms to help keep them in place. The arms on the Rapha Pro Team Full Frame, pictured here, are shorter than average to help avoid helmet conflict. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Materials

The majority of cycling sunglass frames are made from similar lightweight plastic or polycarbonate materials. Grilamid TR-90 is one of the most common materials used that is chosen for its low weight and durability. Some brands have created their own proprietary frame materials, like Oakley’s O-matter or 100%’s Ultracarbon, or make their own blends like the Grilamid and TPU frame of the Smith Wildcat.

Julbo Density cycling sunglasses action shot
Weight isn’t necessarily a make-or-break factor for cycling sunglasses. That said, the Julbo Density glasses are so light you can barely even notice them on your face. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Weight

Compared to many other things in cycling, the weight of your sunglasses is relatively inconsequential and the differences between models are quite small. The glasses we tested range from the featherlight Julbo Density and 100% Hypercraft SQ at just 19 grams and 21 grams, respectively, up to the comparatively heavy POC Devour at 40 grams. While sunglass weight is hardly a consideration, the differences are somewhat noticeable in use, especially when switching between models frequently. Will 20 extra grams slow you down? No, but they do feel a little heavier on the face.

Style

We all want to look good when we’re riding our bikes, right? Okay, maybe some people could care less, but like it or not, style matters. Since style is a personal thing, it’s up to you to decide what looks good and what doesn’t, and our opinions will likely be influenced by what our friends wear and the non-stop marketing machine of the eyewear industry. The good news is that no matter what your personal aesthetic is, there are cycling sunglasses to match. They come in various shapes, sizes, frame designs, lens tints, reflective coatings, and brands that you’re sure to find something you like out there.

Oakley Sutro Lite Sweep cycling sunglasses action shot
Style is subjective, but thankfully there are enough different models, sizes, and colors of cycling sunglasses that you should be able to find something that matches your personal aesthetic. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Value

There’s no two ways about it, quality eyewear can be expensive. You can easily spend upwards of $200 on a slick new set of cycling sunglasses, but you certainly don’t have to. Yes, many of our top picks are on the higher end of the price spectrum thanks to their excellent optics, great coverage, and great on-the-bike performance, but there are several manufacturers putting out great models at more reasonable prices. Tifosi is one such brand that sells its glasses at a fraction of the cost of the more expensive competition while leaving little, if anything, to complain about performance-wise. At just $80, both the Tifosi Rail and the Tifosi Sledge perform similarly to the more expensive models we tested, plus they can be purchased with either a single Fototec photochromic lens or Interchange with 3 lenses included.

Frequently Asked Questions About Cycling Sunglasses

Why should I wear cycling sunglasses?

Realistically, you can wear any sunglasses you like while cycling. Some $20 gas station shades will probably protect your eyes better than not wearing any glasses at all. Still, there’s a reason that cyclists buy sunglasses that are made for cycling. Modern lenses provide excellent optics that enhance definition, boost contrast, and bring up colors, and they come in a vast array of tints, reflective coatings, and VLTs to suit every light condition imaginable. Cycling sunglasses are also designed with large lenses that provide excellent coverage to keep, the sun, wind, dust, etc., out of our eyes so we can see clearly and focus on the road or trail ahead. Specially designed rubber nose pads and arms provide security and stability over rough terrain and can often be adjusted to optimize the fit for your face. Not to mention the fact that many of them look pretty cool too.

Why are cycling sunglasses so expensive?

Many cycling sunglasses are quite expensive, but some brands are disrupting the market with less expensive options that perform nearly on par. Yes, one of the things you are paying for with high-end models is the brand name and supporting their marketing budget so they can sponsor pro teams, events, and the like. That said, there is also some serious research and development that goes into top-tier lenses and sunglass designs. The most expensive models also often feature better coatings that help to resist fogging, scratching, water, etc, which can help them perform better in the field.

What lens should I buy?

There is no single lens that will be perfect for all riding scenarios, but thankfully there are so many options that you should be able to find one that is perfectly suited to the riding you do. For people who ride in a wide range of light conditions, photochromic lenses are a good option since they change to suit the current light conditions and will have you covered for most scenarios. Likewise, glasses that come with multiple lenses are a good choice because you can change out the lenses to suit the light conditions of the day. Otherwise, try and pick a lens that’s best suited for the light conditions that you’ll be encountering most often, and potentially consider getting an additional lens you can swap out if/when needed.

What about prescription lenses?

Some sunglass brands are making their sport/performance sunglasses with prescription lenses. If you do a little online research you can easily find numerous models that can be made with a corrective lens. Additionally, many other models are capable of accepting a prescription lens insert.

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Cycling Sunglasses of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
332528
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-road-bike-pedals/ Thu, 24 Aug 2023 23:31:39 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=336424 Road bike pedals buyer's guide featured image

If you are a road cyclist, finding the right pair of road bike pedals can enhance your efficiency and comfort on the bike. This seemingly…

The post The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Road bike pedals buyer's guide featured image

If you are a road cyclist, finding the right pair of road bike pedals can enhance your efficiency and comfort on the bike. This seemingly simple component is a critical workhorse on your bike as it is subject to many thousands of revolutions and all the pedaling forces applied from your legs.

Along with your road bike shoes, your road bike pedals form one of only three contact points between you and your machine, and it is particularly important when it comes to efficiency. Creating a mechanical connection between the sole of your shoe and the pedal, clipless road pedals help to maximize your pedaling effort throughout the pedal stroke while keeping your foot in the optimal position for transferring your power into the drivetrain. With stiff axles, lightweight bodies, and broad platforms, road bike pedals also provide stability, comfort, and control, while adjustments to cleat positioning, float, and entry/release tension allow you to optimize their fit, feel, and performance to your specific needs.

With so many options to choose from, finding the right pair of road bike pedals can be a challenge. To help, we rounded up a diverse selection of models from Shimano, Look, Time, and Speedplay to test and compare side by side. Whether you’re new to clipless road pedals or are upgrading from an old pair, there are great options to suit all riding styles, performance needs, and budgets.

After months of testing, we’ve chosen our favorite models which are listed below followed by the best of the rest that are all worthy contenders as well. To see the specs of the models we tested at a glance, check out our handy comparison chart. If you need help deciding what to buy or simply want to learn more about road bike pedals, our buying advice and FAQ section have the info you need.

The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Best Overall Road Bike Pedals

Shimano Dura-Ace SPD SL

Specs

  • MSRP $280.00
  • Weight (pedals only) 235 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 72 grams
  • Spindle Stainless Steel
  • Body Carbon Fiber/Stainless Steel
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Great stiffness to weight ratio
  • Simple cleat installation
  • Quiet
  • +4mm axle option offered

Cons

  • Fairly expensive
Shimano Dura-Ace pedals detail shot
The Shimano Dura-Ace pedals top the charts with excellent performance and proven reliability at a light weight. Plus they look pretty good too. (photo: Benett Shane)
Best Value Road Bike Pedals

Shimano 105 SPD-SL

Specs

  • MSRP $149
  • Weight (pedals only) 265 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 72 grams
  • Spindle Stainless steel
  • Body Carbon composite with steel contact plates
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Relatively lightweight
  • Adjustable release tension
  • Similar performance to higher priced siblings at lower price

Cons

  • Slightly heavier weight
Shimano 105 road bike pedals detail shot
The Shimano 105 pedals cost significantly less and perform nearly as well as their higher-priced siblings. We think they are the best value on the market. (photo; Bennett Shane)
Runner-Up Best Road Bike Pedals

Time XPro 12

Specs

  • MSRP $317
  • Weight (pedals only) 188 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 85 grams
  • Spindle Titanium
  • Body Carbon
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent stiffness
  • iClic offers easy clip-in
  • Lightweight
  • Aero design
  • Adjustable tension with 3 settings

Cons

  • Floaty feel can take some getting used to
  • Max rider weight of 90 kg (198.4 lbs)
  • Expensive
Time XPro 12 road bike pedals product detail shot
While similar to Look and Shimano pedals, the Time XPro 12 has a more unique design and very distinctive looks. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best Race-Specific Road Bike Pedals

Look Keo Blade Carbon Ceramic

Specs

  • MSRP $252
  • Weight (pedals only) 220 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 70 grams
  • Spindle Chromoly+
  • Body Carbon
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Stiff
  • Innovative design
  • Sleek looking
  • Adjustable tension with swappable carbon blades

Cons

  • Creaky cleats
  • Carbon blades don't feel the most robust
  • Tension adjustment is time consuming
Look Keo Blade Carbon Ceramic blade detail
The Look Keo Blade Carbon Ceramic pedals use carbon “blades” that can be swapped out to adjust release tension. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best Road Bike Pedals for Adjustability

Wahoo Speedplay Nano

Specs

  • MSRP $450
  • Weight (pedals only) 170 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 163 grams
  • Spindle Titanium
  • Body Carbon composite
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Light and very low profile pedals
  • Low stack height
  • Clean looks
  • Dual-sided engagement

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavier cleats create higher system weight
  • Complicated cleat setup
  • Not well suited to dirty conditions
  • Maximum rider weight of 82kg (180 lbs)
Wahoo Speedplay road bike pedals cleat parts detail shot
Setting up Speedplay cleats is a more complex process than other brands, but they allow the greatest level of adjustability. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best Road Bike Pedals for Beginners

Time XPresso 2

Specs

  • MSRP $69
  • Weight (pedals only) 230 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 85 grams
  • Spindle Steel
  • Body Glass composite
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • iClic makes clipping in super easy
  • Very affordable
  • Similar design and performance to Time's higher-end options

Cons

  • Floaty feel may not be for everyone
  • Not self serviceable
Best of the Rest

Shimano Ultegra SPD SL

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Weight (pedals only) 248 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 72 grams
  • Spindle Stainless steel
  • Body Carbon composite and stainless steel contact plates
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent stiffness to weight
  • Simple cleat installation
  • Quiet
  • +4mm spindle option offered
  • More affordable than Dura-Ace

Cons

  • None

Look Keo 2 Max Carbon

Specs

  • MSRP $137
  • Weight (pedals only) 252 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 70 grams
  • Spindle Chromoly+
  • Body Carbon with stainless steel contact plate
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Fairly light and stiff
  • Simple, proven retention system
  • Easy to operate
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • Cleats can be noisy
  • Not the lightest

Wahoo Speedplay Comp

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Weight (pedals only) 233 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 163 grams
  • Spindle Chromoly
  • Body Grivory (composite)
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Affordable Speedplay performance
  • Low stack height
  • Micro-adjustable
  • Dual-sided engagement

Cons

  • Cleats disengage too easily
  • Complex cleat installation
  • Heavy cleats create heavier system
  • Cleats not suited to dirty conditions

Look Keo Classic 3 Plus

Specs

  • MSRP $83
  • Weight (pedals only) 280 grams
  • Weight (cleats and hardware) 70 grams
  • Spindle Chromoly
  • Body Composite
The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Easy cleat setup
  • Intuitive use
  • Stainless contact plates add stiffness

Cons

  • Noise from the cleats
  • Slightly heavier than more expensive options

Road Bike Pedals Comparison Chart

Pedal ModelMSRPWeight (pedals, pair)Weight (cleats and hardware)SpindleBody
Shimano Dura-Ace SPD-SL$280235 grams72 gramsStainless steelCarbon composite and stainless steel
Shimano 105 SPD-SL$149265 grams72 gramsStainless SteelCarbon composite and stainless steel 
Time XPro 12$317188 grams85 gramsTitaniumCarbon
Look Keo Blade Carbon Ceramic$252220 grams70 gramsChromoly+Carbon
Time Xpresso 2$69230 grams85 gramsSteelGlass composite
Wahoo Speedplay Nano$450170 grams163 gramsTitaniumCarbon composite
Shimano Ultegra SPD-SL$200248 grams72 gramsStainless SteelCarbon composite and stainless steel 
Look Keo 2 Max Carbon$137252 grams70 gramsChromoly+Carbon and stainless steel 
Wahoo Speedplay Comp$150233 grams163 gramsChromolyGrivory (composite)
Look Keo Classic 3 Plus$83280 grams70 gramsChromolyComposite

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

For well over a decade, the Bikerumor team has been reporting on the latest news, technology, and products across all disciplines of cycling. Our staff is made up of passionate riders who enjoy all types of riding and are obsessed with finding the best products to enhance their experience and performance on the bike. From bike frames to wheels, shoes to bib shorts, and everything in between, we know that having the right gear can make a huge difference. We also have the luxury and privilege of testing the latest and greatest products, including pedals, for product launches, individual reviews, and buyer’s guides.

Our road bike pedals buyer’s guide tester and review author, Bennett Shane, has over two decades of road cycling experience. While his racing days are largely behind him, he still enjoys putting in big miles, long climbs, and fast, mountain descents on roads throughout the Pacific Northwest near his home in Portland, OR. In addition to his wealth of cycling experience, Bennett has worked for several prominent brands in the cycling industry which has given him unique insight into the design, materials, and construction of products across categories spanning from apparel to components. Combined, his industry and cycling experience give him the ability to understand products from both sides of the table, but most importantly as a consumer, and he has developed an excellent ability to tease out the often subtle performance differences in the products he tests. Bennett has spent an inordinate amount of time on his road bikes this year testing and reviewing a variety of road cycling gear including high-performance road bike shoes, protective road bike helmets, and the best cycling bib shorts.

After rounding up 10 of the best road bike pedals on the market, Bennett mounted them up on his small fleet of road bikes and hit the pavement. Each model was tested over the course of several months, switching regularly between models for comparison. Back-to-back testing provides the opportunity to truly compare products side by side and identify performance differences that may otherwise go unnoticed. Each model’s design and construction were also examined and scrutinized along with adjustments and features to see how effective they really are. After extensive testing, favorites were identified, and our findings are presented here.

Bennett Shane testing the best road bike pedals
Our road bike pedals buyer’s guide author put each model through its paces over the course of several months of comparative testing. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Buying Advice: How To Choose Road Bike Pedals

Finding the right pair of road bike pedals can enhance your comfort and efficiency on the bike. While many seasoned road bikers probably already have a brand preference, those looking to switch it up or who are just jumping into clipless pedals for the first time have some decisions to make. Assuming you are ready to purchase some pedals, what factors should influence your choice? We know that navigating the myriad models, materials, and marketing jargon can be confusing, so let’s dive into the details so you can make an informed purchase decision.

The Look Keo Blade Carbon Ceramic Road Bike Pedals
Most road bike pedals share the same basic design with broad bodies, stiff axles, and similar triangular 3-bolt cleats. (photo: Bennett Shane)

What Are Road Bike Pedals?

Along with road bike shoes, road bike pedals are a very important component as they serve as one of just three contact points between your body and your bike. They are an essential part of the energy transfer system between your legs and your drivetrain. But what exactly are road bike pedals and how do they differ from other types?

Pedals generally fall into three categories. There are clipless road bike pedals (3-bolt cleats), clipless mountain bike pedals (2-bolt cleats), and flat pedals. Whether you are a serious or recreational road cyclist, we recommend using road bike specific clipless pedals because they are designed and purpose-built for the task. That’s not to say that you can’t road bike with any type of pedals, because you certainly can, it’s just that road bike pedals are specifically made for the application. Clipless road bike pedals differ from their clipless mountain bike counterparts in several ways.

The 3-bolt sole of the Shimano S-phyre RC9 road bike shoes
Most road bike pedals use a large 3-bolt cleat that is compatible with 3-bolt soles on road bike shoes. (photo: Bennett Shane)

One of the main things that sets clipless road pedals apart is the 3-bolt cleat “standard”. With the exception of Wahoo Speedplay pedals that use a 4-bolt cleat (and come with a 3-bolt adaptor to work on most road bike shoes), nearly all road bike pedals use a 3-bolt cleat and work on road bike shoes that have a 3-bolt hole pattern on the sole. Shimano, Look, Time, and a handful of smaller pedal manufacturers, use similar, but definitely not the same, cleats that are triangular in shape. These large cleats aim to maximize the shoe-cleat-pedal interface and contact area, which helps to distribute pedaling forces over a larger area with the goal of increasing efficiency, stability, and comfort. Road bike pedals, of course, are designed to work in unison with their specific cleats to match their dimensions and create the super important connection between your legs and the cranks.

Most road bike pedals are one-sided, meaning that the cleat can only engage on one side of the pedal. The other side of the pedal is typically smooth in a somewhat aerodynamic shape. Generally speaking, the front of the cleat engages first before pushing the rear of the cleat down onto the retention mechanism. The exception here is Wahoo Speedplay pedals that allow for dual-sided engagement.

A selection of clipless mountain bike pedals
Clipless mountain bike pedals come in a range of shapes, sizes, and retention mechanisms aimed at different types of riding. While they are not the same, they all use 2-bolt cleats. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Clipless mountain bike pedals differ from road bike pedals with their 2-bolt cleats. These cleats are smaller and mount to shoes that are designed with a 2-bolt interface. Most mountain bike pedals allow for dual-sided engagement, and they come in a wide variety of styles with different-sized platforms designed to meet the differing needs of varying riding styles and preferences. Given the smaller size of the cleat, the soles of the shoes often interface with the platform of the pedals for additional support.

Wahoo Speedplay Nano road bike pedals axle detail
Stiff axles, or spindles, are a key element of a road bike pedal as they bear the brunt of the pedaling force. A variety of materials are used for axles, including titanium on the high-end Wahoo Speedplay Nano pictured here. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Axles

Pedal axles, or “spindles”, connect the body of the pedal to the crank arm of the bike. The outboard end sits inside the pedal platform and is exposed between the body and the crank arm, eventually threading into the tip of the crankarm. Stiffness is important here, because of the way the axle is positioned – perpendicular to the direction that force is applied to the pedal body. More expensive pedals will feature stiffer Titanium axles, which benefit racers, who apply repeated doses of explosive power. For recreational riders, steel or chromoly axles are sufficiently stiff, incurring a slight weight penalty while saving enough money to make choosing them a no-brainer. 

Quality bearings keep your pedals spinning smoothly. Most use stainless steel bearings, with some high-end models, like the Look Keo Blade Carbon Ceramic, using ceramic bearings. (photo: Benett Shane)

Bearings

Axle bearings allow the pedal to rotate against the circular motion of the crank arm, keeping the rider’s foot stable and promoting a fluid pedal stroke. If these bearings wear out, the axle may wobble and may produce noise. Most pedal axles can be overhauled, but unless you are doing it yourself and using high-end pedals, the labor bill won’t be much less expensive than replacing the pedals altogether. So, high-quality bearings are something to look for in a pedal that you want to install and never think about ever again. Most pedals use stainless steel bearings, with some high-end options going with ceramic bearings. While they are significantly more expensive, ceramic bearings are claimed to be more durable, lighter weight, and lower friction, potentially providing a marginal performance gain that may appeal to racers or anyone seeking a competitive advantage.

Shimano Dura-Ace pedal body detail shot
Pedal bodies are made from a variety of materials including carbon fiber like the Shimano Dura Ace pedals pictured here. Small steel contact plates are also employed to add stiffness and durability to the contact areas. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Body Material

Along with every other bike part out there, pedal bodies have become more commonly made of carbon fiber in recent years. While carbon certainly isn’t a poor choice of material, its benefit is less obvious than parts that have more dynamic characteristics, such as frames and rims. Pedals are not an area of the bike where weight is of the utmost importance (although it is still certainly a consideration). Also, make sure that if you are choosing a pedal because it’s “light” you are looking at the weight of not only the pedals but the combined weight of the pedals and cleats. 

While carbon fiber is becoming the material of choice for high-end pedals, many models are made from other composites. Regardless of the material used in the pedal body’s construction, many also include small steel plates on the contact area where the cleat and pedal interface. This is generally done to add stiffness as well as durability over time.

Road bike shoes detail shot
A quality pair of road bike shoes will complement a good set of pedals. There are lots of options on the market, so you can be sure to find a pair that fits well and suits the demands of your riding style, as well as your personal style. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Shoes

It’s important to use road bike pedals with the appropriate shoes. Much like road pedals, road bike shoes are designed to optimize pedaling efficiency and comfort on the bike. When paired together, they form the system that is the important connection between your legs and your drivetrain, transferring your pedaling power into forward momentum. Of course, road bike shoes come in a huge range of styles, constructions, materials, and price points with models made for everything from racing, sprinting, and endurance riding, to more casual, recreational riding. Finding a pair that fits well and suits your style is critical.

If you are buying both pedals and shoes, you want to make sure these items are compatible with each other. Nearly every road bike shoe (with the exception of those made specifically for use with Speedplay pedals) features a triangular set of three threaded holes in the forefoot of the outsole, meant to accept a 3-bolt road cleat. Each new pair of pedals comes with cleats that are made specifically to work with that pedal, and generally speaking, cleats are not cross-compatible between different brands. Speedplay cleats are an outlier as they are rectangular with a 4-bolt pattern and require an adapter to convert the 3-bolt pattern on most road shoes. This adapter is included with every pair of Speedplay pedals. Some brands offer Speedplay-specific shoes that feature a 4-bolt sole, and thus no adapter is required. 

Giro Cadet road bike shoes sole detail showing both 3-bolt and 2-bolt cleat compatibility
The affordable Giro Cadet road bike shoes can accept both 3-bolt and 2-bolt cleats. (photo: Bennett Shane)

There are some road bike shoes, typically on the lower end of the price spectrum, that are both 3-bolt and 2-bolt compatible, meaning they can work with both road bike pedals and clipless mountain bike pedals.

Adjustability

Most road bike pedals offer a few adjustments that allow the user to dial them in to their preferences. These typically include entry and release tension and float. Additionally, the cleats themselves can be adjusted on the sole of the shoe to get them in the perfect spot for comfort and efficiency. Before heading out for your first ride, we recommend that familiarize yourself with all of the adjustments that your pedals offer and set them up how you like.

A shimano cleat mounted to the sole of a road bike shoe
Cleats for most road bike pedals, like the Shimano blue cleats shown here, offer a small range of adjustability, fore-aft and side-to-side, to optimize their position on the sole of the shoe. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Cleats

Having your cleats in the right location is important for the alignment of your leg for comfort and injury prevention, as well as to optimize the power of your pedal stroke. Most cleats offer a small range of fore-aft and side-to-side adjustability so the user can line them up in their preferred location underneath the ball of the foot. Often, the small metal inserts in the soles of the shoes can be moved slightly as well. Additionally, the angle of your cleats can also be adjusted slightly, toe-in or toe-out, if needed. Most quality road bike shoes have small alignment markings on the soles that can be helpful when dialing in your perfect cleat placement.

The retention adjustment on the Shimano Ultegra road bike pedals
The small screw on the retention mechanism of the Shimano Ultegra pedals allows you to increase or decrease the tension to your liking. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Retention

Most road bike pedals feature a tension adjustment that controls how easy it is to clip in and out of the pedal. The level of tension is typically a personal preference that may depend on the type of riding you do. Too much tension could lead to the dreaded situation where you’ve stopped the bike but are unable to get a foot out of the pedal and down to the ground. Conversely, riders who produce a lot of power will want to make sure there is sufficient tension to keep the foot in the pedal during explosive efforts. The majority of pedals have a small screw on the cleat retention mechanism that can be turned to tighten or loosen the tension to the desired setting. Look Keo Blade pedals are a little different in that they use carbon “blades” that can be swapped out to change the tension. Once again, Speedplay is an outlier in this regard as the tension is dictated by which cleat you use. They offer both “standard” and “easy” tension options.

Shimano Blue cleats with 2 degrees of float
Float is often adjusted by using different cleats. The Shimano blue cleats, for example, allow +/- 2 degrees of float. They also offer cleats with 0 degrees or 6 degrees of float. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Float

All pedals offer some way of adjusting the “float”, which is the degree of angular movement the pedal allows the cleat to make. Float is important because foot movement can prevent or cause problems, depending on how much of it happens, and for how long. Foot movement, or lack thereof, affects everything up the chain, from the knee to the hip, and even the lower back, and it can be a process of trial and error to find what works best for you. Like anything else, personal preferences vary and often depend on the type of riding you’re doing, racing vs. casual, or the desired feel from your pedals. Less float provides a more secure, locked-in feel that is typically preferred by high-performance riders and more intense power output (track races, criteriums). Having less float does leave a little less margin for error in cleat positioning, so the set up can be more challenging. Higher degrees of float are considered more forgiving, allowing more freedom of movement and generally less tension on the joints. Higher float is usually preferred by those with joint issues and anyone undertaking long, steady endurance rides or lengthy road races.

Wahoo Speedplay roab bike pedals cleat detail
Speedplay pedals and cleats are unique and they offer the largest range of adjustability. (photo: Bennett Shane)

The float in most pedal systems is dictated by which specific cleat is used. Most manufacturers offer two or three cleats that allow float from zero to 8 degrees or thereabouts. Look, for example, offers their Keo cleats in 0, 4.5, or 9-degree float options, which are color-coded in black, grey, and red, respectively. Similarly, Shimano offers three different cleats with 0, 2, and 6-degree options denoted by the colors red, blue, and yellow, respectively. Time offers two cleat options, “free” cleats with 5 degrees of float, or “fixed” cleats with 0 degrees of float. Speedplay is unique in that the cleat itself is adjusted to dial in the float in very fine increments, and the float can be quickly tailored to each shoe.

Practicing with road bike pedals
If you are new to riding with clipless pedals, we recommend spending a little time practicing with them to get the hang of clipping in and out. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Practice

If you are new to clipless pedals, doing a little practice to get used to the way they function is never a bad idea. While it eventually becomes second nature, clipping in and out of pedals can be relatively awkward at first, but thankfully, the learning curve is steep. Though it might seem silly, taking a little time in a controlled environment to familiarize yourself with the process of clipping in and out of your pedals could be invaluable and potentially help prevent embarrassment or injury (bruised body and/or ego) while out on a ride. Yes, it is as simple as deliberately twisting your foot to release the cleat from the pedal, but just about everyone has experienced an awkward, slow-motion fall when they couldn’t get their foot out of the pedal as they were learning. Trust us, a little practice is worth your time.

Value

As with all things in cycling, road bike pedals can be expensive. You can easily spend upwards of $300 for the lightest, stiffest, and fanciest pedals on the market, and many people will. Those seeking marginal performance gains or reductions in weight, typically high-performance riders and racers, will see the most benefit from spending more. If you’re not battling for podiums, however, you can spend less for nearly the same performance and with just a slight weight penalty. Take Shimano’s pedals, for example. The range-topping Dura-Ace model sells for $280 and delivers a top-of-the-line, well-refined performance at a light weight. Two tiers down, the Shimano 105 pedals look nearly identical, provide almost the same level of performance, and weigh only about 30 grams more for the pair while costing roughly half the price at $150. For this reason, we feel the Shimano 105 is one of the best values on the market. Those new to road cycling or who ride less frequently can spend even less for a model like the $69 Time XPresso 2, which is super user-friendly and gets the job done at a fraction of the price.

Road bike pedals are a key component on any road bike, and finding the right pair can help transform your ride. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Frequently Asked Questions About Road Bike Pedals

Why should I use road bike pedals?

If you are riding strictly on the road, it makes sense to use dedicated road pedals. This style of pedal provides a broad platform that spreads out the pressure of your pedal stroke evenly across your forefoot, preventing hot spots from developing during long rides involving tens or even hundreds of thousands of pedal revolutions. Combined with a well-fitting pair of road bike shoes, they work as a system to efficiently deliver your pedaling energy to the cranks and propel your bike forward. So, along with pedals, the right shoes will help to enhance your efficiency, stability, control, and comfort on the bike.

Why are they called clipless if you clip in?

The term clipless is undoubtedly a confusing one given the fact that you actually clip in to clipless pedals. Well, prior to the advent of clipless designs, most pedals were essentially flat pedals that had what was referred to as a “toe clip” that wrapped up and over the front of the toes. This toe clip helped prevent the foot from sliding forward on the pedal while also holding the foot more securely to help maximize pedaling efficiency through the whole pedal stroke. When clipless pedals came around, they did not have the toe clip and became referred to as clipless as a result.

Can I just use mountain bike pedals?

Yes, absolutely. Many people use mountain bike style clipless pedals that use 2-bolt cleats on their road bikes. Generally speaking, people will use small, XC-style pedals in this case because they are lighter weight compared to those with larger platforms. If you already have shoes that you like that use a 2-bolt cleat, this may also be the most cost-effective solution. Many modern cross-country mountain bike shoes are essentially more rugged versions of road bike shoes and they can easily meet the demands of road, gravel, and cross-country riding.

How do I install my pedals?

Installing a new set of pedals is a fairly simple process, but it is very important to know that the left (non drive side) pedal is reverse-threaded while the right side is threaded regularly. And, due to the threading of the spindles, and also to the design of the pedals, they are right and left side specific. Once you have identified which pedal is which, apply some grease to the threads and screw the spindle into the crankarm. Most pedals use an 8mm hex, although some outliers use a 6mm hex or a 15mm pedal wrench, to tighten them down. You generally want to get pedals fairly tight, and Shimano recommends a torque range of 35 – 55 Nm for their pedals, for example.

It is important to note that you can damage your pedals and/or your crankarms if you cross-thread them during installation or try to install the wrong pedal on the wrong side of the cranks. The pedal should thread into the crankarm very easily, and if it does not, don’t force it! You should stop and check the alignment of the threads to avoid any potentially expensive problems.

How do I walk in road bike shoes and cleats?

Awkwardly, carefully, and as little as possible. Yes, walking on road cleats is awkward, tedious, and even unsafe on some floor surfaces. This is because the size of the cleat precludes compatible road shoes from incorporating tread onto their outsoles. Additionally, the size, shape, and position of the cleats themselves prevent a regular walking motion. This is not to say that you can’t or shouldn’t walk in your road bike shoes, you’ll just want to be careful if/when you do. Thankfully, most road bike shoes have a small traction pad on the heel, and many road cleats also have a small amount of grippier material applied to the contact points to add a tiny level of grip for walking. With some practice, it does become easier, but it never stops being awkward.

Can I use road bike pedals on my gravel or mountain bike?

While you certainly can use road bike pedals on your gravel or mountain bike, it is generally not recommended. The primary reason is that road bike shoes and road bike cleats are already awkward enough to walk around in on firm, flat surfaces, so walking in them on gravel roads or trails is even worse. The cleats and the soles of your shoes will be susceptible to damage and premature wear. We always recommend riding your mountain or gravel bike with clipless mountain bike pedals with 2-bolt cleats, and mountain bike shoes that are more appropriate for off-road use. Yes, some gravel riders and racers will use road bike pedals and shoes for certain gravel rides – typically consisting of smooth gravel with little likelihood of needing to walk in your shoes – but there are usually better options.

Shimano S-Phyre RC9 road bike shoe

The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Read more…

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
336424
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/the-best-gravel-bike-tires/ Wed, 16 Aug 2023 18:06:13 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=334993 Gravel Bike Tires buyer's guide lead image

One of the simplest, most effective, and most affordable ways to improve the quality of your gravel rides begins right where the rubber hits the…

The post The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Gravel Bike Tires buyer's guide lead image

One of the simplest, most effective, and most affordable ways to improve the quality of your gravel rides begins right where the rubber hits the dirt road – or, the gnarly singletrack, roots, mud, hardpack, crushed gravel, sand, or pavement. And if you’re like many gravel cyclists, you may encounter all of the above during a season, or even during a single, epic ride.

The good news is that tire manufacturers have created an incredible range of tire models for every flavor of gravel imaginable, and each comes in a variety of widths, casing constructions, and weights that allow you to choose the ideal tire for the kind of gravel that you ride most often.

All those choices can also make selecting a tire overwhelming, especially if your budget limits you to buying new treads once in a blue moon.

We’ve selected some best gravel tires available in 2023 and tested them over hundreds of miles in a variety of real-world conditions to make it easier for you to choose. So, whether you prefer rail trails, smooth dirt roads, old logging roads, flowy singletrack, or routes that mix pavement with your dirt, you can find the ideal fit for your unique riding style below. To compare the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. And if you’re just getting into gravel cycling or are ready to switch from the same old tires you’ve always used, check out our buying advice and FAQ section at the end of this article.

The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Best Overall Gravel Bike Tire

WTB Raddler

Specs

  • MSRP $65.95 ($76.95 w/ SG2)
  • Size tested 700 x 40
  • Weight 522g
  • Intended use Mixed gravel, hardpack, loose and wet terrain
  • Available sizes 700 x 40 and 700 x 44
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Great grip in wet and dry conditions
  • Superb, supple ride quality
  • Puncture protection
  • Fast rolling
  • Versatile

Cons

  • On the heavy side
  • Not ideal for muddy conditions
Best Budget Gravel Bike Tire

Continental Terra Trail

Specs

  • MSRP $72.95 (easy to find on sale for less)
  • Size tested 700 x 40
  • Weight 460g
  • Intended use Hardpack, gravel, loose over hard
  • Available sizes 650 x 47, 700 x 40
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Supple casing and ride quality
  • Puncture protection
  • Handling in hardpack and loose gravel

Cons

  • Grip in soft, muddy conditions
Runner-Up Best Gravel Bike Tire

Panaracer GravelKing SK+

Specs

  • MSRP $75
  • Size tested 700 x 43
  • Weight 540g
  • Intended use Gravel, dirt or rough pavement
  • Available sizes 26 x 2.1, 27.5 x 48, 53, 700 x 28, 32, 35, 38, 43, 50, 29 x 2.1
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Super supple ride
  • Great for mixed surfaces
  • Smooth rolling on pavement
  • Easy tubeless set up
  • Puncture protection

Cons

  • Loses grip in mud
  • Not the lightest
Best High Performance Gravel Tire

Maxxis Rambler

Specs

  • MSRP $70.00
  • Size tested 700 x 38
  • Weight 376g
  • Intended use Hardpack, loose over hard, dry dirt roads
  • Available sizes 650 x 47, 700 x 38, 40, 45, 50
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Race-winning performance
  • Lightweight
  • Fast-rolling
  • Superior grip
  • Puncture protection

Cons

  • Not ideal in mud
  • Slight buzz on pavement
Best Gravel Tire for Adventuring and Bikepacking

WTB Resolute

Specs

  • MSRP $65.95 ($76.95 w/ SG2)
  • Size tested 700 x 42
  • Weight 565g
  • Intended use Hardpack, dirt, loose, wet
  • Available sizes 650 x 42 and 700 x 42
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • All-weather performance
  • Supple ride quality
  • Great grip, braking and cornering control
  • Puncture protection

Cons

  • Heavier weight
  • Slower rolling on pavement
Best Gravel Bike Tire for Hardpack and Pavement

Maxxis Receptor

Specs

  • MSRP $70.00
  • Size tested 700 x 40
  • Weight 417g
  • Intended use Pavement, hardpack, light gravel
  • Available sizes 650 x 47, 700 x 40
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Fast-rolling
  • Lightweight
  • Quiet, smooth ride

Cons

  • Not for rugged off-road conditions
  • Poor traction in loose conditions
Best Gravel Tire for Dry Conditons (and more)

Vittoria Terreno Dry

Specs

  • MSRP $61
  • Size tested 700 x 38
  • Weight 490g
  • Intended use Hardpack, dry, compact dirt
  • Available sizes 650 x 47, 700 x 31, 33, 35, 38, 45, 47, 50, 54
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Fast rolling
  • Light
  • Great on hardpack
  • Better-than-expected in wet conditions
  • Fair price

Cons

  • Braking on loose gravel and sand
Best Gravel Bike Tire for Wet and Muddy Conditions

Pirelli Cinturato Gravel S

Specs

  • MSRP $84.90
  • Size tested 700 x 40
  • Weight 550g
  • Intended use Soft, wet and muddy terrain
  • Available sizes 700 x 40, 45, 50
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Phenomenal grip
  • Muddy, soft conditions
  • Durable, long lasting

Cons

  • Heavier weight
  • More expensive
Best of the Rest

Schwalbe G-One Overland

Specs

  • MSRP $88
  • Size tested 700 x 40
  • Weight 515g
  • Intended use 50/50 road and off-road, hardpack
  • Available sizes 700 x 40, 45, 50
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Durable
  • Smooth rolling
  • Great for commuting and rough roads
  • Suitable for E-bikes
  • Good for hardpack

Cons

  • Mud handling
  • More rigid ride quality
  • More expensive

Vittoria Terreno Mix

Specs

  • MSRP $61
  • Size tested 700 x 38
  • Weight 500g
  • Intended use Mixed gravel, cyclocross
  • Available sizes 700 x 31, 33, 35, 38, 45, 50
The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023

Pros

  • Fast rolling on dirt
  • Handling in mixed conditions
  • Hardpack cornering
  • Durable
  • Fair price

Cons

  • Rigid feeling
  • More sensitive to tire pressure

Gravel Bike Tires Comparison Chart

Tire ModelMSRPSize TestedWeight of Size TestedIntended Use
WTB Raddler$76.95 (w/ SG2)700 x 40522 gramsMixed gravel, hardpack, loose, dry, wet
Continental Terra Trail$72.95700 x 40460 gramsHardpack, loose over hard, gravel
Panaracer GravelKing SK+$75700 x 43540 gramsGravel, dirt, rough pavement
Maxxis Rambler$70700 x 38376 gramsHardpack, loose over hard, dry
WTB Resolute$76.95 (w/ SG2)700 x 42565 gramsHardpack, loose, dirt, wet, dry
Maxxis Receptor$70700 x 40417 gramsPavement, hardpack, smooth gravel
Vittoria Terreno Dry$61700 x 38490 grams50/50 on/off-road, hardpack
Pirelli Cinturato Gravel S$84.90700 x 40550 gramsSoft, wet, muddy
Schwalbe G-One Overland$88700 x 40515 grams50/50 paved/off-road, hardpack
Vittoria Terreno Mix$61700 x 38500 gramsMixed gravel, cyclocross
Gravel bike in front of a small waterfall
Oh, the places gravel bike can take you, especially if you’ve got the right tires for the job. (photo: Jim Graham)

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

The crew at Bikerumor is literally obsessed with all things cycling. Not only is it our job to report on the latest news, tech, and products across all disciplines, but we also love to ride bikes of all kinds. Many of us were riding gravel before it was even cool, while others jumped on the bandwagon as it has steadily gained popularity over the years. Either way, we’re always seeking the best gravel bikes, components, and tires to enhance our experience and enjoyment on our rides. And, if you’re looking to upgrade your riding kit in other ways, we also have comprehensive reviews of protective gear like the best mountain bike helmets and road bike helmets, footwear like the best mountain bike shoes, and apparel like cycling bib shorts.

For our gravel bike tire buyer’s guide, we tasked Jim Graham with testing and comparing ten different tire models. Jim lives in southern central New Hampshire, where an abundance of excellent gravel riding is accessible from his home or just a short drive away. An avid outdoor adventurer for the past four decades, Jim enjoys human-powered exploration, whether that’s from the saddle of his gravel or mountain bike, clicked into a pair of cross-country skis, or laced up in a pair of trail running shoes. He often participates in endurance events including gravel grinders and cross-country ski races. After many years working in journalism and higher ed communications, Jim is enjoying early semi-retirement and the ability to spend even more time pursuing the sports he loves. He is currently spending time working on his house, volunteering at nearby sporting events, and taking on some freelance writing projects for various outdoor publications, including for us at Bikerumor.

After selecting a diverse assortment of ten of the best gravel bike tires on the market, each model was thoroughly tested over the course of several months. Each set of tires was mounted on Jim’s personal bike and ridden on test loops that included everything from pavement, smooth gravel roads and rail trails, to chunky New England logging roads. As expected in the northeast in the summertime, the weather ranged from hot and dry to exceptionally wet and sloppy, providing ample opportunity to try each tire in every condition imaginable. Each model’s performance was assessed and analyzed, allowing us to zero in on our favorites and those that excel for specific reasons.

Jim Graham's gravel bike tires test bike
Review author, Jim Graham, put all the tires in the review through their paces on the back roads of New Hampshire on this trusty steed. (photo: Jim Graham)

Buying Advice: How to Choose Gravel Bike Tires

It’s easy to feel overwhelmed when you begin looking for gravel tires and with good reason. Among just the 10 tire models that we tested, there are more than 100 options for width, casing construction, puncture resistance, and weight. Below, we break down the key points that can ease your buying decision.

Why gravel tires make a difference

A gravel tire that is designed for the type of surface and conditions that you ride will make for a better overall experience – giving you a more comfortable, sure-footed, capable, and safer ride. And that means that your gravel rides will also be more fun and hassle-free. 

In the same way that different tires for cars and trucks are designed for driving on highways, going off-road, hauling loads, or racing Formula 1, gravel tires come in a range of choices for optimal performance based on how and where you ride your bike.

Where to begin

Answering two key questions will help put your search on fast-forward:

1. What type of gravel do you ride — most often?

Most gravel cyclists we know will cover a huge range of conditions and terrain on their rides, from gnarly singletrack to compacted dirt roads and rail trails to pavement. The good news is that modern, high-quality, all-purpose gravel tires can handle most conditions beautifully. Our all-arounders offer a great one-tire solution for a wide variety of terrain and conditions, from wet to dry, mild to gnarly.

But let’s say you ride only, or maybe 90% of the time, on just one type of surface – compact dirt roads, rail trails, boggy logging roads, rough city streets, or smooth pavement, etc. There are also plenty of options for tires designed to work best in certain, more narrowly defined conditions.

Thankfully, specialty gravel tires usually perform “adequately enough” on conditions outside their intended range. A mud-specific tire, for instance, will be okay on pavement, even though it will feel slower, heavier, and noisier. Likewise, a smoother, faster rolling tire will do okay if you end up in loose or chunky conditions, although you’ll want to ride less aggressively in those conditions than you would on a knobbier tire.

Looking over the handlebars at a gravel road
A major factor that should influence your gravel bike tires purchase decision is the terrain and conditions you encounter most often. (photo: Jim Graham)

2. Will they fit your bike?

Wheel size is an obvious factor, but the primary consideration here is width. Many road bicycles and even cyclocross frames are too narrow to fit wider gravel bike tires. Make sure you know what width tire your bicycle frame can accommodate before you buy. Don’t know, or aren’t sure if you’re measuring the tire space in your frame correctly? Your local bike shop can help you out, and can also offer recommendations for tires that work best in your area.

Factors to consider

Tire Width

For gravel, 700c tires come in a range of widths from around 30mm up to about 50mm with 650b/27.5-inch tires maxing out around 2.1 inches. Generally speaking, tires that are around 40mm wide are the most popular. Width-wise, this puts them at the sweet spot between narrower road bike tires, usually around 28mm or less, and wider mountain bike tires, around 59mm. Being wider, and therefore having more air volume, than road tires means gravel tires can be run at lower air pressures — which makes them more compliant, or softer and more comfortable feeling, and better at absorbing the roughness of dirt and gravel roads. At the same time, being narrower than mountain bike tires means that gravel tires generally roll more easily and quickly over dirt roads and rough pavement.

Riders seeking a more comfortable, forgiving ride, or who ride rougher surfaces or lose conditions will often opt for wider tires. The added width creates a larger volume of air and a more “plump” tire that can more easily absorb feedback and impacts and the larger contact patch will generally provide more traction on loose or mixed surfaces (depending on the tread design). On the flip side of that coin, those riding on smooth surfaces primarily can often benefit from the faster rolling properties of a narrower tire that has a smaller contact patch. Again, how wide of a tire you can fit on your bike will be a limiting factor here, although many modern gravel bikes are designed to accommodate tires up to around 700 x 50mm both front and rear.

The hot patch on the side of a gravel bike tire
The width of tire you choose will depend on your needs/wants, but also what can fit on your bike. The size is almost always printed on the hot patch on the sidewall of the tire. (photo: Jim Graham)

Wheel diameter

The most popular size wheels and tires for gravel biking are 700c, the same size as most modern road bike wheels. Many tires are also available in 650b/27.5” size, which typically allows a gravel bike to run even wider/higher volume tires than on a 700c wheel. Some bikes are made to work with one size wheel or the other, while many can work with either wheel size depending on your needs and wants. It goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway, when choosing tires, they need to match the wheel size you have.

Weight

In general, lighter tires are faster. Weight-wise, gravel tires are usually lighter than mountain bike tires and heavier than road bike tires. It is worth mentioning that wider tires are generally heavier than their skinnier counterparts, and that features like more robust casing constructions and knobbier treads can also add to the weight of a tire. While the differences in the weight of gravel tires don’t vary as significantly as mountain bike tires, it can still be noticeable given the tire’s location on the outside of the rim. Known as rotational mass, a heavier tire can feel more sluggish when accelerating and slow you down slightly over the course of a long ride or extended climb. For this reason, racers and long-distance riders will often be more concerned with the weight of their tires than recreational riders.

Comparison shot of three different gravel bike tire treads
The tread designs of gravel bike tires vary significantly depending on their intended use. Pictured above from left to right, the Pirelli Cinturato Gravel S for muddy conditions, the Continental Terra Trail for all-around use, and the Vittoria Terreno Dry for dry conditions. (photo: Jim Graham)

Tread

Gravel tires come in a wide range of tread patterns and rubber compounds that are optimized to provide the ideal balance of grip, speed, and durability. In general, beefier treads with deeper, widely spaced lugs and knobs will grip better in soft, loose, and/or muddy gravel conditions. Lighter, or semi-slick, treads will usually roll more easily and quietly on hardpacked dirt and pavement.

But tread alone isn’t the only determiner of grip or speed. We’ve found that some tires with beefy-looking treads are surprisingly smooth and quiet on pavement. Likewise, some tires with semi-slick tread patterns handle soft, slippery conditions better than we expected. This is why our gear reviews at Bikerumor focus on riding in real-world conditions and cyclists with many years of experience.

If your riding consists primarily of a mix of pavement and smooth hardpacked dirt road conditions (or your gravel bike plays double duty as a road bike), then a smoother, faster-rolling tread design like the Maxxis Receptor may be the best bet. If your gravel routes include surfaces from pavement to rough gravel and everything in between, an all-around tire like the WTB Raddler, Panaracer GravelKing SK+, or Continental Terra Trail will likely have you covered. And, if you know you’ll be experiencing specific conditions, like mud, for example, then a muddy conditions specific tire like the Pirelli Cinturato Gravel S will perform best.

Threads per inch

At their most basic, tire casings are made of several layers of finely woven fabric that are impregnated and covered in rubber compounds, often with an additional layer of puncture-resistant material. Bonded together, these layers give a tire its shape and ride quality and can add protection from cuts and punctures. In general, casings with more threads per inch (tpi) – around 120tpi or higher – are more compliant and lighter, giving a more comfortable, supple, and faster-rolling ride quality. Heavier casings, around 60tpi, are usually sturdier, heavier, and more durable. But you can also find the same model of tire in a 120tpi casing that actually weighs more than its 60tpi counterpart, often due to the addition of a layer of puncture protection on the 120tpi version. Every tire manufacturer lists details of tire weights, casing options, puncture resistance, and tread compounds for each model of tire they make.

Adding sealant while seating a tubeless gravel bike tire
Most modern gravel tires are designed to be run tubeless, which requires the addition of tire sealant when installing them on your wheels. (photo: Jim Graham)

Tubeless or inner tubes and compatibility

The long-running debate over using inner tubes vs tubeless will probably rage on the Internet as long as bicycles have tires. Truthfully, either option works just fine. When it comes to selecting gravel tires, the first and more important thing to know is if they will be compatible with your wheels and rims. 

Tubeless tires have been around for some time, and if you aren’t already familiar, they don’t use an inner tube to hold air, hence the name tubeless. Instead, they rely on a sealed, tubeless-ready rim, the casing of the tire, and some tire sealant to maintain air pressure in the tire. Given that tubes are/were the most common point of failure when getting a flat, tubeless tires have resulted in a lower frequency of flat tires while also allowing them to be run at lower pressures which enhances comfort and control. This is not to say that tubeless tires are impervious to flats because they certainly are not, it is just generally much easier to pop an inner tube than a tubeless tire.

Most new gravel tires are tubeless-compatible and will also work with inner tubes. But it’s wise to double-check to make sure they’ll fit your rims before you buy. If in doubt, check with your local bike mechanic.

All of the tires in this review are tubeless compatible and were mounted tubeless on a Stan’s Grail and/or Hunt Gravel Race Wheelset (22mm internal width), using a Schwalbe Tire Booster, with either WTB TCS Sealant or Orange Seal Endurance sealant. A standard floor pump would likely work for most of them, or a Tubeless Booster pump like the ToPeak JoeBlow Booster or the Bontrager TLR Flash Charger. All were easily mounted and seated easily as well, without significant sealant leakage, although several had to be re-inflated a time or two before they held air pressure well overnight. None of the tires experienced punctures or significant sidewall cuts during our testing.

Frequently Asked Questions About Gravel Bike Tires


What are gravel tires exactly? How do they differ from a regular road bike tire?

Gravel tires are designed to be more rugged, with special treads, casings, and rubber compounds that make them grip, corner, brake and handle better overall in a range of off-road conditions. They vary dramatically depending on the conditions they are intended to be used in, but most have significantly knobbier tread designs than a smooth road tire that is optimized to roll fast on pavement.

Gravel tires are also usually wider than road bike tires, which allows them to be inflated to lower air pressure. Besides making gravel tires feel a little softer if you squeeze them with your hand, the lower pressures mean that gravel tires act like shock absorbers – and are better at soaking up rough pavement and gritty, pebble-strewn, and uneven gravel roads and trails. The result is that gravel tires give a smoother, more comfortable, and even faster ride over rough surfaces than a narrow, higher-pressure road tire.


I’m intrigued by gravel cycling, but not ready to buy a new bike yet. Can I just use gravel tires on my regular road or mountain bike for now?

Absolutely. Assuming they fit your current wheel rims and frame, installing gravel tires on your road or mountain bike can be a great way to check out the gravel biking scene. Just remember: It’s critical that your tires are compatible with your rims. Installing tires that aren’t designed to fit your rims can be dangerous — so PLEASE check with your local bike shop if you have questions!

Another important factor to consider if the tire clearance of your frame. If you are attempting to use gravel tires on a road frame, for example, it is highly likely that it has less tire clearance in the fork and seat/chainstays than on a gravel bike. Therefore, you may need to opt for gravel tires that are on the narrower end of the width spectrum.


Should I use inner tubes or run my gravel tires tubeless?

Most gravel tires work just fine either with tubes or tubeless. Again, tubeless compatibility may be obvious for your wheels/rims but check with your local bike mechanic about your wheels if you are unsure. There are plenty of people out there who prefer one over the other. However, we’re huge fans of running gravel tires tubeless, which allows tires to be run at lower pressures, improves the overall ride quality, and decreases the frequency of pinch flats (pinch flatting a tube is typically much easier than pinch flatting a tubeless tire).

If you’ve never done it before, mounting tubeless tires and filling them with sealant can be tricky and frustrating at first. The process is generally a bit easier with a special tubeless booster pump, such as the Bontrager TLR Flash Charger, Lezyne Pressure Over Drive, and Topeak Joe Blow Booster, or a tubeless tire inflater tank, like the Schwalbe Tire Booster. If you’re uncertain about going tubeless – or wonder if it’s worth it — your local bike shop or cycling club can help. Once you go tubeless on gravel tires, however, we think you won’t want to back to tubes. 


How do I determine what tire will work best for the type of riding I do?

Like any other discipline of cycling, choosing the right gear for gravel riding depends on the type of riding you do and the conditions you encounter most often. Be realistic. It’s easy to dream about riding epic, gnarly off-road routes, but if your typical day-to-day rides are more likely to find you commuting on pavement or splitting your time between the tarmac and smooth gravel paths, you would probably be better off with an all-around tire that can handle light-to-moderate gravel instead of something more aggressive. Likewise, if you ride exclusively on dirt, there are models designed for smooth conditions, rough terrain, loose soils, mixed conditions, and wet/mud.

In general, tires that are optimized to work for specific conditions will sacrifice performance in other areas, so it can be beneficial to have different tires if you ride in wildly varying conditions.


There are so many options in tire width, casing, weight, and tread. What’s the single most important one to consider?

Fit! We’ve said it before, but it bears repeating: A tire has got to fit your frame and wheels first before you start to zero in on the other nuances of each model. After that, casing construction, width, and tread are about equally important. For bikepacking, a tire that’s wider than 40mm will generally hold up better under load and give you a more comfortable ride. Tires narrower than 40mm will typically be better on roads and smoother, dry gravel. Puncture protection is especially important on rough gravel and where you’ll encounter thorns, flint, shale, broken glass, and other sharp things. Tread design, of course, is important for grip. For most gravel riders, we feel the least important factor is weight, unless you will be focused on racing and fast-paced rides. 


Can I really trust what the tire companies say about their tires?

One of the most rewarding and encouraging things about testing the tires for this review was realizing that truth in advertising is still a thing! Among the 10 tires we reviewed, we found the manufacturer’s descriptions of their tires and specs to be pretty spot-on overall. Although it’s easy to find user reviews that claim a particular tire’s specs are way off; or, that a particular tire is impossible to mount, prone to frequent punctures, lacking durability, etc., our test rides over hundreds of miles in all kinds of terrain and weather (including a little snow), showed that these tires performed as advertised, and beautifully. The truth is that the top tire manufacturers we selected for our tests ALL make great, high-quality, high-performing tires.


How can I tell if switching to a different tire over what I already have will be any better?

Tough question! Assuming the new tires you’re considering are for riding the same kinds of gravel you’re used to, a great way to start is to simply ask other gravel riders in your area about the tires they ride. Not only will they have experience riding the terrain that’s unique to your area, they may have tried several models of tires over the years. Bikes shops are particularly good at gathering feedback from customers as well. Club rides and gravel events are also great places to strike up conversations with other cyclists who are passionate about tires and may be able to provide valuable insight.


What if I want to ride different terrain than I’m used to? Do I really need to have a different set of tires for it?

Need? No. Want? Almost certainly! It’s really a matter of whether the performance difference is worth it based on your budget and how important it is for you to have the “perfect” tire for every ride vs. a tire that’s “pretty darn good” for most rides you do. We know gravel cyclists who have a half dozen tires and wheelsets for every possible condition. But we also know some gravel cyclists who race at a high level and own just two sets of tires. For our tests and everyday riding, we have two sets of wheels – one usually mounted with an all-around gravel tire dedicated to off-road riding, and one mounted with smoother, narrower file tread tires for riding on pavement, rail trails, and smoother dirt roads.

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

Best cycling bib shorts lead photo

The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Gravel Bike Tires of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
334993
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-flat-pedal-shoes/ Wed, 09 Aug 2023 19:02:42 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=334534 Flat Pedal Shoes group shot

Your feet serve as an important contact point on your mountain bike and a good pair of flat pedal shoes provides grip, stability, comfort, and…

The post The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Flat Pedal Shoes group shot

Your feet serve as an important contact point on your mountain bike and a good pair of flat pedal shoes provides grip, stability, comfort, and control. Serving as the important interface between our feet and our pedals, our shoes take some serious abuse and do lots of work, so finding the right pair can help enhance your experience and elevate your performance on the bike.

As mountain bikers, we demand a lot from our footwear. Flat pedal shoes should provide reliable traction on your pedals, a supportive platform, efficient power transfer, breathability, water resistance, foot protection, and all-day comfort. While our options used to be somewhat limited, nowadays, there is a wide variety of flat pedal specific mountain bike footwear designed to meet the needs of varying riding styles, weather conditions, and personal preferences. Whether you prioritize grip, support, pedal feel, versatility, or weather resistance, there’s a flat pedal shoe for you.

With so many options on the market, finding the right flat pedal shoes isn’t as straightforward as it used to be. To help, we gathered a diverse selection of 10 models and tested them for months while analyzing their design, fit, pedal grip, sole stiffness, pedaling efficiency, and overall feel on the pedals and when walking. When testing concluded, we zeroed in on our favorites and those that excel for specific reasons compared to the rest.

All of the shoes we tested are solid options, but our top recommendations are listed below, followed by the best of the rest which are all still worthy choices. To compare the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need help deciding what to buy, take a look at our buying advice and our FAQ section for answers to common questions about mountain bike flat pedal shoes. If you’ve landed here and are interested in mountain bike shoes that clip in to your pedals, we’ve thoroughly tested and reviewed the best clipless mountain bike shoes too.

The Best Flat Pedal Shoes of 2023

Best Overall Flat Pedal Shoes

Giro Latch

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Measured Weight 603 grams (pair, size 7.5 US / 40 EU)
  • Upper Materials Microfiber
  • Outsole Tack Rubber
  • Closure Laces with elastic lace retainer
  • Size Tested US Mens 7.5 / 40 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 39 – 50 EU (no half sizes)
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Tack Rubber sole is supremely grippy, top of class
  • Stiffer than average sole with controlled, predictable, and supportive flex
  • Low stack height
  • Excellent muted and predictable feel
  • Average breathability and water resistance – dries quickly and easy to clean.

Cons

  • Sole is a little stiff for long walks
  • Average breathability and water resistance – jack of all trades, not purpose built for wet or super hot days.
Giro Latch flat pedal shoes product image
The Giro Latch shoes are versatile and provide excellent grip and a nice muted feel on the pedals. We feel they are one of the best options available today. (photo: Jordan Villella)
Best Budget Flat Pedal Shoes

Ride Concepts Accomplice

Specs

  • MSRP $130
  • Measured Weight 643 grams (pair, size 7 US / 39.5 EU)
  • Upper Material Nylon Upper with suede eye row detail,
  • Outsole Ride Concepts MAX GRIP
  • Closure Laces with elastic lace retainer
  • Size Tested 7 US Mens / 39.5 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 7 – 15 US, Half: 7.5 – 12.5 US
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Extremely comfortable
  • Solid grip on the pedals
  • Reasonable price point
  • Good insole/arch support

Cons

  • Warmer on the feet
  • Not very weather or water resistant
  • Woven nylon upper traps mud/dirt and gets quite dirty – not the easiest to clean
  • Short height in toe box, but it did break in
Ride Concepts Accomplice flat pedals shoes product shot
The Accomplice is a reasonably priced new model from Ride Concepts, that looks good, performs well, and is super comfortable with a sock-like “slip-tongue” design. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Runner-Up Best Flat Pedal Shoes

Five Ten Freerider Pro

Specs

  • MSRP $160
  • Measured Weight 627 grams (pair, size 7 US / 40 EU)
  • Upper Materials Synthetic upper
  • Outsole Stealth S1 Dotty rubber
  • Closure Laces with elastic lace retainer
  • Size Tested US Mens 7 / 40 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 6 – 15 US, Half: 6.5 – 12.5 US
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Well deserved high reputation
  • Outstanding traction
  • Fair breathability and water resistance
  • The benchmark for flat pedal shoes
  • Versatile

Cons

  • Lots of visible branding
  • Sole may be too soft for some preferences
  • Moderate pedaling efficiency
  • Stealth rubber does wear quickly
Five Ten Freerider Pro flat pedal shoes product shot
A classic, and still one of the best. The Freerider Pro is essentially the benchmark against which all other shoes are judged. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Flat Pedal Shoes for Adventure Rides

Ride Concepts Tallac Boa

Specs

  • MSRP $190
  • Measured Weight 720 grams (pair, size 7 US / 39.5 EU)
  • Upper Material Cordura
  • Outsole Ride Concepts MAX GRIP
  • Closure BOA, textile TX4 Laces, Velcro strap
  • Size Tested 7 US Mens / 39.5 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole and half sizes 7 – 13 US
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Stiff sole
  • Good pedaling efficiency
  • Superb traction on and off the bike
  • Very walkable
  • Cordura upper breathes well and provides solid water resistance
  • BOA closure is quick and easy to deal with, particularly in wet conditions

Cons

  • Heavier weight
  • Toe box is a little tight in height, but broke in over testing period
  • Higher stack height may not be for everyone
  • More expensive
Ride Concepts Tallac Boa flat pedal shoes wet and muddy on a test ride
The Tallac Boa and its Cordura uppers offer a surprisingly good balance of weather resistance and breathability, on top of excellent pedal grip, support, and hike-ability. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Flat Pedal Shoe for Grip

Specialized 2FO DH Flat

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Measured Weight 734 grams (pair, size 7.25 US / 39.5 EU)
  • Upper Material Leather and textile upper
  • Outsole SlipNot ST (Super Tacky)
  • Closure Laces with elastic lace retainer
  • Size Tested 7.25 US Mens / 39.5 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 36 – 49 EU, Half: 38.5 – 46.5 EU
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Extremely high traction
  • Body Geometry design provides a very comfortable feel on the pedals
  • Great balance of water resistance and breathability
  • Quick drying
  • High level of foot protection
  • Minimal Branding

Cons

  • Might be too grippy for some, can be difficult to reposition feet
  • Not the most comfortable walking shoe
  • Narrower/more tapered toe box
Best Waterproof Flat Pedal Shoes

Five Ten Trailcross GTX

Specs

  • MSRP $220
  • Measured Weight 692g (pair, size 5 US)
  • Upper Materials Textile with neoprene collar and Gore-Tex membrane
  • Outsole Stealth Dual Compound
  • Closure Laces with neoprene ankle cuff
  • Size Tested US Mens 5
  • Available Sizes Whole: US Mens 4 – 15, Half: US Mens 4.5 – 12.5
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Waterproof membrane
  • Grippy on the pedals
  • Easy to walk in
  • Warmer than non-GTX version

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Water can still get in through the top if you're not careful
Five Ten Trailcross GTX
With a Gore-Tex membrane and a high, snug neoprene ankle cuff, the Trailcross GTX is designed to handle wet conditions. (photo: Blair Kemp)
Best Casual Flat Pedal Shoes

Specialized 2FO Method

Specs

  • MSRP $100
  • Measured Weight 540 grams (pair, size 7.25 US / 39.5 EU)
  • Upper Material Canvas
  • Outsole SlipNot ST (Super Tacky)
  • Closure Laces
  • Size Tested 7.25 US Mens / 39.5 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 38 – 49 EU, Half: 38.5 – 46.5 EU
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent tactile feel on the pedals
  • Lightweight
  • Stylish on and off the bike
  • Fairly breathable
  • Grips well for intended use (light trail riding, pumptrack, dirt jumps, having fun on bikes)
  • Minimal branding – casual style

Cons

  • Minimal foot protection
  • Soaks through easily on wet days
  • Softer sole may not work for everyone
Specialized 2FO Method flat pedal shoe riding shot
The 2FO Method is a casual-looking flat pedal shoe that is right at home on mellower rides or cruising the neighborhood pump track or dirt jumps. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best of the Rest

Fox Union Flat

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Measured Weight 639 grams (pair, size 7 US / 39 EU)
  • Upper Material Rubbery TPU one piece welded upper
  • Outsole Ultratac rubber
  • Closure Laces with elastic lace retainer
  • Size Tested 7 US Mens / 39 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 37 – 47 EU, Half: 41.5 – 45.5 EU
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Rubbery one piece upper is very water resistant
  • Ultratac rubber sole with low profile hexagonal lugs provides solid traction in all conditions
  • Precise and responsive fit
  • Low stack height gives good pedal feel
  • Crowd-pleasing sole stiffness

Cons

  • Slightly slimmer fit might not be for everyone
  • Upper can get a little hot on humid days, not the most breathable shoe
  • Stock laces are pretty short

Crankbrothers Stamp Boa

Specs

  • MSRP $180
  • Measured Weight 664 g (pair, size 7 US / 39.5 EU)
  • Upper Material Rubbery Upper (70% PU, 25% Polyester, 5% PU Film)
  • Outsole Match MC2 Rubber
  • Closure Boa L6, low friction wire, velcro strap at top
  • Size Tested 7 US Mens / 39.5 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 5 – 14 US, Half: 5.5 – 12.5 US
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Exceptional fit and feel on foot
  • Great pedal feel from raised toe sole profile and medium flex
  • Moderate breathability and great water resistance
  • Solid mid-range level of protection

Cons

  • Lower level of traction/grip
  • More expensive

Five Ten Trailcross XT

Specs

  • MSRP $160
  • Measured Weight 654 grams (pair, size 7 US / 40 EU)
  • Upper Material Mesh upper
  • Outsole Stealth Phantom rubber
  • Closure Laces with elastic lace retainer
  • Size Tested US 7 Mens / 40 EU
  • Available Sizes Whole: 6 – 15 US, Half: 6.5 – 12.5 US
The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Very open and breathable, quick drying
  • Most comfortable walking shoe in the test
  • Lightweight
  • Good, but not great, traction on the pedals

Cons

  • Good, but not great, traction on the pedals
  • A little underwhelming for aggressive riding
  • Very little padding and foot protection

Flat Pedal Shoes Comparison Chart

Flat Pedal ShoeMSRPMeasured Weight (pair)Size TestedOutsole
Giro Latch$150603 grams7.5 US / 40 EUTack rubber
Ride Concepts Accomplice$130643 grams7 US / 39.5 EUMax Grip Rubber
Five Ten Freerider Pro$160627 grams7 US / 40 EUStealth S1 rubber
Ride Concepts Tallac Boa$190720 grams7 US / 39.5 EUMax Grip rubber
Specialized 2FO DH Flat$150734 grams7.25 US / 39.5 EUSlipNot ST rubber
Five Ten Trailcross GTX$220692 grams5 USStealth Phantom rubber
Specialized 2FO Method$100540 grams7.25 US / 39.5 EUSlipNot ST rubber
Fox Union Flat $150639 grams7 US / 39 EUUltratac rubber
Crankbrothers Stamp Boa$180664 grams7 US / 39.5 EUMatch MC2 rubber
Five Ten Trailcross XT$160654 grams7 US / 40 EUStealth Phantom rubber

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

At Bikerumor, we’ve been obsessing over the latest and greatest products for well over a decade. As a team of die-hard cyclists, we’re always seeking the best gear that can enhance our experience and improve our performance whether that’s bikes, wheels, tires, helmets, or footwear. Whether for personal use or reviews, we’re constantly getting our hands on the latest and greatest mountain bike shoes to put through the wringer.

For the purposes of this buyer’s guide, we gathered several of the best flat pedal shoes available in 2023 to test and compare side by side. We tapped Bikerumor contributor, Paul Clauss, for the majority of the testing which took place near his home in northern Vermont. Paul is an avid mountain biker, mountain bike coach, trail builder, and mechanical engineer. A dedicated flat pedal rider, Paul has been riding in flat pedal shoes for many years and has developed a keen sense for the performance characteristics that make a quality shoe. The punchy technical terrain of Vermont serves as an ideal testing ground with short, sharp climbs and steep, rocky, and rooty descents that will challenge the grip of any outsole compound and tread design. The wildly variable weather of northern New England also provided conditions ranging from cool to extremely hot and humid to dry and historically wet and rainy. During testing, these shoes really saw a little bit of everything.

In addition to testing flat pedal shoes, Paul has also tested the best flat pedals and the best dropper posts for comprehensive buyer’s guides. If you’re in the market for a new mountain bike helmet, we’ve tested those too. And, if you’re a clipless pedal rider, we’ve thoroughly tested and reviewed the best clipless mountain bike shoes and have recommendations for everything from XC to trail and DH riding.

Buying Advice: How to Choose Flat Pedal Shoes

With so many options on the market, choosing the right pair of flat pedal shoes can seem like a daunting task. With Five Ten dominating the market for a long time, the decision used to be a bit more straightforward, but now there are more choices than ever before to cover the needs of everyone from downhill rippers to trail riders. We suggest considering several variables when searching for flat pedal shoes; your riding style, fit/comfort, grip/traction, sole stiffness, foot protection, weather resistance, and walkability. We discuss each in greater detail below.

Five Ten Trailcross TX flat pedal shoes riding shot
It’s important to match your shoes with your riding style or the conditions you encounter, whether that’s steep enduro tracks or trips to the bike park. (photo: Blair Kemp)

What Type of Riding Do You Do?

It may seem obvious, but the type of riding you do most often should be considered when looking for new flat pedal shoes. There are lots of different models out there designed to meet the demands of different riding styles, so one should be able to find the right shoes for the job. Downhill riders who spend their days riding chairlifts or shuttles to the top of rough, high-speed descents will often seek shoes with more supportive and protective uppers, impact-absorbing materials, and grippy soles that will keep your feet stuck on the pedals through the chatter of rock gardens and braking bumps. Trail and all-mountain riders who spend their days pedaling to the top of their descents will often steer towards a more balanced, versatile shoe that is moderately protective, pedals efficiently, provides adequate grip, and is possibly better ventilated and slightly lighter weight. People who frequent the pump track or dirt jumps tend to prefer slightly softer flexing soles for pedal feedback and often gravitate to moderately grippy soles for better foot mobility for doing tricks.

Specialized 2FO Method flat pedal shoes at the pump track
Sessioning the neighborhood pump track has different demands than downhill riding. Thankfully, there are shoes for every type of riding. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Fit and Comfort

Fit is always one of the most important considerations because it directly impacts your comfort and control of the bike. How a shoe fits is also a personal preference with some people gravitating towards a more snug and precise fit, while others may enjoy a looser and more forgiving approach. Finding the right fit for you is often best achieved by trying shoes on so you can ensure that the length, width, and volume of the shoe are right for your specific foot size and shape. This is particularly important for those with notably narrow or wide feet as most shoes are made to fit average width/volume feet.

Your regular sneaker or hiking boot size can be a good starting point although some riders size down a half size or so to get a more snug fit for foot stability and control reasons. If you already know your flat pedal shoe size, it is usually fairly consistent within the same brand, though it can vary slightly between different brands as their US and EU sizes may not line up exactly the same on their size charts. It is definitely worth referencing the size charts, and trying shoes on whenever possible.

Fit is one of the primary factors that dictates your overall comfort. Too small of a shoe and you can experience hot spots, foot cramps, or scrunched toes. Too loose and your foot may slip around inside the shoe which may result in blisters or a reduction of stability and control. Likewise, different materials, levels of padding, ventilation, and the closure system can play a role in how the shoe conforms to your foot and how comfortable it is over the course of a long ride or season of riding.

Arch support is another consideration as most brands are aiming to create a shoe that works for most people and that typically involves an insole that has an average amount of arch support. Those who have specific arch support needs will often benefit from the use of an aftermarket or custom insole to find the level they need.

The intended use of a shoe can also affect comfort. Shoes with stiffer soles prioritize pedaling efficiency and support but may sacrifice off-the-bike comfort and performance as a result. The Specialized 2FO DH Flat, for example, handles the impacts and loads of DH riding well, but isn’t super comfortable to walk in for extended periods – it’s a shoe built for downhill performance. In contrast, the Five Ten Trailcross XT is super comfortable for walking around all day, but the comparatively softer sole and less protective upper may not be the best choice for super rough downhills. Matching your riding style and terrain with a shoe’s intended use is a good recipe that should help enhance comfort based on your needs and preferences.

Flat Pedal Shoes side by side sole comparison
While similar, the outsoles of flat pedal shoes are made of different rubber compounds and have varying tread designs intended to provide grip on the pedals. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Grip and Traction

For most flat pedal riders, the grip on the pedals is one of the highest priorities, though this varies somewhat depending on riding style, terrain, and personal preferences. While many people want a locked-in, glued-to-the-pedals feel for security, control, and safety, others may enjoy a bit more freedom of movement and foot mobility. The pedal grip provided by a flat pedal shoe depends on the outsole material, tread pattern, height of the lugs, and dampening from the midsole, as well as the flat pedals you use. Most flat pedal shoes rely mainly on using soft, tacky rubber with low-profile lugs to provide a friction-based grip that the pedal pins can settle into, while others may use more of a mechanical connection approach where the pins settle into channels in the sole or against the edges of the tread lugs. The Crankbrothers Stamp Boa, for example, aims to combine friction with mechanical grip by patterning their sole pattern after the footprint of their Stamp pedals. 

Only a few years ago, Five Ten’s Stealth rubber compounds were dominant in the grip department and are the reason their shoes were and continue to be some of the most popular on the market. Five Ten’s Stealth rubber is still a great choice, but thankfully, other companies’ outsoles are catching up and providing competitive levels of grip. These days, Giro’s Tack rubber, Ride Concepts’ Max Grip, and Fox’s Ultratac outsoles provide a very similar level of grip and traction on the pedals to Five Ten’s Stealth S1 while Specialized’s SlipNot ST felt the grippiest when tested side by side.

In terms of pure grip and the feeling of being truly stuck to the pedals, the Specialized 2FO DH Flat and its SlipNot ST outsole were just a cut above the rest. Just a hair below, the Fox Ultratrac, Ride Concepts Max Grip, Five Ten Stealth S1, and Giro Tack compounds provide a very balanced feel with super reliable traction and a bit more forgiveness in regard to foot repositioning. Again, the pedals you choose are a major factor in the grip equation as well, and you can check out our review of the best flat pedals if you’re looking for a new pair.

Crankbrothers stamp boa flat pedal shoe sole stiffness
The stiffness of the sole is directly related to how efficiently it pedals, the level of support it provides, and the feel on the pedals. (photo: David Cheskin)

Sole Stiffness

The stiffness of the sole of a flat pedal shoe impacts pedaling efficiency, the support and feel of the shoe when riding, and how the shoe performs when walking. A stiff shoe will be slightly more efficient on long pedal-heavy rides and more supportive on long or rough descents, while a softer shoe will typically provide a more tactile feel on the pedals but less support, which can lead to foot fatigue or soreness over time. Most shoes strike a good balance with some outliers on either end of the sole stiffness spectrum designed to meet more specific needs. Like most other things, this is generally a personal preference based on the type of riding you do and the desired performance characteristics you seek from your shoes.

Given their long-standing popularity in the market, the Five Ten Freerider Pro is a bit of a benchmark that many people may already be familiar with. After riding a variety of shoes, we found the Freerider Pro to be about average in terms of sole stiffness with a slight increase on the Giro Latch, as well as a significant increase on the Ride Concepts Tallac Boa and Specialized 2FO DH Flat. Despite their higher level of stiffness, all three of those models still have a good pedal feel that avoids feeling too wooden while providing a bit more efficiency and reducing foot fatigue on longer rides or rough descents. Still, the sweet spot for many riders will likely be the moderate stiffness of something like the Freerider Pro, Fox Union, or Ride Concepts Accomplice.

The DH-oriented Specialized 2FO DH Flat shoes offer more foot protection than most with a heavily reinforced toe box and a raised medial ankle cuff for added protection from crank and frame strikes. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Foot Protection

The amount of foot protection to look for in a flat pedal shoe depends on what you plan to use them for. Nearly all of the shoes in this buyer’s guide have a reinforced toe box and some degree of heel/ankle padding, with the exception of the more casual Specialized 2FO Method. If you find yourself stubbing your toes frequently while riding, a larger, stronger toe box is a good choice. If you are an aggressive downhill rider, you might look for a more protective option with more padding extending through the entire shoe. 

Most of the shoes we tested are versatile, all-around models that have moderate foot protection. Shoes like the Five-Ten Freerider Pro and Giro Latch look nearly identical and both have synthetic uppers, reinforced toe boxes and heels, and light padding throughout. Both the Fox Union Flat and the Crankbrothers Stamp Boa offer similar levels of reinforcement to the aforementioned models, but their rubbery TPU-coated uppers have a slightly tougher, more durable feel. All four of these shoes offer adequate protection for trail and all-mountain riding, and some people will even use them for more aggressive gravity riding too.

The most protective shoe we tested in the DH-oriented Specialized 2FO DH Flat. This burly shoe features a heavily reinforced toe box as well as a raised medial ankle cuff to provide added ankle protection. Not far behind, the Ride Concepts Tallac Boa is another burly shoe that isn’t specifically designed for DH, but should certainly be able to handle it and other aggressive riding scenarios. At the opposite end of the spectrum, the casual-looking Specialized 2FO DH Method is essentially a canvas shoe with a mountain bike sole, and it offers little in the way of protective features. Similarly, the adventure-oriented Five Ten Trailcross XT has a reinforced heel cup and lightly reinforced toe box, but the mesh uppers are otherwise quite thin and less protective than thicker materials.

Five Ten Trailcross GTX flat pedal shoes hiking shot
Some shoes, like Five Ten’s Trailcross models and Ride Concepts Tallac Boa, are better for walking and hiking than other models. (photo: Blair Kemp)

Walkability

As with the other flat pedal shoe considerations, the walkability of a pair of mountain bike shoes will vary in importance depending on your needs. Many people ride less technical trails that do not require frequent dismounts, while others may face technical rocks gardens, significant hike-a-bike sections, or like to session features regularly. Most shoes are designed with on-the-bike performance as their priority with their walkability as a complete afterthought, though some shoes aim to perform well off the bike too. You can generally tell which shoes are best for walking by looking at them – they look like light hiking/running shoes or hiking boots.

Of the shoes tested, we found the Five Ten Trailcross XT, Trailcross GTX, and Ride Concepts Tallac Boa the best for hiking, with the softer Trailcross XT better for short distances and the stiffer sole of the Tallac Boa more supportive for more technical terrain. The other shoes were fairly similar for walking with their flat soles, lower profile treads, and relatively traditional flat pedal shoe forms. They all work well enough to walk relatively normally, but you wouldn’t go out of your way to walk around in them for too long. Still, they will all get you out to that viewpoint or back up the trail to try that tricky section again with little to complain about.

Five Ten Trailcross XT and Ride Concepts Tallac Boa flat pedal shoes
The Five Ten Trailcross XT and Ride Concepts Tallac Boa are two of the most breathable shoes we tested. Interestingly, the Cordura uppers of the Tallac also resist water very well, while the mesh uppers of the Trailcross do not. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Breathability and Water Resistance

Flat pedal mountain bike shoes need to handle a wide range of temperatures and conditions from bone dry to rainy and sopping wet. Your needs, however, will depend on where you live and the conditions you experience on the trails. If you live in a very hot climate, you might compromise on the level of padding and water resistance in favor of a thinner, more breathable upper to let airflow into the shoe. If you are constantly riding in the rain, you might prefer a less porous upper with water-resistant materials to keep water out, often at the expense of breathability. Most modern shoes handle conditions from dry to light rain just fine, and there are wet weather-specific shoes, like the Five Ten Trailcross GTX with a Gore-Tex membrane, on the market for those who live and ride in the worst of conditions.

Most of the shoes tested for this buyer’s guide do fairly well across all environmental conditions, but each has its strengths and weaknesses. All-rounders like the Giro Latch or Five Ten Freerider Pro, using microfiber/synthetic uppers, stay reasonably cool and dry but are not ideal for the hottest or wettest rides. The rubbery uppers on the Fox Union and Crankbrothers Stamp Boa or the leather/textile Specialized 2FO DH Flat resist water surprisingly effectively, but trap a little more heat inside the shoe. The Five Ten Trailcross XT’s mesh upper lets air and water right in but dries very quickly. The Cordura upper of the Ride Concepts Tallac Boa proved to be a surprise favorite in this regard, balancing a high degree of water resistance while also having a well-ventilated feel. The Five Ten Trailcross GTX is a clear standout for wet conditions with its waterproof Gore-Tex membrane, though it’s designed for use in cool, wet weather, and can be a bit stifling on the feet in warmer conditions

Crankbrothers Stamp Boa flat pedal shoes TPU uppers
Most shoes handle weather and wet conditions relatively well. The Crankbrothers Stamp Boa and the Fox Union Flat both have rubbery TPU-coated uppers that resist water better than most. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Closures

The majority of flat pedal shoes use traditional shoe laces as the closure system. This is in contrast to the clipless shoe market where there is a wider range of closure systems. Lately, however, flat pedal shoe brands have been adopting other methods for tightening your flat pedal shoes including Boa dials. Some brands and models of shoes are even offered in multiple versions, like the Ride Concepts Tallac that comes with Boa ($190) or laces ($160), and the Crankbrothers Stamp that comes in Boa ($180), Speed Lace ($150), and Lace ($130) versions to suit varying preferences.

Laces certainly work well for the flat pedal shoe application as they pull tension evenly over the mid-foot and they are cheap and easy to replace if they become damaged. The downsides are that they are a little slower to put on and take off, it takes a little longer to adjust tension while riding, and they can be messy to deal with in sloppy conditions.

Boa dials, often used in combination with velcro straps, are becoming more common on high-end flat pedal shoes. Boa systems use a ratcheting dial to add or remove tension from thin wires/laces over the foot. Boa systems make it very quick and easy to put shoes on and take them off, and to adjust tension while riding. The downsides are that they typically add to the price of shoes, they can sometimes be damaged, and have a somewhat checkered history in terms of reliability. The good news is that Boa systems are becoming more reliable and they are often covered by warranty if they break or are damaged.

Different closure systems on flat pedal shoes
Laces still dominate the flat pedal shoe market, but other systems like Boa dials are becoming more common. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Flat Pedals

As mentioned previously, the flat pedals you choose will also play a major role in the grip, stability, and control equation. There are loads of flat pedal options on the market with different size platforms, profiles, and pin layouts that offer varying levels of grip and performance to meet different needs and preferences. While they may all look relatively similar, they most definitely are not, and we’d encourage anyone seeking a new pair to check out our comprehensive flat pedal buyer’s guide.

A group shot of mountain bike flat pedals
Getting the right shoes is one step, but pairing them with the right pedals is just as important. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Frequently Asked Questions About Flat Pedal Shoes

Will non-MTB-specific shoes work with flat pedals?

Yes, of course, you can mountain bike in any old shoes you choose but we recommend using shoes that are made for the job. Flat pedal specific mountain bike shoes are optimized for traction, support, safety, and to handle the environmental conditions you’ll encounter on the trail. While preferences and opinions vary, we feel that the performance benefits, particularly pedal grip, support, vibration absorption, and foot protection, make using flat pedal mountain bike shoes the best choice.

Do my pedals matter?

Yes! Flat pedals vary in terms of platform size, pin layout, etc, and they provide varying levels of support and grip. Generally speaking, most good pedals will work well with most good shoes, but you’ll also need to consider your riding style and needs/wants from a pedal as they do perform differently. During testing, we used most of the shoes with the Nukeproof Horizon Pro Sam Hill Enduro pedal for consistency, with the Chromag Dagga and Raceface Atlas sprinkled in. If you’re searching for new flat pedals to complement your new shoes, we have recommendations in our flat pedal buyer’s guide.  

The sole patterns on most shoes in this test are optimized to work with a wide variety of pedals, with the exception of the Crankbrothers Stamp Boa, which is designed specifically to work with their Stamp pedal line. This is done by matching the tread pattern to the silhouette and pins of the pedals. The Stamp shoes work well enough with most pedals, but we found they actually work slightly better on the Stamp pedals as the pins fit into the grooves in the sole tread.  

Platform size is also a consideration, as some come in different sizes that are optimized to work with different size feet. Riders with smaller feet may opt for pedals with smaller platforms to better match the sole of their shoes, while those with larger feet will typically gravitate towards larger platforms for added stability.

What size flat pedal shoe should I get?

The sizing of a shoe is very unique to the shape and size of your foot and proper fit is very important. Too small of a shoe and you may end up with pinched toes, cramping, and discomfort, too loose and your foot may end up slipping around inside the shoe which can cause blisters and result in a reduction of control. Fit preferences vary, of course, but most people generally can start at or near their everyday shoe size and go from there. Given that our shoes are a contact point for control of our mountain bikes, however, many people will opt for a snug fit that is achieved by sizing down slightly from their regular street shoe size. And, of course, sizing is not perfectly consistent across different brands, so it is generally best to try shoes on before you buy to ensure they fit you correctly.

How long can I expect my flat pedal shoes to last?

The lifespan of a pair of mountain bike shoes is directly related to how much you ride and the level of abuse you put them through. People who ride almost every day all season long may only get a season of use out of a pair of shoes, while those who ride less frequently or more casually should expect to get a couple seasons or more from a quality pair. Typically, the soft rubber of the soles is one of the first places to show wear as the pedal pins leave marks, grooves, and scars in the rubber. Similarly, the uppers of shoes may be prone to damage if scraped on rocks, logs, and shrubbery, and may break down slightly more quickly when used in wet conditions frequently.

Given the duration of our test period, we can’t comment definitively on the long-term durability of any of the shoes we tested. After a couple months of riding, they all showed minimal wear and we expect most models in this test to be reasonably durable given their intended use. The beefier models like the Ride Concepts Tallac Boa, Specialized 2FO DH Flat seem the most rugged and capable of handling the most abuse, while models like the Five Ten Trailcross LT and Specialized Method couple be prone to wearing out faster given the lighter materials used in their uppers.

Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Read more…

The best mountain bike shoes

The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Flat Pedal Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
334534
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-dropper-post/ Thu, 27 Jul 2023 18:10:48 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=333310 Dropper posts lined up on a counter

Dropper posts allow us to adjust our saddle height with the push of a lever, helping to enhance comfort, efficiency, and most importantly, control while…

The post The Best Dropper Posts of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Dropper posts lined up on a counter

Dropper posts allow us to adjust our saddle height with the push of a lever, helping to enhance comfort, efficiency, and most importantly, control while out on the trail. Many people would argue that dropper posts are one of the most important innovations in mountain bike technology, essentially transforming the way we ride.

The ability to adjust the height of your saddle on the fly ensures that it is always positioned perfectly for the terrain you are riding, and dropper posts have become a staple on nearly all new mountain bikes and are working their way onto gravel bikes these days as well. With their meteoric rise to becoming a standard part, we now have more great options to choose from than ever before.

If you’re looking for a new dropper post for your bike, we can help! We rounded up nine of the top options available in 2023 to test and compare side by side. Over the course of several months, we put each model in this review through its paces while assessing important performance characteristics like the smoothness of travel, saddle clamps, installation, adjustability, weight, serviceability, and design. When possible, we also tested each post with its own brand’s remote to see how they work together.

Our top recommendations are listed below, followed by the best of the rest which are also great options to be considered. To see the specs of all the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need help deciding what you need or how to find a dropper post that fits you and your bike, you can refer to our detailed buying advice and FAQ section.

The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Best Overall Dropper Post

Wolf Tooth Resolve

Specs

  • MSRP $350, $365, $380, depending on travel length (Remote Pro Lever $70)
  • Available Travel Lengths 125, 160, 200mm
  • Overall Lengths 373.2, 443.2, 523.2mm
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6
  • Size Tested 31.6, 160mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 514g (3.21g/mm travel), Lever: 47g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Short overall length and stack height
  • Self bleeding cartridge should promote reliability
  • Can order with travel spacers installed
  • Remote Pro lever is excellent
  • Easy saddle installation
  • Fully user serviceable
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Initial stickiness, resolved with Slick Honey on the stanchion as advised by Wolf Tooth.
  • Higher price point
Wolf Tooth Remote Pro dropper post lever
Along with the excellent Resolve dropper, Wolf Tooth makes one of the best remotes in the business, the Remote Pro. They pair very nicely together. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Budget Dropper Post

OneUp Components V2 Dropper

Specs

  • MSRP $199.50 – $229.50 depending on travel length (V3 Lever $45)
  • Available Travel Lengths 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240mm
  • Overall Lengths 290, 360, 420, 480, 540, 610mm
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6, 34.9 (also a 27.2mm option in 90 and 120mm lengths)
  • Size Tested 31.6, 150mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 505g (3.37 g/mm travel), Lever: 42g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Short stack height and overall length
  • Most fit options available
  • Medium stroke lever with good return feel and reasonably light action
  • Great value
  • Relatively lightweight

Cons

  • Post drops very quickly – difficult to make precise adjustments to saddle height
Riding with the OneUp Components V2 dropper post
The OneUp Components V2 dropper proves that low price doesn’t mean low performance. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Runer-Up Best Dropper Post

Fox Transfer Factory

Specs

  • MSRP $359, Performance Elite: $309 (1x lever $69)
  • Available Travel Lengths 100, 125, 150, 175, 200mm
  • Overall Lengths 336.6, 391.5, 446.3, 503, 558.7mm (includes actuator)
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6
  • Size Tested 31.6, 150mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 585g (3.9g/mm travel), Lever: 46g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Very smooth, intuitive performance on trail
  • Reasonable overall length and very low stack height
  • Super light actuation
  • Great seat clamp design
  • Basic but well performing lever

Cons

  • Not as easily serviceable and very little adjustability
  • Heavier than some
  • Pricey
Fox Transfer Factory dropper post testing shot
The Fox Transfer Factory got put to work while testing on the technical trails of northern Vermont. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Runner-Up Best Budget Dropper Post

PNW Components Loam Dropper

Specs

  • MSRP $199 – $209 depending on travel length (Loam Lever $74)
  • Available Travel Lengths 125, 150, 170, 200mm
  • Overall Lengths 385, 440, 480, 540mm
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6, 34.9mm
  • Size Tested 31.6, 150mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 529g (3.53 g/mm travel), Lever: 49g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Great performance at an affordable price
  • Easy tool free travel adjust
  • Basic but functional and ergonomic lever
  • Easy to make small adjustments to saddle height

Cons

  • Rubber pieces get dirty very easily
The tool-free travel adjustment of the PNW Loam dropper post
Not only is PNW’s Loam dropper affordable, but the tool-free travel reduction feature makes it easier to customize the drop length for your specific needs. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Smoothest Dropper Post

Bike Yoke Revive 2.0

Specs

  • MSRP $350 – $410 depending on travel length (Lever $70)
  • Available Travel Lengths 125, 160, 185, 213mm
  • Overall Lengths 397, 467, 517, 582mm (including actuator)
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6 (Revive Max 34.9 and Revive 27.2 also available)
  • Size Tested 31.6, 160mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 536g (3.35 g/mm travel), Lever: 45g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Incredibly Smooth
  • Very easy to make small adjustments precisely
  • Reset Valve is nice to have, particularly if you hang your bike upside down

Cons

  • Longer lever throw than my preference
  • Relatively long overall length/stack height
  • Expensive
Bike Yoke Revive 2.0 dropper post action shot
The Bike Yoke Revive deserves high praise for its super smooth action during compression and extension. The Revive Valve should also help to ensure that it continues working flawlessly for many seasons of use. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best High-End Dropper Post

RockShox Reverb AXS

Specs

  • MSRP $861
  • Available Travel Lengths 100, 125, 150, 170mm
  • Overall Lengths 340, 390, 440, 480mm
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6, 34.9mm (Reverb XPLR AXS comes in 27.2mm)
  • Size Tested 31.6, 150mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 655g (4.37g/mm travel), Lever: 54g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Great lever ergonomics and easy actuation
  • Precision control
  • Super easy post and seat installation
  • Quick return speed
  • Electronic
  • No cable or hose

Cons

  • Very expensive
  • Heavier weight
  • Electronic – need to remember to charge battery
  • Higher stack height with large collar
RockShox Reverb AXS dropper post battery light
While some might object to the price and/or adding electronics to their mountain bikes, there’s no denying the stellar performance of the RockShox Reverb AXS dropper post. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Lightweight Dropper Post

Bike Yoke Divine SL

Specs

  • MSRP $320 (Lever $70)
  • Available Travel Lengths 80, 100, 125mm
  • Overall Lengths 400, 420, 445mm
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6
  • Size Tested 31.6, 125mm
  • Measured Weight Post: 451g (3.61 g/mm travel), Lever: 45g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Fast return speed
  • Smooth, controlled action
  • Quite light
  • "Tech climb” feature went unnoticed (in a good way)

Cons

  • Max travel of 125mm
  • Longer overall length and stack height
  • Weight is low, but weight per mm/travel is higher than other SL model tested
Bike Yoke Divine SL dropper post installation
While its installation may be a touch more involved, the Divine SL is a very lightweight, super smooth, infinitely adjustable dropper that’s aimed at the XC crowd. You can even trim the bottom of the post to save extra weight or reduce the overall length. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best of the Rest

Crankbrothers Highline 7

Specs

  • MSRP $300 (Crankbrothers Highline Remote $60, not tested)
  • Available Travel Lengths 100, 125, 150, 170, 200mm
  • Overall Lengths 364, 414, 465, 504, 577mm
  • Available Diameters 30.9, 31.6mm (Highline XC Gravel available in 27.2mm)
  • Size Tested 31.6, 150mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 577g (3.85 g/mm travel)
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Very smooth travel
  • Easy to use pivoting bolt seat clamp
  • Easily user serviceable (everything but the cartridge) with very standard tools
  • Easy install

Cons

  • Slower, fixed compression and extension speed
  • Longer overall length and stack height
  • Second heaviest cable-actuated post tested

Fox Transfer SL

Specs

  • MSRP $399 (Performance Elite: $329)
  • Available Travel Lengths 50, 70, 75, 100, 125, 150mm
  • Overall Lengths 350, 370, 355, 380, 430, 455, 480mm
  • Available Diameters 27.2, 30.9, 31.6
  • Size Tested 31.6, 150mm travel
  • Measured Weight Post: 441g (2.94 g/mm travel), Lever 46g
The Best Dropper Posts of 2023

Pros

  • Lightest post tested
  • Wide range of shorter travel options for XC riders
  • Drop bar lever available
  • Very fast return speed
  • Extremely light action

Cons

  • Two positions – you’ll love it or hate it
  • Less controllable than infinitely adjustable posts due to extremely light action
  • Longest overall length in the test

Dropper Post Comparison Table

Dropper PostMSRPAvailable LengthsAvailable DiametersSize TestedMeasured Weight
Wolf Tooth Resolve$350 – $380125, 160, 200mm30.9, 31.6mm31.6 x 160mmPost: 514g, Lever: 47g
OneUp Components V2$199.50 – $229.5090, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240mm27.2, 30.9, 31.6, 34.9mm31.6 x 150mmPost: 505g, Lever, 42g
Fox Transfer Factory$359100, 125, 150, 175, 200mm30.9, 31.6mm31.6 x 150mmPost: 585g, Lever: 46g
PNW Components Loam$199 – $209125, 150, 170, 200mm30.9, 31.6, 34.9mm31.6 x 150mmPost: 529g, Lever: 49g
Bike Yoke Revive 2.0$350 – $410125, 160, 185, 213mm27.2, 30.9, 31.6, 34.9mm31.6 x 160mmPost: 536g, Lever: 45g
RockShox Reverb AXS$861100, 125, 150, 170mm30.9, 31.6, 34.9mm31.6 x 150mmPost: 655g, Lever: 54g
Bike Yoke Divine SL$37680, 100, 125mm30.9, 31.6mm31.6 x 125mmPost 451g, Lever: 45g
Crankbrothers Highline 7$300100, 125, 150, 170, 200mm30.9, 31.6mm31.6 x 150mmPost: 577g
Fox Transfer SL$39950, 70, 75, 100, 125, 150mm27.2, 30.9, 31.6mm31.6 x 150mmPost: 441g, Lever: 46g

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

It’s fair to say that the team at Bikerumor is obsessed with all things bike related. This is especially true of products like dropper posts that enhance our riding experience and performance out on the trail. While there were some reservations about adopting this new-fangled technology when they initially came out, you’ll find droppers on virtually all of our mountain bikes and even some of our gravel bikes these days. And, we’ve tried a lot of them. Whether for product launches, individual reviews, or on test bikes, we’ve had the chance to try nearly every model on the market.

For the purposes of this buyer’s guide, we rounded up nine of the best dropper posts available in 2023 to test and compare side-by-side. Review author, Paul Clauss, spent months testing these posts in a wide range of weather conditions on technical northern Vermont trails that require lots of raising and lower of the saddle. A mechanical engineer by trade and a skilled bike mechanic, Paul enjoys scrutinizing different designs, tinkering with adjustments, and is adept at differentiating subtle performance differences in the workshop and out on the trail. Each post was weighed and measured for comparison to manufacturers’ specs and installed on either his Santa Cruz Bronson or Chromag Widangle hardtail for testing. Paul has an affinity for technical features and rock slabs, and fortunately, the terrain near his home in northern Vermont is an ideal testing ground for dropper posts with plenty of ups, downs, and rocky, rooty challenges that require frequent changes to saddle height.

In addition to testing dropper posts, Paul has also contributed to Bikerumor for our best mountain bike flat pedals review and is currently testing more products for upcoming mountain bike accessories and component buyers’ guides.

Paul Clauss testing dropper posts
Review author, Paul Clauss, put the dropper posts in this review through their paces on the varied and technical trails near his home in northern Vermont. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Buying Advice: How to Choose a Dropper Post

There are numerous reasons to use a dropper post on your mountain bike, but it can be tricky to find exactly what you need. Here we’ll break down some of the important considerations that may impact your purchase decision.

Why Ride With a Dropper Post?

Using a dropper post will allow you to raise and lower your seat with the touch of a handlebar-mounted lever. When your saddle is at the appropriate height for pedaling and climbing, it can get in the way when trying to move your body and bike while descending. But when your saddle height is set low for descending, it is not in the proper pedaling position.

Dropper posts allow you to adjust your saddle height on the fly while riding, ensuring you have the proper seat height for the terrain you encounter. With a dropper post, you will experience:

  1. Improved maneuverability: A dropper post allows you to lower your seat when descending steep or technical terrain, creating more clearance between you and your saddle, making it easier to shift your body and maneuver the bike. This is particularly helpful for bike/body separation when cornering and when jumping. 
  2. Better efficiency: At full extension, your saddle should be in the ideal position for seated pedaling so you can always make the most of your pedaling effort.
  3. More comfortable riding: A dropper post allows you to adjust your seat height based on the terrain, making for a more comfortable ride overall. Outside of lowering the post for descending, this can be important on technical climbs – sometimes having only 20mm or so of drop can help you put down the power and push up a difficult move. 

How to Size a Dropper Post for You and Your Bike

When purchasing a new dropper post, the fit for you and your bike is your first priority. Not only does it need to fit your frame to be compatible, but you want it to suit your body size and needs as well.

Seat Tube Diameter

This is one of the easiest steps – just make sure you select a post that matches the seat tube diameter of your frame. Most modern mountain bikes have 30.9mm or 31.6mm seat tubes, and dropper post manufacturers often provide options for less standard options like 27.2mm (for gravel and some XC frames) or 34.9mm diameters. If you are unsure of your seat tube diameter, you can typically find it printed on the seat post that is currently on your bike, or you can look it up on the manufacturer’s website. While you should be able to find a post that matches your seat tube diameter, you can sometimes purchase a smaller one and shim the seat tube in a pinch.

OneUp Components V2 Dropper length options
The OneUp V2 comes in a whopping six travel lengths between 90 and 240mm. As travel increases, so does the overall length of the post, which is a primary factor that will dictate the size you can use. (photo: OneUp Components)

Dropper Travel Length

Dropper posts come in a range of travel lengths to suit varying needs, preferences, bodies, and bikes. For mountain bikes, they typically range between 100 and 200mm with some outliers on either end. For example, the OneUp Components V2 Dropper comes in the most size options, with 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, and 240mm travel lengths available. Not surprisingly, as post travel increases, so does the overall length of the post.

While many people try to fit the most drop possible on their bike to increase mobility, some riders may prefer a shorter drop length for various reasons. How much drop you want usually is a matter of personal preference, but also it is often a function of what will fit on your frame and work for your body size. Fortunately, some brands are doing their best to minimize the overall lengths and stack heights of their posts which makes it easier to fit a longer travel dropper, and some also provide the option to reduce travel with adjustments to make fitment much easier than it used to be. At the same time, many modern bikes are being designed with lower stand-over heights and shorter/straighter seat tubes that help make fitting longer travel droppers easier.

Determining If a Dropper Will Fit Your Frame

Most manufacturer’s websites have a tool to help you appropriately size a post for your bike to maximize travel (and the OneUp website will even show you which competitor’s posts will fit with their Dropper Post Length Selector). To use these tools, you’ll take two measurements from your frame and consider a few post measurements:

  • X – your Measured Ride Height, from the top of your seat collar to the center of your seat rails (not the top of your saddle). For example, on the small Santa Cruz Bronson used for testing, this is 260mm.
  • Y – the maximum seat tube insertion length for your frame. On the small Bronson, this is 210mm.
Dropper Post fit measurement diagram

With these numbers, use the tools available on most manufacturers’ websites to determine the maximum travel for their post on your frame. To double-check if a dropper post will fit on your own, make sure that:

  1. Your Measured Ride Height (X) is GREATER than the Stack Height (extended) of the post, measured from the bottom of the collar to the center of the seat rails of the seat at full extension.
    1. On the test Bronson, the Measured Seat Height of 260mm is greater than the 150mm Travel PNW Loam post’s Stack Height of 200mm. This means the post can be positioned at the preferred height, assuming the other two measurements below are true.
  2. The Overall Length minus your Measured Ride Height (X) is LESS than the maximum seat tube insertion length for your frame (Y).
    1. For the PNW Loam post at 150mm travel, the Overall Length is 440 mm. 440 – 260 = 180 mm, which is the length of the post I expect to be in the seat tube at full seat height. This is less than the measured seat tube insertion of 210mm, leaving 30mm of clearance at the bottom of my seat tube with the post at the measured seat height.
  3. The Insertion Length (from #2) falls between the minimum and maximum insertion lengths of the post. The insertion length must be between the maximum/minimum insertion lengths for the post.
    1. Minimum insertion of 90mm is less than 180mm (from #2, the expected insertion length with the post) which is less than 210mm (the maximum insertion depth). At the expected insertion on the Bronson frame, the insertion length falls between and maximum and minimum insertion lengths of the post.
Dropper post measurements
This photo shows the measurements needed when determining what dropper post will fit you and your bike. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Types of Dropper Posts

Most dropper posts available today use a cable to actuate an internal floating piston (IFP) to release a pressurized chamber, typically an adjustable air spring or a sealed hydraulic cartridge, to raise and lower the seat. While they all perform the same task of raising and lowering your seat on the fly, dropper posts came in a variety of different designs.

Adjustable vs Fixed Rate of Return

Many dropper posts have an adjustable rate of return. Typically, this involves an air spring, the pressure of which can be raised or lowered (within a recommended range) to speed up or slow down the rate at which the post compresses and extends. This gives the user greater control over their post and the ability to dial in its performance to meet their needs or preferences. The OneUp V2, Bike Yoke Revive 2.0 and Divine SL, Wolf Tooth Resolve, and the PNW Loam all feature adjustable air springs.

Some posts use sealed cartridges that have a fixed rate of compression and extension. These posts have a predetermined spring rate chosen by the manufacturer that usually aims to hit the happy middle ground of compression force/return speed. The Fox Transfer Factory and Crankbrothers Highline 7 are two examples of droppers that do not have adjustable air springs.

Infinitely Adjustable vs Fixed Interval Travel

The vast majority of dropper posts feature what is called infinitely adjustable travel, meaning they can be adjusted anywhere within the available travel range between full compression and full extension. While it is most common to ride with the post all the way up or all the way down, there are plenty of circumstances where dropping the post just a little bit is more ideal, and infinitely adjustable posts allow you to do so.

A few posts on the market have fixed interval travel, meaning they stop only at certain spots within their travel range. Typically, this style of post uses a simpler mechanical spring to control the travel. The only post we tested that adjusts at fixed intervals is the lightweight Fox Transfer SL, which stops in only two positions, fully compressed and fully extended.

Internal vs External Routing

Most modern mountain bikes are designed to be used with dropper posts and usually feature internal cable routing. Consequently, most droppers are also designed to be used with bikes that have internal cable routing, and the actuator where the cable connects is at the bottom of the post inside the frame. All of the droppers we tested are made for internal cable routing, other than the RockShox Reverb AXS which is wireless.

Many older bike frames and some gravel bikes do not have ports for internal cable routing. Thankfully, there are some externally routed droppers on the market, though they are less common. PNW components makes several models of externally routed droppers and you can often find similar options from Brand-X and PRO if you look around.

Dropper posts side by side
All of the posts in this photo are internally routed and cable actuated. While the actuator mechanisms at the bottom of the posts all look different, they all perform the same task of triggering the spring so the post moves up and down. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Actuation Styles

Cable-Actuated

The majority of modern dropper posts are cable-actuated, meaning that a cable connects between the remote lever and an actuator at the bottom of the post. When you press the remote lever, it pulls on the cable, which in turn actuates the post and allows it to move up or down. Cables are relatively easy to deal with and inexpensive to replace.

Hydraulically Actuated

This style of actuation is much less common than cable-actuated posts, but it works in a similar way using hydraulic fluid. The RockShox Reverb (not AXS) is the only post on the market that uses this system, and it works fairly well. The main drawback is that it is more difficult to install and remove your post given the presence of hydraulic fluid in the hose and remote lever, and it can be quite messy. Older models were also quite sensitive to cold temperatures.

Wireless/Electric

Given the rapid pace of technological development, it comes as little surprise that more and more products are electronic. Wireless or electronic posts forego the cable or hose altogether and instead use a small control unit on the handlebar that pairs via Bluetooth to a small motor on the post to raise and lower it. The RockShox Reverb AXS is the only electric post to really gain a foothold in the market thus far, although there are other brands working on bringing more options to market.

RockShox Reverb AXS dropper post battery detail
Wireless technology is becoming more prevalent on mountain bikes with the charge being led by SRAM/RockShox. The Reverb AXS does require a battery to operate the post, but thankfully, it lasts a pretty long time between charges. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Dropper Features

Travel Reduction

Some posts allow you to decrease the maximum post travel, ensuring you can get the maximum drop available for your bike. For example, on the bike used for testing with a stack height of 260mm and maximum seat tube insertion of 210mm, the OneUp size calculator shows the maximum drop for my setup as 170mm, achieved by reducing the travel of their 180mm post by 10mm.

The PNW Loam Dropper uses a tool-free system to decrease the maximum travel by up to -25mm (in 5 mm increments) with a built-in nylon shim. The OneUp V2 Dropper uses a similar system but limits travel adjustment to 10 or 20mm and uses pins and guide slots rather than the nylon shim. The Bike Yoke Revive 2.0 also allows up to 20mm of travel adjustment but the set of four 5mm shims need to be purchased separately and the post must be removed from the bike for installation. Similarly, the Wolf Tooth Resolve can have maximum travel reduced and they will install spacers for you when you order the post, or you can purchase travel reduction shims after the fact and install them yourself or bring it to a shop to have it done for you.

Reset Valves

All hydraulic dropper posts can experience air ingestion into the inner tubes over time, which can result in a saggy or spongy feel when sitting on the saddle. To combat this without requiring a full rebuild of the post, the Bike Yoke Revive 2.0 uses a reset valve and the RockShox Reverb AXS uses the “Vent Valve” to reset the hydraulic circuit. While Bike Yoke only expects Revive users to use the reset valve once or twice a year, this is a nice feature to ensure consistent performance of the post without needing to pull it out of your frame.

Other posts, like the Wolf Tooth Resolve and the Bike Yoke Divine SL have “self-bleeding” cartridges designed to purge any air from the system every time the post is fully dropped.

Bike Yoke Revive 2.0 dropper post Revive Valve
The Bike Yoke Revive 2.0 has a Revive Valve (the silver thing below the saddle clamp) that can be used to reset the internals and purge air out of the system if sag or sponginess develops over time. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Saddle Clamp

The saddle clamp, at the seatpost head, is where your saddle rails attach to the seatpost. Good saddle clamps are quiet, stay at the appropriate torque, and make saddle installation/removal easy. Most of the posts in this test used a standard two-bolt head design to adjust saddle angle and fore/aft position. A few models have clamp designs that help make the installation and removal process slightly easier. Both the Fox Transfer and the Crankbrothers Highline 7 have hardware that swivels while the OneUp V2 dropper has slotted plates. Though we don’t typically install/remove our saddles frequently, these seemingly trivial design features are really quite helpful when testing dropper posts back to back. 

Fox Transfer Factory Saddle Clamp detail shot
Swiveling hardware and a slotted upper clamp make the saddle clamp on the Fox Transfer factory one of the easiest to deal with. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Remote Levers

Every dropper post uses a remote to actuate the travel up and down. While many posts used to come with a lever, most posts are sold without one these days, meaning you can usually choose whatever remote you like. Most levers for cable-actuated dropper posts (that clamp the free cable end at the lever) are compatible with any post, allowing you to choose the lever that works best with your ergonomics and cockpit setup. The exception to this rule is the RockShox Reverb AXS, which comes with its own electronic control unit. For most of these posts in this review, we tested them with their brand’s respective remote levers to get a feel for how they work together.

The advent and proliferation of 1x drivetrains freed up some space on the left side of the handlebar where the front derailleur shifter used to be, so the majority of dropper remotes are 1x levers that resemble a shifter paddle that you press with your left thumb. Examples of 1x remote levers include the Wolf Tooth Remote Pro, Fox Transfer 1x Remote, Bike Yoke Triggy Alpha, PNW Loam Lever, and OneUp V3 Lever. Many have textured metal surfaces to provide traction for the thumb, while some now use replaceable rubber pads for grip. Some brands still make remote levers that are designed to be used with 2x drivetrains and/or suspension lockout levers, and drop-bar levers are becoming more common as droppers gain popularity on gravel bikes.

Dropper post remote levers
There are lots of remote levers on the market with great options from PNW, Bike Yoke, Wolf Tooth, Fox, and OneUp all pictured here. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Like any other handlebar-mounted control, it is important to consider ergonomics, lever feel, and actuation force when selecting a dropper post lever. While most lever manufacturers do provide options for Shimano i-Spec or SRAM MMX shifter/brake mount connections, they also offer basic 22.2 and 31.8mm handlebar clamps. Often you can find adaptors for other brake configurations like Magura, Hayes, Hope, etc, so that’s something you’ll likely want to consider depending on the brakes you use.

Because most levers have multiple attachment points to adjust the horizontal position of the lever, it is usually fairly easy to position the remote in a good spot so that reaching it with your thumb feels natural and intuitive. Some levers have additional adjustments that allow ergonomics to be customized even further.

RockShox Reverb AXS wireless dropper remote
The wireless remote of the RockShox Reverb AXS post has a paddle that works more like pressing a button. It’s expensive, but it’s much better than cable-actuated systems in many ways. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Weight

Dropper posts will always weigh more than a standard seatpost, but most riders (and increasingly, even competitive cross-country racers) are willing to take a weight penalty for the increased handling benefits of using a dropper post. Of course, all other things being equal, lighter is generally considered better, assuming performance isn’t compromised in the name of weight savings. For this test, we weighed the post only, knowing that the weight of the cable housing will vary slightly depending on the length required for your frame, and that will also generally be consistent for your bike regardless of which cable-actuated post you choose. It is also worth noting that longer travel posts weigh more than shorter travel versions of the same post due to the additional materials needed to make them longer.


While a heavier dropper post won’t be as noticeable on the trail as a heavy set of tires or wheelset, it will add to the overall weight of your bike and may be a consideration for you. All the posts in this test weighed between 441 grams (Fox Transfer SL) and 655 grams (Rockshox Reverb AXS). For the regular droppers, the OneUp V2 is consistently one of the lightest weight options, weighing in at 505 grams in the 150mm travel length. The Wolf Tooth Resolve is close behind at just 514 grams at 160mm of travel (with 10mm more travel). For those super conscious about weight, like XC racers, there are some “superlight” options on the market nowadays like the Fox Transfer SL and the Bike Yoke Divine SL. These lightweight models do save a fair amount of weight, coming in at 441 grams and 451 grams, respectively, but they are offered in a narrower range of drop lengths.

Fox Transfer SL lightweight dropper post
Though it looks similar to other models, the Fox Transfer SL uses a simpler design and is one of the lightest options on the market. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Installation

If you purchase a new dropper from a bike shop, it is common that they will install it for you. If you purchase a dropper from an online retailer, you can bring it to a local shop and pay to have it installed, or if you like wrenching on your own bike, doing it yourself is relatively straightforward assuming you have cable/housing cutters and reasonable mechanic skills.

The installation process is largely the same regardless of the actuation method:

  1. Run a section of cable housing (or hydraulic line) from the seat tube to the exit port near the head tube. Which way you pull the housing through can depend on your frame and it is always a good idea to use existing housing to pull through new housing whenever possible – this helps guide the new housing through tight curves in the internal routing.
  2. Attach the cable to the actuator at the bottom of the post and run it through the housing. Position the housing in the housing stop at the base of the post
  3. Push the post into the frame while simultaneously pulling the cable/housing (or hydraulic line) out of the exit port near the head tube.
  4. Attach the cable/housing to the lever after mounting it to the handlebars.
  5. For posts with hydraulic actuation, bleed the system. For cable-actuated posts, clamp the cable to the lever, trim the cable and add a cable end, and use the barrel adjuster to achieve proper cable tension.
Cable connected to the actuator on the Wolf Tooth Resolve dropper
Installing a dropper post may seem daunting but it isn’t too hard to do on your own if you follow the instructions and have the right tools for the job. The hardest part is typically routing the cable housing through your frame. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Maintenance

Similar to moving suspension parts, most dropper post manufacturers recommend cleaning, inspecting, and lubricating your post after every ride and performing their version of a full service between 100-200 hours of riding. For a deep dive on dropper post maintenance, please see our Suspension Tech: How to maintain your dropper seatpost article.

Droppers for Gravel Bikes

As the gravel bike market continues to grow and mature, some models are coming equipped with dropper posts and/or the frames feature internal cable routing to accommodate one. Of course, not everyone needs or wants a dropper on their gravel bike, but those who ride steeper, rougher roads or like to venture onto singletrack trails may find that the benefits outweigh the slight weight penalty.

Most, but not all, gravel bikes have smaller 27.2mm seat tube diameters, and fortunately, many brands now make droppers in this size to meet the growing demand. In general, dropper posts made for gravel bikes have less travel, ranging from around 50mm to 125mm. On the more affordable end of the spectrum, OneUp Components makes the V2 27.2 in 90 and 120mm drop lengths. Crankbrothers offers one of the largest ranges of drop lengths with 60, 80, 100, and 125mm options for their Highline XC Gravel post. Fox makes a 27.2mm version of their lightweight Tranfer SL in both Factory and Performance Elite in both 50mm and 70mm drop lengths. At the high end of the price spectrum, the RockShox Reverb XPLR AXS brings wireless dropper technology to your gravel rig.

YT Szepter Core 4 dropper post
Some complete gravel bikes, like the YT Szepter Core 4 pictured here, come with dropper posts like the RockShox Reverb XPLR AXS. Whether a dropper post on your gravel bike is something you need or want will depend on where and how you ride. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Value

Dropper posts are almost always more expensive than rigid posts, but considering the performance benefits they provide, we feel they are worth their weight in gold. Like anything in mountain biking, we have quite a few options and they come at a pretty wide range of price points. Most droppers cost between $200 and $400 with the exception being the wireless RockShox Reverb AXS at $861. While we absolutely love the Reverb AXS, the price is certainly tough to justify when less expensive options perform just as well (but with cables). That said, if you’re willing and able to spend that much, it is an incredible dropper post.

For those with less disposable income, the two least expensive models we tested, the OneUp V2 and the PNW Loam, will set you back around or just over $200 (plus a bit more for a remote if you don’t already have one). Both posts perform very well and definitely hit the sweet spot of price and performance.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a dropper post?

Mountain bikes can certainly be ridden without a dropper post, and for many years we didn’t even have the option. While many riders were slow to adopt this new technology due to weight and reliability concerns with early models, they have since become ubiquitous on most bikes for many reasons. Over the past decade, dropper posts have come down in weight and have become more reliable and durable. Having the ability to raise and lower your seat for the terrain in front of you allows you to always have the appropriate saddle height whether you are riding up or downhill. Being able to adjust saddle height on the fly makes it easier to move about the bike and move the bike beneath you, resulting in greater control. While some posts are quite expensive, there are also many more affordable options that work very well. So, yes, unless you are an elite-level XC racer who is trying to have the lightest bike possible, you should absolutely be riding with a dropper post on your mountain bike.

Is it bad to leave my post compressed?

Leaving your MTB dropper post compressed for an extended period of time is not recommended. When the dropper post is compressed, the internal air pressure is increased, which can put additional stress on the internal components of the dropper post, potentially leading to premature wear and failure.

Additionally, leaving your dropper post compressed can cause the hydraulic fluid to become trapped on one side of the post, which can affect its performance when you next use it. This could lead to damage to the seals and other internal components over time.

To maximize the lifespan and performance of your post, it’s best to store it in the fully extended position when not in use. This will help to ensure that the internal components are not subjected to unnecessary stress or pressure and that the hydraulic fluid is distributed evenly throughout the post.

Can I hang my bike by a dropper post or clamp it to a work stand?

It’s generally not recommended to hang your bike by the dropper post for extended periods of time, as this can put excessive stress on the internal components of the post and potentially damage it. 

While clamping to the dropper post stanchion while working on your bike is not ideal and some manufacturers recommend against it because it is possible to crush the stanchion tube with clamping pressure, we’ve had no issues doing so consistently for short periods of time with any post. You will, however, want to clamp lightly and wrap the post in a rag or use rubber jaws to avoid scratching the post stanchion. Like with suspension components, scratches on the post stanchion can cause premature wear on seals and introduce dirt and dust into the dropper internals.

Can I drill a hole in my seat tube to fit an internally routed dropper?

Drilling a hole in a frame without internal dropper post cable routing is not recommended and will definitely void any warranties on your frame. It may also compromise the structural integrity of the frame, which could cause serious injury. If you have a frame without internal routing, purchase a post with external cable routing. Externally routed droppers are less common, but there are several models on the market to fit bikes without internal dropper routing. On some hardtail frames, you MAY be able to route cable housing through the seat tube water bottle mounts, but this can be quite tricky.

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The best mountain bike shoes

The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Dropper Posts of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
333310
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-cycling-bib-shorts/ Tue, 25 Jul 2023 18:28:58 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=332102 Best cycling bib shorts lead photo

Bib shorts are the workhorse of your cycling kit and the foundation of your comfort during long hours in the saddle. Finding the right pair…

The post The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Best cycling bib shorts lead photo

Bib shorts are the workhorse of your cycling kit and the foundation of your comfort during long hours in the saddle. Finding the right pair of cycling bib shorts can make the difference between an enjoyable ride or a literal pain in the behind.

In contrast to regular padded shorts, bib shorts have straps that connect over your shoulders and back to the top of your shorts. This connection increases comfort and efficiency by keeping the seat pad, or chamois, stable and aligned beneath you, helping to prevent it from bunching up by migrating sideways or forward. They also provide more support, as the straps leverage your upper body’s forward posture to keep your shorts snug and better contoured to your body. The lack of a defined waistband also helps keep unwanted pressure off your abdomen, which can cause discomfort over time. As odd as they may look before being covered by your jersey, bib shorts are ubiquitous in racing for the benefits mentioned above, and once you try them, you’re unlikely to return to regular padded shorts.

Not all cycling bib shorts are created equal, however, with different materials, designs, straps, pads, and a wide range of price points to choose from. With so many brands and models on the market, finding the right pair for your needs and budget can be a daunting task. To help, we rounded up a diverse selection of 11 of the best cycling bib shorts on the market to test and compare side by side.

Over the course of months of testing, we scrutinized each pair’s fit, comfort, design, straps, seat pad (chamois), leg grippers, and style. Our top recommendations are listed below along with the best of the rest which are all worthy of consideration as well. You can check out our comparison chart to see all the models we tested at a glance. Our detailed buying advice has all the information you need to help inform your purchase, and we provide answers to common questions in our FAQ section.

The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Best Overall Cycling Bib Shorts

Velocio LUXE Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $279
  • Fabric LUXE fabric: 63% Polymide, 37% Elastane
  • Pad Velocio Signature Chamois developed with Cytech
  • Available colors Red, Coffee, Charcoal, Deep Sea, Olive, Black, Navy
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL, XXXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Unmatched comfort
  • Perfect pad position
  • Multitude of colors

Cons

  • Expensive
Velocio Luxe cycling bib shorts
The Velocio LUXE bibs rose to the top of a competitive selection of the best models on the market. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Value Cycling Bib Shorts

Pearl Izumi Attack Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $100
  • Fabric 80% recycled nylon, 20% elastane
  • Pad Select Escape 1:1 chamois
  • Available colors Black, Navy
  • Available sizes S, M, L, XL, XXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Solid value
  • Durable construction

Cons

  • Pad only comfortable up to around three hours
Pearl Izumi Attack cycling bib shorts
The Pearl Izumi Attack bibs strike an excellent balance of price and performance. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Runner-Up Best Cycling Bib Shorts

7Mesh MK3 Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Fabric 62% nylon, 38% elastane
  • Pad Elastic Interface Space chamois
  • Available colors Black, Midnight Blue, Peat
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Supreme comfort and chamois stability
  • Minimal branding
  • Sustainably produced

Cons

  • None
7Mesh MK3 cycling bib shorts
The MK3 bibs from 7Mesh impressed enough to earn the spot as runner-up in our bib shorts review. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best Race Cycling Bib Shorts

Castelli Free Aero RC Bib Shorts

Specs

  • MSRP $220
  • Fabric Forza 2 fabric with 32% Lycra
  • Pad Progetto X2 Air seat pad
  • Available colors Black, Dark Grey, Gunmetal Grey, Saville Blue, Belgian Blue
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent stability on the saddle
  • Logos are stitched, not heat-transfer
  • Comfortable straps

Cons

  • Not comfortable off the bike
Castelli Free Aero RC cycling bib shorts
Castelli’s Free Aero RC bibs have a race-oriented fit and performance. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Endurance Cycling Bib Shorts

Castelli Endurance 3 Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $160
  • Fabric Endurance Evolution fabric
  • Pad Progetto X2 Air Seamless seat pad
  • Available colors Black, Belgian Blue
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Wonderful chamois comfort
  • Excellent moisture control
  • Reasonable price

Cons

  • Heat-transfer logo
Best Cycling Bib Shorts on a Tight Budget

The Black Bibs Ultimate Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $80
  • Fabric High compression fabric
  • Pad DR Pad of Italy, triple-density
  • Available colors Black, Navy, Burgundy
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • No branding
  • Affordable
  • Great fit
  • Also offered with long straps, long inseam, short inseam

Cons

  • Tends to slide forward on the saddle
  • More stitching than more expensive models
The Black Bibs Ultimate cycling bib shorts
The affordable Black Bibs Ultimate bib shorts perform very well for the price. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best of the Rest

Velocio CONCEPT Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $309
  • Fabric 74% Polymide,26% Elastane
  • Pad Integrated "invisible" chamois
  • Available colors Oxide Red, Navy Blue, Black
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL, XXXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Highly compressive fit
  • Aerodynamic paneling saves watts

Cons

  • Expensive

Endura Pro SL EGM Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $230
  • Fabric 78% nylon, 22% elastane
  • Pad 800 Series Conform EGM Pad
  • Available colors Black, Deep Teal, Ink Blue
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Exceptional seated comfort
  • Wonderful fit and support
  • 2 leg length options
  • 90 day satisfaction guarantee

Cons

  • Branding unattractive

Rapha Pro Team Training Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $195
  • Fabric Fabric: 74% Recycled Elastane, 26% Nylon
  • Pad Pro Team Training chamois
  • Available colors Black, Dark Navy
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent pad comfort
  • Great fit
  • Adaptable to a wide range of temperatures

Cons

  • Moderately expensive

Castelli Competizione Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $140
  • Fabric Affinity Pro Lycra, Vortex BLC textured
  • Pad KISS Air2 seat pad
  • Available colors Black, Dark Gray, Forest Gray, Deep Green, Saville Blue, Belgian Blue
  • Available sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Great Fit
  • Excellent pad comfort
  • Durable construction

Cons

  • Heat transfer logos

Sportful Bodyfit Pro LTD Bib Short

Specs

  • MSRP $190
  • Fabric 80% Polyamide, 20% Elastane
  • Pad:
  • Available colors Black, Galaxy Blue
  • Available sizes S, M, L, XL, XXL, 3XL
The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Comfortable pad
  • Race-oriented fit

Cons

  • Straps are fussy and require a base layer

Cycling Bib Shorts Comparison Chart

Bib Short ModelMSRPFabricPadColorsAvailable Sizes
Velocio LUXE$279LUXE fabric: 63% polyamide, 37% elastaneVelocio Signature chamois7XS – 4XL
Pearl Izumi Attack$10080% recycled nylon, 20% elastaneSelect Escape 1:1 chamois2S – XXL
7Mesh MK3$20062% nylon, 38% elastaneElastic Interface Space chamois3XS – XXL
Castelli Free Aero RC$220Forza 2 with 32% lycraProgetto X2 Air seamless seat pad5XS – 3XL
Castelli Endurance 3$160Endurance Evolution fabricProgetto X2 Air seamless seat pad2XS – 3XL
The Black Bibs Ultimate$80High compression fabricDR Pad of Italy, triple-density32XS – 3XL
Velocio CONCEPT$30974% polyamide, 26% elastaneIntegrated “invisible” chamois3XS – 4XL
Endura Pro SL EGM$23078% nylon, 22% elastane800 Series Conform EGM Pad3XS – XXL
Rapha Pro Team Training$19574% recycled nylon, 26% elastanePro Team Training chamois2XS – XXL
Castelli Competizione$140Affinity Pro Lycra, Vortex BLC texturedKISS Air2 seat pad6XS – 3XL
Sportful Bodyfit Pro LTD$19080% polyamide, 20% elastaneTC Pro seat pad2S – 3XL

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

The team at Bikerumor has been obsessing over cycling gear for well over a decade. From the bikes we ride to the clothes we wear, we are always seeking the right gear to enhance our experience, comfort, and enjoyment. Whether for first-look articles or long-term reviews, our editorial team gets to try out the latest and greatest cycling kit on the market. For the purposes of our buyer’s guides, however, we’ve sought out experienced individuals to test and compare products side by side to form the basis for our recommendations.

Our cycling bib shorts review author, Bennett Shane, has been cycling for the past 2 decades. After 10 years of racing road and gravel, Bennett has shifted gears and now rides primarily for fun and fitness, focusing on long rides and big climbs throughout the Pacific Northwest near his home in Portland, OR. Over the years, Bennett has worked for numerous brands in the cycling industry, giving him unique knowledge and understanding of products from the inside out. His extensive cycling background combined with his industry experience make him particularly adept at noticing the subtle and nuanced differences between the products he tests. He spent hundreds of hours and pedaled thousands of miles while testing the bib shorts in this review while scrutinizing every aspect of their design, fit, comfort, and performance. In addition to testing the best cycling bib shorts, Bennett has also contributed to some of our other buyer’s guides including the best road bike helmets and the best road bike shoes.

After researching the best cycling bibs on the market, we rounded up a diverse selection of 11 models for testing. From the back roads of Oregon to the Blue Ridge Parkway in North Carolina, each pair was put through its paces in a wide range of temperatures and conditions while important elements like materials, leg grippers, straps, and pads were analyzed and compared to determine our favorites or those that excel in specific ways.

Review author Bennett Shane testing the best cycling bib shorts
Review author, Bennett Shane, put all the shorts in this review through the same rigorous testing process. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Buying Advice: How to Choose Cycling Bib Shorts

When it comes to cycling bib shorts, there are a lot of options on the market. Having so much variety is fantastic, but it can make it difficult to understand exactly what you need. In this section, we’ll cover some of the important things to consider when searching for your next pair of cycling bib shorts.

Bib Shorts vs Non-Bib Shorts

The term “bib shorts” is a bit confusing, since we don’t usually think of shorts as including shoulder straps. So, what’s the deal with these straps? To understand their purpose and benefit, it’s helpful to visualize how you’ll be positioned during your ride. On a road bike, your hips are hinged forward, and your spine is extended, positioning your shoulders well forward of your hips. With this position in mind, you’ll see that because bib short straps wrap around your shoulders, the forward flexion of your body helps the straps keep the bib shorts under a bit of tension. This tension in the straps keeps the shorts – most critically, the pad – securely positioned for better support and comfort than a pair of padded shorts without straps can provide. 

Additionally, since the straps are holding the shorts in position, there is no need for a tight waistband to perform that task. This reduces pressure on the abdomen, and it means that your shorts won’t slip down or sag over the course of a ride.

The Pad

The pad, or “chamois”, is the most critical element of any bib short, as it creates a functional interface between your ischium – often called sitz bones – and the saddle of your bicycle. This pad is attached, typically stitched, to the inside of the shorts and is a cushioned layer between your body and saddle. When combined with snug-fitting shorts, the pad should be tight against your skin. In addition to providing some cushion, these pads are also intended to absorb and wick away moisture.

Pad shape, thickness, and foam density all vary between bib short models, depending on the duration and intensity of the riding for which they were designed. Endurance rides over three hours will be more pleasant when using a thicker and denser pad. More substantial padding will not only better protect your backside from road buzz and harsh bumps, but the extra material will retain the shape to resist creasing or bunching. 

Conversely, racers may prefer a thinner, lower-density pad which offers a more direct connection to the saddle with less interference and friction during high-cadence pedaling. Low-density pads are supple and accommodating, meaning the pelvis can rotate forward freely to achieve an aggressive riding position. Low-density padding can easily articulate to your anatomy, which may offer a more secure and naturally comfortable fit.

Beyond thickness, pads also vary in length and width, and this will factor into whether your bibs fit properly. Thankfully, many companies have incorporated size-specific pads that are designed to match the size of the legs and waist. 

Cycling bib shorts chamois pad detail
The pad, or chamois, is a critical component of cycling bib shorts intended to enhance seated comfort. They vary between brands and intended uses with a range of thicknesses, densities, and materials used in their construction. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Materials and Stitching

Most cycling shorts are made from similar materials that consist of a blend of nylon/polyester/polyamide and lycra/spandex/elastane. These fabrics are designed to be thin, lightweight, and quick drying while also providing a good amount of stretch and/or compression. The main body of the shorts is typically divided up into panels with the goal of contouring the shorts to the shape of the body.

These panels then need to be stitched together and the stitching can markedly affect the fit and comfort of bib shorts. More advanced bib shorts will be constructed with less stitching, thanks to articulated and flexible fabrics, and more intelligent arrangement of the fabric panels that surround your body. Poorly placed stitching can result in puckered material or compromised fit and support, while less or better-oriented stitching will often provide a feeling of a second skin. Stitched seams are also one of the most common points of failure on bib shorts, because of the high degree of pulling and friction to which seams are subjected along with the significant stretch built into the fabrics used in their construction. Therefore, minimal and intelligently placed stitching is key for both comfort and the longevity of bib shorts. While significant stretchiness is required for bib shorts, this stretch must be balanced with durability and support. More advanced fabrics balance all three of these demands and also evacuate moisture rapidly during intense efforts in warm conditions. 

Cycling bib shorts stitching detail
All bib shorts are made from stretchy fabrics with panels that are stitched together. Well-executed stitching is key to long-term comfort. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Straps

Bib short straps must stretch to fit a wide range of torso and shoulder shapes, but should also remain flat against the body and avoid chafing your chest and shoulders. Generating sufficient hold to provide a solid connection between the upper and lower body requires strap material to have an evenly-balanced elasticity. Ideally, you won’t feel the straps on your upper body after a few minutes on the bike, but rather just a very light tension over the shoulders.

Traditionally, straps were constructed of simple polyester mesh with thicker stitched trim at the edges. This style of strap worked well for the simple task of holding the shorts up and back but tended to twist and bunch up, creating pressure points and chafing. These days most bib shorts feature broad, flat straps that are perforated or made of semi-transparent material, often with edges that are raw-cut, rather than stitched. This type of strap stays flat against the skin to prevent chafing and remains cool enough to keep you dry and comfortable. 

Cycling bib shorts straps
Shoulder straps are a key design element of all cycling bib shorts that keeps your shorts (and the pad) in place while riding, but they vary in design, materials, and construction. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Leg Grippers

Grippers on the legs of bib shorts prevent the shorts from sliding up the rider’s quadriceps. Well-executed grippers achieve this without generating excessive friction on the skin or impeding the stretch of the short’s material in accommodating the motion of pedaling. Many bib shorts, like the Castelli Free Aero RC and the Castelli Endurance 3, forego grippers altogether, by using lycra panels in the lower leg that generate grip by way of compression alone. Since the quadriceps expand and contract dramatically during each pedal stroke, grippers do affect fit at the opening of the leg. In a perfectly fitting bib short with the best gripper style for you, there should be no visible gaps between the bib short opening and your leg throughout your pedaling motion.

Leg gripper detail on cycling bib shorts
Different brands approach leg grippers in different ways. Small silicone dots or stripes like these pictured here are quite common and help to keep the leg opening from shifting while riding. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Style

Not everyone wants to look like they are a member of a professional cycling team, and fortunately, these days you don’t have to. Cycling style is constantly changing, and although tight lycra kits are still the preferred apparel for the job, bright, busy, and logo-heavy designs have given way to more subdued looks. Most cycling tops and bottoms are now available in solid color options that have a more understated and timeless style. Colors and tones are generally somewhat muted and earthy, although some brighter options are offered by certain brands. Patterns haven’t gone away, and many brands have both shorts and jerseys with pattern designs, stripes, or team/brand logos. The great thing is there are lots of options, so you can choose the gear that suits your personal aesthetic so you can look how you want to.

Cycling bib shorts style
Style is both personal and ever-changing, and these days, cycling style can be whatever you like. Subdued, solid color options like the Rapha kit pictured here are trending, but bright colors and patterns are still offered by many brands depending on the model. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Finding the Right Fit

Finding a perfect-fitting bib short can be tricky without getting in the saddle for a test ride. The next best option is to assume your cycling posture when trying any bib shorts you are considering. In this position, assess the overall fit and feel, checking closely for any discomfort or ill-fitting areas. It’s fair to also judge bib shorts based on how easy (or difficult) it is to pull the straps up and over your shoulders. That said, remember that bib shorts are not designed to be perfectly comfortable when standing upright, and that’s precisely why it’s important to use the cycling position to assess their fit.

If possible, we recommend trying bib shorts on to ensure they are a correct fit. Like any other clothing, they come in a range of sizes to fit various body shapes and sizes. Bib shorts are designed to be form-fitting and have stretch engineered into the fabrics. All provide at least a little compression, although some are specifically designed to be highly compressive. They should be supportive, comfortable, and free of excessively loose or tight spots or pressure points that could cause discomfort over time.

Fortunately, most brands have detailed sizing charts and/or fit guides to help you narrow in on your size.

Cycling bib shorts fit
Cycling bib shorts are designed to be form-fitting and when sized correctly, they should be like a second skin that goes virtually unnoticed while riding. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Bike Saddle

The saddle on your bike is another important variable in the comfort equation. Getting a saddle that fits your anatomy and intended use is an absolute must for any serious cyclist. Saddles come in varying widths, profiles, and designs to suit different sit-bone widths, body shapes, and riding styles, and finding the right one can make a huge difference in your comfort, enjoyment, and performance on the bike. There are loads of saddle options on the market, so if you’re experiencing seated discomfort on the bike, we’d recommend experimenting with different models to find something that fits your body and the type of riding you do.

Cycling bib shorts on the saddle
Choosing the right saddle is an important factor when it comes to comfort while cycling. There are lots of options on the market in varying shapes, profiles, widths, and materials that can potentially transform your seated pedaling experience. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Value

If you take a look at the differences in price among the models we tested, you can see that they vary quite dramatically between the least and most expensive options. While some of the most expensive options, like the Velocio LUXE, proved to be our favorite, mid-priced models like the 7Mesh MK3 and Castelli Free Aero RC perform pretty much just as well and will save you a few bucks. Even the least expensive models we tested, the Pearl Izumi Attack and The Black Bibs Ultimate are really solid options that cost roughly a third of the price of the high-end models. So, while you can spend a bit more for fancier materials, pads, and more refined designs and construction, the wallet-friendly options are certainly worthy of consideration if you’re operating on a tighter budget.

Riding in the Rapha Pro Team Training Cycling bib shorts
There are loads of stellar bib shorts on the market at a range of price points. Get yourself a pair, and get out and ride. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to wear padded shorts for road cycling?

In our opinion, yes! Sure, you can ride without padded shorts, but… Padded shorts exist for a reason, and that is to enhance your seated comfort, and ultimately your enjoyment on the bike. While thin, seat pads, or chamois, provide a layer of cushioning between your sit bones and perineum and your bike’s saddle. These pads are roughly the shape of a bike saddle with padding strategically placed to provide cushioning and support. These pads also serve to absorb and wick away sweat and moisture which helps improve comfort and potentially reduces the likelihood of sores, irritation, and infection.

Why should I choose bibs over regular (non-bib) shorts?

While padded shorts without shoulder straps do work okay for cycling, we always prefer to ride in bib shorts for several reasons. Traditional shorts without straps typically have an elastic waistband to keep them snug around the waist and prevent them from slipping down. While somewhat effective, the tension on the waist can press on the abdomen, especially when in the forward riding position, which can be quite uncomfortable. Additionally, regular shorts usually start to slip down or sag after a while which can reveal some of the lower back and/or allow the pad to move out of its optimal position.

Overall, we feel that bib shorts are far more comfortable. The straps that hold the shorts up negate the need for a tight waistband and help to keep the shorts in the right position without any unwanted pressure on the lower abdomen. When articulated forward in the riding position, the straps keep the shorts from sagging while holding the seat pad in the correct position regardless of how you move around on the bike.

Do you wear underwear under cycling shorts?

Padded cycling shorts are intended to be worn without underwear. There are several reasons, but the first is that the pad itself is designed to be worn directly next to the skin. When fit properly, padded shorts are snug against the body and hold the pad in the correct position. Putting a layer of underwear in between can compromise the pad’s positioning, and the extra material will likely bunch up and cause discomfort, chafing, or irritation over time. The pads are also intended to absorb and wick sweat, and your underwear will likely disrupt this process and hold moisture which can cause additional problems.

Why are cycling bib shorts so expensive?

Like anything in cycling, bib shorts can be very expensive. While you certainly can spend upwards of $300 on a high-end model, there are plenty of options at lower price points that get the job done. The primary differences are in the materials used in the body of the shorts, straps, and seat pad, as well as the design and construction. Most of the time, the high-end models use higher-quality fabrics, fancier pads, and construction methods that result in greater comfort or some marginal performance gains. Racers or those who spend long hours in the saddle multiple days a week will likely notice and benefit from more expensive bib shorts, while those who ride more casually, less frequently, or for shorter periods of time may be just as happy with less expensive options. Fortunately, even the least expensive models we tested are as good as the best shorts on the market from a decade or two ago, so it’s a good time to be a cyclist.

How much should I spend?

Spend what your budget allows. Plenty of people have lots of disposable income and won’t flinch at paying $300-$400 for the best bib shorts on the market. If you’re on a tighter budget, you don’t have to shell out the big bucks for shorts that will get the job done. One of our top-rated models, the 7Mesh MK3, retails for $200, which is $100 less than the most expensive model we tried. Less expensive options like the Pearl Izumi Attack and The Black Bibs Ultimate cost even less and work very well, especially considering the price. That said, if you’re riding a ton, it may be worth spending more on a high-end model.

Should I Use Chamois Cream?

This is generally a personal choice as it seems that some riders don’t need it, while others won’t go on a ride without it. If you experience chafing or saddle sores, it may be worth experimenting with certain creams that may help lubricate your seat pad and skin interface to help prevent it. If you do not have any issues with chafing or soreness, you can probably not worry about it.

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

Shimano S-Phyre RC9 road bike shoe

The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Cycling Bib Shorts of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
332102
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-mountain-bike-shoes/ Thu, 06 Jul 2023 20:21:52 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=327311 The best mountain bike shoes

As a critical connection between you and your bike, finding the best mountain bike shoes is very important. Good shoes provide stability, control, and protection…

The post The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
The best mountain bike shoes

As a critical connection between you and your bike, finding the best mountain bike shoes is very important. Good shoes provide stability, control, and protection while delivering power into the pedals and hopefully remaining comfortable in the process.

This seemingly simple piece of gear has evolved significantly over the years, and nowadays, there are as many different styles of shoes as there are subgenres of mountain biking. Different styles of riding have different demands with cross-country, trail, enduro, and gravity riders all seeking varying performance characteristics from their footwear.

We gathered a diverse selection of the best clipless mountain bike shoes on the market to test and compare. Over the course of several months, we took each pair to task on trail rides, shuttle laps, cross-country loops, and even some long gravel grinds while assessing each model on important factors like comfort, power transfer, stability, walkability, and foot protection to find the best shoes for each type of rider.

Below you’ll find our favorite clipless mountain bike shoes for all styles of riding. To see all the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need help figuring out what mountain bike shoes you need, be sure to check out our comprehensive buyer’s guide and FAQ at the end of this article. If you ride flat pedals and you’re looking for a new pair of shoes, be sure to check out our comprehensive review of the best flat pedal shoes.

The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023


Best Overall Mountain Bike Shoes

Crankbrothers Mallet Boa

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Weight (pair) 860g (size 43.5)
  • Closure Boa L6 dial and upper velcro strap
  • Intended Use Trail, enduro, gravity
  • Available Sizes 5-14 US (half sizes 5.5-12.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Super comfortable
  • Ample foot protection
  • Easy to walk in
  • Good power transfer
  • Comes with Crankbrothers cleats pre installed
  • Available in Speedlace and Lace versions

Cons

  • Ventilation could be better
Crankbrothers Mallet Boa mountain bike shoes testing shot
The Crankbrothers Mallet Boa shoes are made to pair with the brand’s Mallet pedals, shown here used together on a test ride. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Budget Trail Mountain Bike Shoes

Specialized 2FO Roost Clip

Specs

  • MSRP $130
  • Weight (pair) 750g (43.5)
  • Closure Laces
  • Intended Use Trail riding
  • Available Sizes 36-49 EU (half sizes 38.5-46.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Lightweight compared to similar shoes
  • Versatile
  • Good power transfer
  • Good walkability

Cons

  • Roomy in the forefoot
  • Difficult to tighten shoe over forefoot
  • Non-reinforced eyelets are susceptible to damage
Specialized 2FO Roost Clip action shot
The Specialized 2FO Roost Clip is a reasonably priced do-it-all trail-riding shoe. (photo: Heather Benson)
Best Overall Cross Country Mountain Bike Shoes

Shimano S-Phyre XC9

Specs

  • MSRP $430
  • Weight (pair) 616g (43.5)
  • Closure Dual Boa dials
  • Intended use XC, gravel, cyclocross
  • Available sizes 38-48 EU, (half sizes: 40.5-46.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Awesome power transfer
  • Super lightweight
  • Well-ventilated
  • Comfortable
  • Comes in a wide version

Cons

  • Limited foot protection
  • Very Expensive
  • Relatively narrow fit
  • Limited dampening in sole can cause fatigue over rough terrain
Shimano S-Phyre XC9 mountain bike shoes
The Shimano S-Phyre XC9 shoes are our top choice for XC racing and they also work very well for gravel riding. Our test pair saw lots of training miles and even a gravel race, and they don’t look any worse for the wear. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Budget Cross Country Mountain Bike Shoes

Scott MTB Team Boa

Specs

  • MSRP $170
  • Weight (pair) 718g (44)
  • Closure Boa dial and velcro strap
  • Intended Use XC, light trail
  • Available Sizes 40-48 EU (whole sizes only)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Comfortable fit
  • High end look
  • Solid power transfer

Cons

  • Only comes in full EU sizes
  • Not quite as stiff as high end shoes
Scott MTB Team Boa on the scale
The Scott MTB Team Boa have the looks and much of the performance of higher-end XC shoes at a fraction of the cost. They’re also pretty lightweight at 359g per shoe in a size 44 EU. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best on a Tight Budget

Giro Berm

Specs

  • MSRP $80
  • Weight (pair) 910g (44)
  • Closure two velcro straps
  • Intended Use General trail riding
  • Available Sizes 39-50 EU (whole sizes only)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Very reasonable price
  • Comfortable
  • Relatively casual style
  • Decent power transfer
  • Easy to walk in

Cons

  • Heavier weight
  • Not the best power transfer
  • No half sizes
Testing the super affordable Giro Berm mountain bike shoes
The Giro Berm is a very reasonably priced and comfortable entry-point to clipless mountain bike shoes. (photo: Heather Benson)
Runner-Up Best Trail Mountain Bike Shoes

Shimano ME7

Specs

  • MSRP $220
  • Weight (pair) 830g (44)
  • Closure speed laces with velcro flap, ratcheting buckle
  • Intended Use trail, enduro
  • Available Sizes 38-50 EU (whole sizes only)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Relatively lightweight
  • Surprisingly good power transfer
  • Good ventilation
  • Good lateral stability
  • Neoprene ankle gasket helps keep debris out of shoes
  • Comes in a wide version

Cons

  • Polarizing style
  • Only come in full EU sizes
  • Not the most protective
Hitting a feature while testing the Shimano ME7 mountain bike shoes
The uniquely designed Shimano ME7 shoes are impressively versatile, surprisingly lightweight, and quickly became an all-around favorite for most types of riding. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Mountain Bike Shoes for Gravity Riding

Fox Union Boa

Specs

  • MSRP $250
  • Weight (pair) 876g (9.5 US)
  • Closure dual Boa dials
  • Intended Use Gravity, enduro, aggressive trail
  • Available Sizes 37-47 (half sizes 41.5-45.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent support and lateral stability
  • Good level of foot protection
  • Reasonable weight for style of shoe
  • Weather resistant uppers
  • Good power transfer
  • Good looking

Cons

  • Stiff uppers take a few rides to break in
  • Expensive
  • Stiff sole doesn't flex much when walking
Adjusting the Fox Union Boa mountain bike shoes
The versatile Fox Union Boa shoes are burly enough for DH riding yet light and stiff enough for trail riding. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Mountain Bike Shoes for Adventure Riding and Bike Packing

Pearl Izumi X-Alp Summit

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Weight (pair) 780g (size 43.5)
  • Closure Boa dial and velcro strap
  • Intended Use trail riding, adventure riding, bikepacking
  • Available Sizes 39-49 EU (whole sizes only)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Good blend of on and off bike performance
  • Grippy vibram soles for hike a bikes
  • Stiff enough for most types of non-competitive riding

Cons

  • Only available in full EU sizes
  • Not the stiffest
  • Can feel pedal slightly through sole
Pearl Izumi X-Alp Summit action shot
Taking the Pearl Izumi X-Alp Summit shoes and the hardtail out of their comfort zone while testing. (photo: Heather Benson)

Giro Chamber II

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Weight (pair) 1,072g (44)
  • Closure Laces and velcro strap
  • Intended Use gravity, enduro, aggressive trail
  • Available Sizes 35-50 EU (whole sizes only)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Comfortable, pillowy feel
  • Ample foot protection
  • Surprisingly good power transfer
  • Less expensive than some similar options

Cons

  • Heavier weight
  • Bulky
  • Only available in full EU sizes
  • Not well-ventilated
Best of the Rest

Specialized S-Works Recon

Specs

  • MSRP $450
  • Weight (pair) 590g (43.5)
  • Closure dual Boa dials
  • Intended Use XC, gravel
  • Available Sizes 36-49 EU (half sizes 38.5-46.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Incredible power transfer
  • Very lightweight
  • Slick looks
  • Tunable pontoon height/pedal interface

Cons

  • Very expensive
  • Limited foot protection
  • Not great for walking
  • Lots of exposed carbon on sole

Five Ten Hellcat Pro

Specs

  • MSRP $180
  • Weight (pair) 905g (10 US)
  • Closure laces and velcro strap
  • Intended Use Gravity, enduro, aggressive trail
  • Available Sizes 4-15 US (half sizes 4.5-12.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Great power transfer
  • Adequate foot protection
  • Lighter than previous version
  • Reasonable ventilation

Cons

  • Soles don't absorb vibration as well as similar shoes
  • Reports of sole durability issues
  • Stiff sole is a little clunky for walking

Fizik Vento Ferox Carbon

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight (pair) 662g (43.5)
  • Closure large velcro strap and Boa dial
  • Intended Use XC, gravel, cyclocross
  • Available Sizes 36-48 EU (half sizes 37.5-46.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Stiff – excellent power transfer
  • Less expensive than other high-end XC shoes
  • Rubber sole tread covers most of the carbon midsole
  • Well-ventilated

Cons

  • Still fairly expensive
  • Minimal foot protection
  • Limited padding in heel and on tongue could cause discomfort for those with sensitive feet

Giro Sector

Specs

  • MSRP $240
  • Weight (pair) 708g (43.5)
  • Closure Dual Boa dials
  • Intended Use light trail, XC, gravel
  • Available Sizes 39-50 EU (half sizes 42.5-45.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Breathable Synchwire upper
  • Good power transfer
  • Easily adjustable
  • Less expensive than high-end XC shoes

Cons

  • Slightly heavier than more expensive models
  • Not as stiff as top-ranked XC shoes
  • Limited foot protection

Five Ten Kestrel Boa

Specs

  • MSRP $230
  • Weight (pair) 724g (9.5 US)
  • Closure Boal dial and 2 velcro straps
  • Intended Use XC, downcountry, gravel
  • Available Sizes 6-14 US (half sizes 6.5-12.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Great power transfer
  • More protective than typical XC shoes
  • Sole lugs provide good walking traction
  • Less expensive than many XC shoes

Cons

  • Higher volume fit in forefoot – may be roomy for narrow feet
  • Slightly heavier than other XC-style shoes

Ride Concepts Hellion Clip

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Weight (pair) 960g (size 9.5 US)
  • Closure laces and velcro strap
  • Intended Use trail, enduro, gravity
  • Available Sizes 7-15 US (half sizes 7.5-12.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Good power transfer
  • Great lateral stability
  • Fair price
  • Good level of dampening
  • Ample foot protection

Cons

  • Velcro seems to wear out relatively quickly
  • Ventilation could be better
  • A tad heavy

Fizik Terra Atlas

Specs

  • MSRP $160
  • Weight (pair) 758g (43.5)
  • Closure single Boa dial
  • Intended Use trail riding, gravel
  • Available Sizes 36-48 EU (half sizes 37.5-46.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Supple uppers conform nicely to the feet
  • Good off the bike traction
  • Pretty good ventilation

Cons

  • Not the best power transfer
  • Uppers aren't the most supportive

Endura Humvee Clipless

Specs

  • MSRP $130
  • Weight (pair) 942g (9.5 US)
  • Closure Laces, velcro strap
  • Intended Use Trail, gravity
  • Available Sizes 38-47 EU (half sizes 41.5-45.5)
The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Protective
  • Casual style
  • Reasonable price

Cons

  • Not the best power transfer
  • Cleats stand proud of sole
  • Not well ventilated

Mountain Bike Shoes Comparison Chart

Mountain Bike ShoeMSRPWeight (pair)ClosureIntended Use
Crankbrothers Mallet Boa$200860g (size 9.5 US)Boa dial and velcro strapTrail, enduro, gravity
Specialized 2FO Roost Clip$130750g (size 43.5)LacesTrail
Shimano S-Phyre XC9$430616g (size 43.5)Dual Boa dialsXC, gravel
Scott MTB Team Boa$160718g (size 44)Boa dial and velcro strapXC, light trail, gravel
Giro Berm$80910g (size 44)Dual velcro strapsGeneral trail riding
Shimano ME7$220830g (size 44)Speed laces and ratcheting strapTrail, enduro
Fox Union Boa$250876g (size 9.5 US)Dual Boa dialsTrail, enduro, gravity
Pearl Izumi X-Alp Summit$150780g (size 44)Boa dial and velcro strapTrail, adventure, bike packing
Giro Chamber II$1501,072g (size 44)Laces and velcro strapTrail, enduro, gravity
Specialized S-Works Recon$450590g (size 43.5)Dual Boa dialsXC, gravel
Five Ten Hellcat Pro$180905g (size 10 US)Laces and velcro strapTrail, enduro, gravity
Fizik Vento Ferox Carbon$300662g (size 43.5)Boa dial and velcro strapXC, gravel
Giro Sector$240708g (size 43.5)Dual Boa dialsXC, light trail, gravel
Five Ten Kestrel Boa$230724g (size 9.5 US)Boa dial and dual velcro strapsXC, down-country, trail
Ride Concepts Hellion Clip$150966g (size 9.5 US)Laces and velcro strapTrail, enduro, gravity
Fizik Terra Atlas$160758g (size 43.5)Boa dialXC, light trail, gravel
Endura Humvee Clipless$130942g (size 9.5 US)Laces and velcro strapTrail, enduro
Review author, Jeremy Benson, spent countless hours riding many thousands of miles while testing the shoes in this review. (photo: Jeff Schertz)

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

For well over a decade, the team at Bikerumor has been reporting on the latest news, technologies, and products across the spectrum of riding disciplines. Writing about bikes isn’t just a job, it’s our passion, and we love trying out new and interesting products of all kinds for reviews or to find the best options to enhance our experience, enjoyment, and performance out on the roads or trails.

Our mountain bike shoe review author, Jeremy Benson, has been professionally testing and reviewing mountain bike gear for the past 8 years and has tested over thirty different pairs of clipless mountain bike shoes in that time. Having started mountain biking in the early 1990s, he’s witnessed and experienced the evolution of clipless mountain bike shoes firsthand. From gravel and XC racing, all-day backcountry epics, and shuttle runs on steep skidders, he appreciates all types of riding and understands the needs of different riders and riding styles. His extensive testing experience has also resulted in a keen ability to discern the performance differences in the products he uses. In addition to mountain bike shoes, Jeremy has tested and reviewed the best mountain bike helmets to keep your head safe and the best hitch bike racks for transporting your precious rides.

After researching the best models available in 2023, we rounded up a selection of 17 different models to test and compare side by side. Each pair was thoroughly tested over the course of several months (some models for well over a year) to determine their strengths and weaknesses and how they perform in the real world. Each pair was weighed for consistency and comparison to the manufacturer’s claims, and important performance characteristics like fit, comfort, ventilation, pedaling efficiency, foot protection, and walkability were scrutinized out on the trail.

Different types of mountain bike shoes we tested
The type of shoe that works best for you will depend primarily on the type of riding you do. Fortunately, there are loads of different models to suit varying needs and preferences. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Buyer’s Guide: How to Choose Mountain Bike Shoes

With so many different models to choose from, finding the best pair of mountain bike shoes to meet your needs can be a challenge. We put together this buying advice that goes over the things you need to consider when making your purchase decision. Please note that this review and the information below are specific to clipless mountain bike shoes, which are shoes that accept cleats that clip in to the pedals (confusing, we know). Flat pedal riders fear not, we have tested the best flat pedals and the best flat pedal shoes if you prefer not to clip in. For the roadies, we have a comprehensive road bike shoe review as well.

Types of Mountain Bike Shoes

Given the various categories that mountain biking is divided into, it comes as little surprise that we have shoes specialized to meet the varying needs of riders and riding styles. In general, mountain biking can be broken into three primary categories, cross-country, trail/all-mountain, and gravity. We explain the primary differences in design and performance between the types of shoes below.

Cross-country mountain bike shoes action shot
Shoes designed for cross-country racing and riding typically have streamlined designs, stiff soles, and light weights intended to enhance efficiency while pedaling. The Specialized S-Works Recon, pictured here, is one of the best on the market. (photo: Heather Benson)

Cross Country Shoes

While it is possible to ride cross-country in just about any mountain bike shoe, cross-country-specific shoes are the preferred tool for the job for several reasons. XC riding is about speed and efficiency, so cross-country shoes are designed with low weight and efficient power transfer as priorities. This is particularly true in XC racing, where high-end shoes can provide marginal gains that can be the difference between a podium or a mid-pack performance. Cross-country shoes typically have stiff soles, sometimes made from carbon fiber or rigid plastic, that provide a direct transfer of power into the pedals with little to no energy wasted through sole flex. They also typically have sleek, low-profile uppers that provide a snug and secure fit. Given the stiffness and support of the soles, this style of shoe works well with small, lightweight pedals that don’t have any platform or cage.

Given the prioritization of weight and sole stiffness in the design of cross-country shoes, they do make some compromises in other areas. They generally provide much less protection for the feet compared to trail or gravity-oriented models. Stiff soles also don’t tend to provide much in the way of vibration dampening, so they can be a little harsher on the feet over rough terrain and long descents. Walking and hiking also tend to be less natural and comfortable given the stiffness of the soles, and the outsole designs. Regardless, if moving fast uphill and across the flats is your goal, cross-country shoes are generally the best bet. Often, this style of shoe also works great for gravel riding and/or on the road bike. Examples of cross-country shoes include the Shimano S-Phyre XC9, Specialized S-Works Recon, Fizik Vento Ferox Carbon, and Giro Sector.

Out for a trail riding testing the best mountain bike shoes
Trail riding shoes typically offer good pedaling efficiency along with features and performance that make them highly versatile and great for long days in the saddle. (photo: Heather Benson)

Trail and All-Mountain Shoes

Shoes designed for trail riding are the happy medium between the stiff, efficiency-oriented cross-country models and the protective gravity-focused options. Trail shoes tend to be highly versatile and span the largest range of riding styles and uses. Most are still reasonably lightweight and provide efficient power transfer, though it is not the singular focus like with cross-country shoes. Trail shoes also typically provide a higher level of foot protection, but not quite as much as downhill shoes. Outsole designs vary, but most now feature grippy rubber soles with flex through the toe to facilitate more natural walking and traction for those inevitable hike-a-bikes.

Shoes like these that can do it all inevitably make some minor compromises. They aren’t quite stiff or light enough to be the best option for cross-country racing. Likewise, they don’t provide the level of foot protection most riders seek for true downhill riding. Still, trail riding shoes like the Shimano ME7 and Specialized 2FO Roost Clip are typically the best option for the vast majority of riders.

Enduro Shoes

Enduro-style riding and racing is essentially a gravity-focused discipline, and the preferred shoes for this type of riding are often those designed for gravity riding. Still, with timed downhill stages and untimed uphill transfers, enduro riders do enough pedaling that efficiency is often still a consideration. For this reason, beefier and more protective trail/all-mountain shoes are often a good choice, and the new breed of moderate-weight gravity shoes are typically solid options for this type of riding.

Gravity shoes typically prioritize foot protection and durability, although many new models are less bulky and heavy than they used to be. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Gravity Shoes

Gravity riders who spend their days riding chairlifts or shuttling the uphills to ride rough and steep trails or hit massive jumps typically seek shoes that provide more foot protection and somewhat more forgiving sole designs. Gravity shoes tend to be a bit bulkier with more cushioning in the uppers and protective zones integrated around the toes, heels, and sometimes the ankles. With less emphasis on efficiency, the soles are generally not as stiff and they usually incorporate some vibration-dampening material like EVA foam in the midsole to absorb some trail feedback and impact. These features typically result in shoes that are a bit heavier, though that is a tradeoff for the protection and comfort they provide.

Of course, gravity shoes can be worn for everyday trail riding, though they may be overkill in many situations. Still, trail riders seeking added foot protection and cushioning often opt for this style of shoe, particularly if their riding leans towards the more aggressive side of the spectrum and they don’t mind a little extra weight in exchange. Many of the latest gravity shoes, like the Crankbrothers Mallet Boa, Fox Union Boa, and Five Ten Hellcat Pro are lighter and less bulky than older models, expanding their versatility and making them viable options for trail riding as well.

What Type of Riding Do You Do?

The type of riding you do will be the primary factor to consider when choosing the right pair of mountain bike shoes. If the majority of your riding falls into a specific category like cross-country or gravity, shoes designed for that specific purpose will serve you the best. If you’re more of a generalist, then a versatile trail-riding shoe is probably the way to go. If you dabble in multiple disciplines, having multiple different pairs of shoes to match the type of riding you’re doing is not uncommon.

A selection of mountain bike pedals for various disciplines
There are lots of options when it comes to clipless mountain bike pedals. Different styles of pedals work better for different types of riding and styles of shoes. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Pedals

Much like your shoes, clipless pedals come in a variety of styles that may provide distinct performance advantages for certain types of riding. The clip mechanisms themselves vary somewhat between brands, although the general idea is the same. Clipping into your pedals secures the foot to the pedal in the optimal position. The optimal position varies by personal preference, but also by use case. Typically XC riders have a slightly more forward cleat position to optimize pedaling efficiency, while most gravity riders have a rearward-biased cleat position to enhance stability when descending. Thankfully, most shoes have a relatively wide cleat adjustment range so most people will be able to position their cleats in their desired location.

Among mountain bike pedals, the Shimano SPD system and cleat are generally the most common. Other brands like Crankbrothers, Time, HT, Hope, etc, use proprietary cleats for their pedals, but they all share the same two-bolt attachment. There are few actual “standards” in the bike industry, but the two-bolt cleat interface for mountain bike shoes is one that is actually a standard. Phew.

Examples of mountain bike pedals for cross-country riding
Cross-country pedals like the Look X-Track Race Carbon, HT M2, and Time ATAC XC 8 (left to right), are smaller and lightweight, and they work best with stiff-soled shoes. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

XC Pedals

Pedals for cross-country riding are designed to be used with stiff-soled cross-country shoes. They typically consist of a spindle and a small pedal body that is essentially just the clip mechanism, often with a small platform to either side for some lateral support. They usually prioritize light weight, and the majority of the support comes from the stiff sole of your shoes. Examples include models like Crankbrothers Eggbeaters, HT M2, Time XC 8, and Shimano XTR PD-M9100.

Examples of mountain bike pedals for trail riding
Trail riding pedals usually have small to mid-sized cages surrounding the clip mechanism like the Crankbrothers Mallet Trail, Shimano XT Trail, HT T2, and Hope Union TC pictured here. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Trail Pedals

Trail pedals typically have a small to mid-size cage that surrounds the clip mechanism. Designs vary, but typically the cage is intended to provide a little additional support when clipped in or something to stand on if you happen to clip out. The larger pedal body is also helpful for finding and orienting the pedal beneath your foot when clipping in. Some designs feature traction pins that can add grip when used with certain shoes. Examples of trail pedals are the Shimano XT Trail, Crankbrothers Mallet Trail, HT T2, Time Speciale 8, and other similar models.

Examples of mountain bike pedals for gravity riding
Gravity pedals like the Time Speciale 12 and DMR V-Twin pictured above tend to have larger platforms surrounding the clip mechanism for additional support and stability. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Gravity Pedals

Downhill riders typically opt for pedals that have a large platform surrounding the clip mechanism. The larger platform helps provide support for the comparatively softer-soled gravity shoes, both fore and aft, and side to side. The added support is critical and provides extra control when piloting your bike through rough terrain at high speeds. These pedals often resemble a flat pedal with a clip mechanism in the center, and they often have traction pins for added grip. Examples of gravity pedals include the Time Speciale 12, Shimano Saint, DMR V-Twin, and Crankbrothers Mallet DH.

Getting the Right Fit

Finding the right type of shoe to suit your needs and riding style is very important, but finding the right fit will enhance your control and ensure your comfort on the bike. Too loose and your feet can move around resulting in a reduction of control, while shoes that are too tight can cause discomfort, hot spots, and even numb feet. Properly fitting shoes should be the appropriate length, width, and volume, with closures that wrap the feet snugly and securely.

Mountain bike shoe sizes
Getting the correct size is super important. As you can see, there is some variance among brands’ sizing, even for shoes that are technically the same size. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Sizing

Getting the right size is the important first step. Like any other type of shoes, mountain bike shoes come in a range of sizes that are typically listed in EU, US, and UK sizes. If you are unsure of your size, you can get your feet measured at most bike shops or you can do it at home (it’s easy to find helpful tips for measuring your feet online). If you have mountain bike shoes that fit well, it’s often as easy as checking the size and ordering the same thing, especially if it is the same brand. This doesn’t always hold true, however, as there is some variance between brands and how their EU and US/UK sizes line up on the size chart. Whenever possible, we recommend trying shoes on before you buy to ensure they fit correctly. When trying shoes on, it’s also important to wear the socks you’ll be riding in, as sock thickness can directly impact how a shoe fits.

Width and Volume

Width and volume are also important considerations that can make or break the fit of a shoe. Most shoes come in a “regular” width that is intended to fit the majority of people whose feet are neither very wide nor very skinny. For this reason, people with average-width feet generally have the easiest time finding shoes that fit them properly in terms of width and volume. In general, cross-country shoes tend to have slightly narrower and lower-volume fits. Thankfully, some brands offer wide or high-volume versions to accommodate those with wider feet. Trail and gravity shoes vary in terms of width, but generally speaking, they typically have a little more room in the forefoot than the snugger-fitting cross-country models. It is also worth noting that most shoes will break in slightly over time as the uppers conform to your feet. Some shoes that feel too tight out of the box may end up being the perfect fit after a few rides.

The adjustable arch support insoles of the Fox Union Boa
Some high-end shoes include insoles with adjustable arch support, including the Fox Union Boa. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Arch Support

People’s arches are not all the same, so arch support may be an important consideration for some people. Typically, people who pedal hard and put in long miles want to ensure their feet and lower legs stay in the optimal alignment for transferring power. Those with high arches also benefit from having an insole that provides adequate support. Some shoes, typically high-end cross-country shoes, come with insoles that have adjustable arch support. The majority of mountain bike shoes, however, tend to come with relatively basic insoles. Those with specific arch support needs and wants can often benefit from the use of aftermarket or custom insoles.

Stiff soles, like the carbon soles with a stiffness rating of 11 on the Shimano S-Phyre XC, combined with a precise fit typically result in the highest level of pedaling efficiency. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Pedaling Efficiency

Mountain bike shoes are our connection to the pedals and how our pedaling power gets transferred into forward motion. The stiffness of a shoe’s sole is a major factor that dictates how efficiently your power is transferred, and they vary pretty significantly based on materials used and intended use. Pedaling efficiency is prioritized most by cross-country riders, particularly racers, who aim to maximize their effort, so XC shoes typically have the stiffest soles, often constructed from carbon fiber or rigid plastic. These soles flex very little, if at all, and tend to be a little less forgiving and more difficult to walk in. Price and sole stiffness often go hand in hand, with stiff, race-oriented models often employing carbon fiber in their soles and commanding a lofty price tag. It isn’t just the sole’s stiffness, however, as a precise fit is equally important to keep the foot from moving around to maximize efficiency throughout the whole pedal stroke.

Shoes designed for trail riding typically have a more balanced sole that is stiff enough for efficiency during long days in the saddle, but has some forgiveness in the design to enhance rider comfort and walkability. Trail shoes often employ stiffening plates, or shanks, in the soles that often run about 3/4 of the length of the shoe, providing structure from about the ball of the foot back to the heel. This provides support underfoot when descending and pushing on the pedals while leaving the sole under the toes and forefoot somewhat flexible for walking. Gravity-oriented shoes often employ similar designs, although some are intended to have a little more flex and forgiveness. They also typically have additional vibration-dampening materials built into the mid-soles to absorb more trail feedback.

Mountain Bike Shoe closure options
Boa dials, laces, velcro straps, maybe a combination of two. There are many different closure systems and designs among modern mountain bike shoes. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Closures

In addition to getting the right fit, having the shoe be snug and secure around your foot is important for comfort, control, and stability. Shoe manufacturers use a number of different methods for tightening the shoe around your foot, including laces, velcro straps, ratcheting buckles, Boa dials, and sometimes a combination of two closure types. Personal preference often dictates what someone chooses, and some shoes are even offered in multiple closure options. For example, the Crankbrothers Mallet shoes come in Boa, Speed Lace, and Lace versions with the primary difference being price. It stands to reason that the fancier closure systems tend to add a little to the overall price of a pair of shoes.

Price isn’t the only difference, however, and each closure style has some benefits and drawbacks. Laces are the simplest option and they are cheap and easy to replace. They pull tension evenly over the top of the foot, but they are slower to put on/take off, and they can’t be adjusted on the fly. Velcro straps are often used on their own or in combination with laces, Boas, or ratchets either down by the toes or up at the top of the tongue. Velcro is quick and easy to adjust, but it does tend to wear out more quickly than other closures. Boa dials are typically found on more expensive shoes, and they tighten small wires over the top of the foot. Boa dials are lightweight and very easy to adjust, even while riding, but they can be more prone to damage from impact than other styles of closures. Ratchet straps are less common than they used to be, but they are still used on some models of shoes. Ratchet straps use a small plastic ladder strap and a ratcheting buckle to add tension over the foot.

Examples of different outsole designs on mountain bike shoes
The outsole designs of modern mountain bike shoes vary pretty significantly depending on the intended use. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Outsole Design

Outsole designs vary wildly between different models and styles of shoes and play a direct role in how easy it is to walk in some shoes and the traction they provide. Given that we’re discussing shoes designed to clip-in to your pedals, sole grip isn’t nearly as important as it is for flat pedal shoes where you rely on the sole for your connection to the pedal pins. That said, those who ride trails that require dismounting for challenging sections or who hike a bike frequently will want to consider that when choosing a pair of mountain bike shoes. Cross-country shoes tend to have stiff carbon or plastic soles, and they typically have some rubber tread lugs added to the toe, heel, and on both sides of the cleat mount area. These tread lugs add some lateral stability on the pedal, grip when walking, and protect the rigid soles slightly from damage. Many cross-country shoes can also have toe spikes added, which is common in cyclocross racing for added grip on muddy courses.

Modern trail and gravity shoes usually have full-coverage soles made from various rubber compounds. These tend to cover the entire sole of the shoe from toe to heel with only the cleat mount area left exposed. The tread designs vary from brand to brand, but most intend for the sole to provide grip on varying surfaces. The cleat sits in a recess in the sole and good designs allow for the outsole on the sides of the cleats to interface with the pedal body for lateral stability. Some trail riding shoes are designed for adventurous riding that includes pushing your bike up steep slopes, and these often feature lugged tread designs more akin to a hiking shoe’s sole.

Hiking back up to session a small feature in the Shimano ME7
Whether you’re sessioning a feature, hiking to a vista, or the steepness of the trail forces you to dismount your bike, we often end up walking/hiking in our mountain bike shoes. Fortunately, many modern shoes have grippy rubber and tread designs that perform well off the bike. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Walkability

Depending on the type of riding you do, a shoe’s walkability may or may not be a concern. If your rides tend to be on mellower terrain where you stay on the bike the majority of the time, it likely doesn’t matter much how easy your shoes are to walk in. If you ride more adventurous terrain or like to scramble up to every viewpoint along the ride, then a shoe that performs reasonably well off the bike might be of greater importance. It stands to reason that shoes with more flexible soles and rubber in the outsole design will be easier to walk in and provide more traction on rock and variable surfaces. Most modern trail and gravity shoes work well in this regard with a select few having particular emphasis on off-the-bike traction in their sole’s design.

Cross-country shoes tend to be the least pleasant to walk in given their stiff soles that inhibit a natural gait. Most have a slight bit of rocker through the toe along with raised rubber sole lugs for some grip, but they are not usually the optimal choice for those who dismount their bikes frequently.

Toe reinforcement on the Shimano ME7 mountain bike shoes
Rubber and/or TPU are often used on mountain bike shoes like the Shimano ME7, pictured here, to reinforce areas like the toes to protect them from rock strikes. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Foot Protection

The protection of one’s feet while riding varies in importance between the different riding styles, although nearly all mountain bike shoes provide some level of foot protection in their designs. Even thin, lightweight cross-country shoes have firm heel cups and small bumpers surrounding the front of the toes, but their prioritization of weight savings typically results in shoes that provide little additional foot protection. For this reason, they are best suited to less technical terrain, where the likelihood of rock strikes and other impacts to the feet is generally lower.

Trail shoes typically offer more protection than XC shoes with thicker uppers and strategically placed padding or rigid materials to protect the feet in more varied terrain. They also generally have more cushioning integrated into the midsoles for vibration absorption on rough trails. Gravity shoes like the Giro Chamber II tend to offer the highest levels of foot protection with rigid toe caps, extra cushioning, and sometimes additional materials like D30 patches for added impact protection in key areas. Extra foot protection tends to add weight and gravity shoes are generally heavier and bulkier than other styles of shoes as a result.

The highly breathable Giro Synchwire material
Manufacturers use various methods to make shoes ventilated and breathable including perforations or mesh panels on the uppers, or the super air-permeable Synchwire material used on the Giro Sector. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Breathability

Shoe manufacturers approach breathability and ventilation in various ways with nearly all mountain bike shoes having some sort of way for air to enter or escape in their designs. How effectively these designs work varies significantly, and how important this is to you depends on several factors, of course, like the climate where you live and ride, what type of riding you do, and how much you sweat. Ventilating features include mesh panels, perforations in the uppers, or uppers constructed from air-permeable materials. Not surprisingly, lightweight XC shoes designed for high-intensity riding typically do well here thanks to thinner uppers and less bulk in their designs. The Giro Sector, for example, is one of the best-ventilated shoes we tested thanks to its airy Synchwire material.

Trail and gravity shoes, generally speaking, tend to be a little warmer on the feet due to the thicker materials and additional cushioning and protection they provide. This tends to be least important for gravity riders where the majority of your time is spent riding downhill instead of pedaling up it. Still, most models make some attempt at ventilating the feet, though the effectiveness of their designs varies.

Mountain bike shoes take some serious abuse, and none will last forever, but we always to hope to get our money’s worth. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Durability

Like anything else in mountain biking, your shoes take a beating and they wear out over time. People who ride every day or are particularly hard on gear may easily go through a pair of shoes in a season from regular use. Less frequent riders should expect to get several seasons of use from a quality pair of shoes. Of course, there are a number of factors that will play a role in how long your bike shoes last. Terrain, weather, and even your skills make a difference and will dictate the lifespan of your footwear. Awkward dismounts, repeated scrapes against sharp rocks, or constantly being wet can result in damage to your uppers, while excessive walking on sharp rocks may result in the premature breakdown of your soles. Sometimes manufacturing defects will result in sole delamination or other issues (most brands warranty shoes with defects).

In general, lighter, thinner shoes tend to be the most susceptible to damage and can wear out most easily if not treated with care. Beefier, burlier shoes often have extra materials in high-wear areas to protect from abrasion. Velcro tends to wear out faster than other closure types, and it can’t really be replaced. Laces can tear or break, but they are affordable and easy to replace. Boa dials have a checkered past from a durability standpoint, though they can often be replaced and are sometimes covered by warranty.

Value

The price of mountain bike shoes varies pretty significantly with the models we tested ranging from $80 up to $450. Typically, the most expensive shoes are the highest performance, although that performance will only really be appreciated by certain riders for very specific reasons. Unless you’re a cross-country racer seeking marginal performance gains from the lightest and stiffest shoes, you don’t need to spend that much. The $150 to $250 price range will be where most people find the best price-to-performance ratio. While not the highest performance, even a shoe like the $80 Giro Berm gets the job done pretty well for less frequent riders or those on a budget. Of course, we haven’t tested every single shoe on the market, and there may be other great value options not listed here.

Frequently Asked Questions About Mountain Bike Shoes

Why Should I Wear Mountain Bike Shoes?

Sure, you can ride a mountain bike in just about any shoes you want, but mountain bike shoes are always our recommendation because they are specifically designed for that purpose. If you mountain bike once or twice a year, it may not be worth it to you to spring for mountain bike specific shoes, but if you ride with any frequency, the performance benefits of shoes made for the purpose should not be overlooked. Whether you’re riding cross country, trail, enduro, or downhill, there are models designed to be optimal for each type of riding. Mountain bike shoes generally have more rigid soles to promote more efficient power transfer when pedaling and prevent foot fatigue when descending. Grippy outsoles provide traction on the pedals and when off the bike walking on varied terrain. Protective features like padding and reinforced areas are integrated into many designs to ward off rock strikes to the toes and heels. And, of course, shoes designed to be used with clipless pedals have a cleat mount area for the cleat that is necessary for clipping into the pedal.

Clipless vs. flat pedals, which is best?

There’s really no right answer to this question as it typically comes down to personal preference and the type of riding you’re doing. Each pedal style has pros and cons. Most riders choose one or the other, while some will switch back and forth to enjoy the benefits of both styles. Clipless pedals provide a mechanical connection to the pedal, keep your feet in the perfect spot, and help to maximize your pedaling effort through the full pedal stroke. For this reason, they are typically preferred by cross-country riders/racers and others who put in big miles and want to be as efficient as possible. The downsides are that they take some getting used to and awkward falls are not uncommon when learning, and you generally have less foot mobility and freedom of movement. Flat pedals and flat pedal shoes offer greater foot mobility with varying support and grip depending on the platform size, pin style/placement, and sole rubber/tread design. Flat pedals can be very grippy and secure, however, they do not provide a mechanical connection to the pedals, which results in a slight decrease in pedaling efficiency. It is also possible to bounce off the pedals in rough terrain or slip a foot off while climbing, which can be potentially very painful if/when the pedal pins make contact with your shins.

Why Are They Called Clipless Pedals If You Clip In?

The term “clipless” is definitely confusing due to the fact that you actually clip in to clipless pedals. The term clipless goes back decades, to a time when most pedals had toe clips, or toe cages, that wrapped up over the toe of your shoes to help prevent your feet from slipping off the front of the pedal. When Shimano developed its original SPD pedal system, it did not have the toe clip, and thus the term clipless was born. These days, clipless pedals are often referred to as clip, clip-in, and SPD, which are less confusing.

Can I use mountain bike shoes for road or gravel riding?

Of course. While we generally recommend road-specific shoes for road cycling, there’s no reason that you can’t use mountain bike shoes for riding on the road or gravel bike. Generally speaking, cross-country style shoes will be the best fit for this as they tend to provide the best pedaling efficiency with stiffer soles and lighter weights. In theory, a shoe like the Shimano S-Phyre XC9 or the Specialized S-Works Recon could have you covered for XC, gravel, and road riding as long as you have the same pedals across all the bikes.

How Much Should I Spend?

This really depends on your budget, but also your needs and wants from your shoes. Prices vary quite significantly between the least and most expensive models we tested, as does performance. If you’re seeking the highest in performance, particularly for cross-country riding and racing, then you’ll need to be willing and able to spend a bit more for high-end shoes to meet your performance expectations. Top-of-the-line cross-country shoes can cost upwards of $400, but often brands have several versions that cost less and offer similar features and performance. Shoes for trail and gravity riding tend to be less expensive than their cross-country counterparts, although the high-end models can still cost up to around $250. That said, they have a more approachable price range with models starting around $100-$125, and performance differences being less dramatic than their XC counterparts. At the lowest end of the price spectrum, below $100, several brands make entry-level shoes that will serve more casual riders very well. These models can’t compete with more expensive shoes, but they absolutely can get the job done and they will work much better than riding in your old jogging shoes. Trust us.

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

Yakima StageTwo

The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Mountain Bike Shoes of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
327311
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-womens-mountain-bike-shorts/ Mon, 03 Jul 2023 23:22:48 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=331108 Testing the best women's mountain bike shorts

When we ride our mountain bikes, the shorts we wear can play a critical role in our comfort and enjoyment on the trail. We tested…

The post The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Testing the best women's mountain bike shorts

When we ride our mountain bikes, the shorts we wear can play a critical role in our comfort and enjoyment on the trail. We tested 12 of the best women’s mountain bike shorts on the market and have recommendations for every type of riding and rider.

With so many brands, styles, and options on the market, finding the right pair of women’s mountain bike shorts can be a daunting task. To help, we put twelve models through rigorous side-by-side testing and comparison to find the best. Whether you’re a casual recreational rider, hardcore trail fanatic, or gravity fiend, there’s a pair of shorts to meet the demands. And, mountain bike shorts are one place where it’s easy to reflect your personal style and add some flair through colors, prints, and cuts.

Over the course of several months, we took each pair of women’s mountain shorts to task while assessing their fit, features, pockets, on-trail performance, and style. Our top recommendations are listed below along with the best of the rest that are all still worthy options to consider. To compare the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need help figuring out what you need, refer to our buying advice, or check out our FAQ section for answers to common questions.

The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Best Overall Women's Mountain Bike Shorts

Wild Rye Freel

Specs

  • MSRP $129
  • Inseam Length 12 in.
  • Material WRDuraFlex, 4-way stretch nylon
  • Pockets 2 hand pockets and 1 zippered thigh pocket
  • Available Sizes 0-18
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Flattering, performance-oriented fit
  • 3 functional pockets
  • Available in numerous fun colors and prints
  • Female-owned company, Certified B Corp, Certified Climate Neutral
  • 30-day return policy

Cons

  • Moderately expensive
Riding in the Wild Rye Freel women's mountain bike shorts
The Wild Rye Freel emerged as our favorite overall women’s mountain bike shorts. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Budget Women's Mountain Bike Shorts

Ripton & Co. Jorts

Specs

  • MSRP $69
  • Inseam Length 5.5 in. (long version, 9 in. available in "Diesel" Jort)
  • Material 9.5 oz. "performance" denim
  • Pockets 2 hand pockets and 2 rear pockets
  • Available Sizes 24-36 Waist
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Versatile
  • Hip style – looks good on the bike and off
  • Stretch denim moves well with the body
  • Color and hem options

Cons

  • Cut-off jeans may not be everyone's style
  • Slightly thicker/bulkier material
  • Short inseam – shows lots of leg
Posing in the Ripton & Co. Jorts during an evening test ride
The Ripton & Co. Jorts are affordable, stylish, and made from stretchy “performance denim”. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Lightweight Women's Mountain Bike Shorts

Patagonia Dirt Roamer Shorts Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $129
  • Inseam Length 12.5 in.
  • Material 4-way stretch, 86% recycled polyester/14% spandex, Fair Trade Certified sewn
  • Pockets 2 zippered thigh pockets
  • Available Sizes 0-22
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Highly breathable
  • Good pockets
  • Low profile waist adjustments
  • Work well with knee pads

Cons

  • Moderately expensive
The Patagonia Dirt Roamer women's mountain bike shorts in action
Out for a test ride in the lightweight Patagonia Dirt Roamer shorts. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Ventilated Women's Mountain Bike Shorts

Pearl Izumi Summit PRO Shell Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $135
  • Inseam Length 12.75 in.
  • Material 91% recycled nylon/9% spandex with PI Dry water shedding coating
  • Pockets 2 zippered "Trail Access" thigh pockets
  • Available Sizes 2-14
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Super lightweight material
  • Laser cut thigh vents – great ventilation
  • Long inseam – good sun protection
  • Good waist adjustment system

Cons

  • Moderately expensive
  • Pocket zippers are hard to close while riding
The lightweight and well-ventilated Pearl Izumi Summit Pro Shell women's mountain bike shorts
If you find yourself on all-day epics that may include sunset light on a mountain top, the Pearl Izumi Summit PRO Shell may be the shorts for you. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Technical Women's Mountain Bike Shorts

7Mesh Glidepath Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Inseam Length 15.25 in. (size M)
  • Material 85% Nylon/15% Elastane with DWR, Bluesign and Oeko-Tex certified, PFC/PFAS-free
  • Pockets 2 hand pockets and 2 zippered hip pockets
  • Available Sizes XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Long but flattering cut
  • Pair well with knee pads
  • Premium feel to match the high price
  • Water repellant fabric works effectively

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Sizing is a little different than other brands – use the size chart
Water beading on the technical fabric of the 7Mesh Glidepath women's mountain bike shorts during a drizzly test ride
The 7Mesh Glidepath shorts are made from a quality technical fabric that is great for riding in changing conditions. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Women's Mountain Bike Shorts for Gravity Riding

Troy Lee Designs Mischief

Specs

  • MSRP $120
  • Inseam Length Not specified (but fairly long)
  • Material 4-way stretch woven, Bluesign approved
  • Pockets 2 zippered hand pockets and 1 zippered thigh pocket
  • Available Sizes XS, S, M, L, XL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Tough, durable, more protective material
  • Baggy but flattering
  • Work great with knee pads

Cons

  • Heavier/warmer material
  • Not the best for pedaling
Test riding in the Troy Lee Designs Mischief women's mountain bike shorts
The Troy Lee Designs Mischief shorts are made for riding big bikes at high speeds in aggressive terrain. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Variety of Prints and Cuts

Shredly All-Time

Specs

  • MSRP 14": $115, 11": $105, 5": $98
  • Inseam Length 14 in (tested), 11 in., 5 in.
  • Material ecoMove 4-way stretch recycled polyester/spandex
  • Pockets 2 hand pockets, 1 zippered thigh and 1 snap cargo
  • Available Sizes 00-16
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Lots of fun colors and patterns
  • Offered in multiple inseam lengths
  • Comfortable
  • Work well with knee pads
  • Female owned and sustainably minded brand
Riding in the Shredly All-Time 14" women's mountain bike shorts
Shredly’s variety of prints, colors, and cuts are enough to make anyone smile. (photo: Kira Deschaux)
Best Trail Shorts if You Don't Wear Knee Pads

Troy Lee Designs Luxe

Specs

  • MSRP $120
  • Inseam Length not specified (slightly above the knee)
  • Material 4-way stretch woven body, waist, and side panels, Bluesign approved
  • Pockets 1 zippered back of thigh and 1 zippered back of waistband
  • Available Sizes XS, S, M, L, XL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Slip-on design
  • Comfy stretch waistband
  • 3 zippered pockets
  • Laser-perforated inner thigh vents

Cons

  • Shorter inseam may cause pad-gap if used with knee pads
  • Snugger fit may not be for everyone
Best of the Rest

POC Essential MTB Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $100
  • Inseam Length 13 in.
  • Material Stretch nylon with DWR
  • Pockets 2 zippered hand pockets and 1 zippered card pocket on back of waistband
  • Available Sizes XS, S, M, L, XL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Flattering cut
  • High back of waist
  • Good stretch
  • Work well with knee pads

Cons

  • Pockets could be better
  • Slimmer fit may not work for everyone

100% Airmatic Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $99
  • Inseam Length not specified
  • Material Polyester/elastane
  • Pockets 3 zippered
  • Available Sizes S, M, L, XL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Moderate price
  • High crotch gusset
  • Mesh ventilation panel on lower back
  • Solid waist adjustment and silicone grippers to keep shorts in place

Cons

  • Light color tested is somewhat see through
  • Don't stand out from the competition

Rapha Trail Shorts Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $158
  • Inseam Length 15 in. (size M)
  • Material 88% Nylon, 12% Elastane (Bluesign and Oeko-Tex certified)
  • Pockets 2 zippered thigh pockets
  • Available Sizes XXS, XS, S, M, L, XL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Stretch waist
  • Work with knee pads
  • Good pocket design/layout
  • Comes with repair patches/repair program

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Snug fit through hips

100% Ridecamp Women’s

Specs

  • MSRP $69
  • Inseam Length not specified (but fairly long)
  • Material 2-way stretch polyester with DWR
  • Pockets 2 zippered hand pockets
  • Available Sizes S, M, L, XL
The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023

Pros

  • Affordable price
  • Long inseam protects from sun and trailside bushes
  • Reflective accents

Cons

  • Basic design and fabric
  • Pockets aren't great for holding phone while riding

Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts Comparison Chart

Model NameMSRPInseam LengthPocketsAvailable Sizes
Wild Rye Freel$12912 in.30-18
Ripton & Co. Jorts$695.5 in. (also offered in 9 in.)424-36 waist
Patagonia Dirt Roamer W’s$12912.5 in.20-22
Pearl Izumi Summit PRO Shell W’s$13512.75 in.22-14
7Mesh Glidepath W’s$15015.25 in. (size M)4XS-XXL
Troy Lee Designs Mischief$120not specified (down to the knee)3XS-XL
Shredly All-Time$11514 in. (also offered in 11 and 5 in.)400-16
Troy Lee Designs Luxe$120not specified (slightly above the knee)2XS-XL
POC Essential MTB W’s$10013 in.3XS-XL
100% Airmatic W’s$99not specified (down to the knee)3S-XL
Rapha Trail Shorts W’s$15815 in. (size M)2XXS-XL
100% Ridecamp W’s$69not specified (down to the knee)2S-XL

Why Should You Trust BikeRumor?

Here at Bikerumor, we take biking very seriously. From the bikes we ride to the clothes we wear, we’re always seeking the best products to enhance our experience and enjoyment out on the trails. Our team has been testing and reviewing the latest and greatest bikes, accessories, and apparel for well over a decade.

Our women’s mountain bike shorts review author, Kira Deschaux, is a die-hard mountain biker and mountain bike coach based in the Lake Tahoe/Reno, NV area. An adrenaline junkie with a racing background, she enjoys all types of riding but has a taste for steep, aggressive, technical trails. Kira has been mountain biking for 13+ years and working in various fields in the outdoor industry for over 20. She has worked in retail soft and hard goods in the snowboard and mountain bike industries all over the western US and New Zealand. Her riding and work experience combine to give her unique insight into product quality, technical features, and design from the inside out. She has spent years traveling the US, Canada, and Australia with her mountain bike and swapped gear knowledge with athletes all along the way. Her ongoing search for the best and highest quality mountain bike gear means that she loves to try new brands and products as much as possible. As a mountain bike coach with a retail background, she also understands the range of needs of people from a variety of backgrounds, skill levels, and riding styles. Among her friends, her expertise and experience make her the go-to source for product recommendations, especially when it comes to mountain biking. 

After researching the best women’s mountain bike shorts on the market in 2023, we chose 12 models to put to the test. Over the course of several months, Kira put each pair of shorts through their paces on the varied terrain of the greater Lake Tahoe and Reno, NV area. From steep and aggressive skidders, flow trails, all-day epics, and casual after-work spins in a wide range of spring weather conditions, these shorts have definitely seen it all.

Review author Kira Deschaux testing the best women's mountain bike shorts
Going to extremes to put the POC Essential MTB shorts through their paces while testing the best women’s mountain bike shorts. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Buying Advice: How to Choose Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts

Mountain biking shorts, also known as “baggies”, are not just shorts. They are technical pieces of apparel that you wear when you ride. Yes, you can wear any old shorts you’d like when mountain biking, but there is a reason there are specific shorts for the job. And, not only are there specific shorts for mountain biking, but like everything else in the sport, different models are designed to cater to different types of riding and needs. No matter the type of riding you do, we recommend mountain bike specific shorts because they are made for the task. Reasons to wear baggy mountain bike shorts include zippered or sealed pockets, technical fabrics that stretch, resist abrasion, dry quickly, and, of course, style. Here are some things to consider when searching for your next pair of shorts.

What Type of Riding Do You Do?

As there are many different styles of mountain biking, women’s mountain bike shorts are made in varying cuts, designs, and fabrics to meet the needs of riders across the spectrum. If you are riding downhill, you’ll likely want a longer inseam for more leg coverage and compatibility with knee pads, as well as a tougher material that can stand up to the rigors of aggressive riding. If you’re more of a trail or XC rider, there are lightweight and well-ventilated options that barely even feel like they are there. Aggressive trail and all-mountain riders will often seek the happy middle ground between the burly downhill options and the lightweight XC models. Many women’s mountain bike shorts can also easily span across multiple riding styles.

7Mesh Glidepath women's mountain bike shorts fit
A proper fit is the first and most important step in finding the right mountain bike shorts. The 7Mesh Glidepath shorts shown here fit pretty much perfectly. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Fit

Like anything else you wear while riding, getting the right fit is the most critical piece of the puzzle when buying mountain bike shorts. They need to fit comfortably, with enough space to wear a chamois underneath (if you wear one) and have enough width or stretch to be able to pull up your knee pads (if you wear them). Even if you don’t wear either of those, you still want your shorts to move with your body and be comfortable while exerting yourself. Comfort is key because we have enough to think about when we are focusing on the features and trail ahead, we don’t want to be distracted by ill-fitting clothing.

People come in all shapes and sizes, so trying shorts on is the best way to ensure that they fit appropriately for your body type. Likewise, shorts come in multiple sizes, of course, and most brands have detailed size charts on their websites that are helpful in determining what size will fit you best. For women’s mountain bike shorts, these size charts often include both waist and hip measurements. Some brands offer their shorts in a larger number of sizes. Patagonia, for example, offers the Dirt Roamer shorts in sizes 0-22, which should help to ensure a more precise fit. Wild Rye and Shredly offer their shorts in a similar size range. Other brands, like 100% and Troy Lee Designs, offer their shorts in fewer total sizes, XS, S, M, L, and XL, though they still aim to fit a wide range of body shapes and sizes.

100% Ridecamp women's mountain bike shorts worn with knee pads
If you ride in knee pads, you may want to consider shorts with a longer inseam to help prevent pad gap. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Inseam Length

How long shorts are is an important factor to consider, as different models have different cuts and some are even offered in multiple inseam lengths to suit varying needs and preferences. Riders who wear knee pads often prefer a longer inseam length so that the shorts hang down low enough to cover the top cuff of the pads to avoid what is called “pad gap”, or skin showing between the pad and shorts. Similarly, those with longer legs or who prefer the extra coverage or look of a longer inseam tend to gravitate towards shorts with 12-inch, or longer, inseams. While they provide less coverage and protection from the sun or the ground in the event of a crash, many women may prefer a shorter inseam for style reasons. Thankfully, there are options to suit all preferences, and some brands even offer their shorts in multiple lengths. Shredly, for example, sells the All-Time shorts in 5-inch, 11-inch, and 14-inch inseam lengths to cover all the bases.

7Mesh Glidepath women's mountain bike shorts, technical fabric, water beading
Most mountain bike shorts are made from technical fabrics that are stretchy, tear-resistant, and quick drying. Some, like the 7Mesh Glidepath, repel water very well too. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Technical Fabrics

One of the main things that sets mountain bike shorts apart from other types of shorts is the materials used in their construction. Most often, this is a blend of polyester or nylon and elastane or spandex. One of the most important performance benefits is that these materials tend to have 4-way or 2-way stretch so the material moves with your body on the bike. Mountain biking is a dynamic sport, your shorts should be as well. These fabrics are also generally tear-resistant and can be weather resistant if treated with a durable water-repellant (DWR). In general, the fabrics used in mountain bike shorts are also relatively lightweight and quick drying.

Wild Rye Freel zippered phone pocket
Depending on what you carry, pockets may be an important factor to consider. Fortunately, many mountain bike shorts, like the Wild Rye Freel, have good pocket designs that work well with modern smartphones. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Pockets

We know there is a problem in the women’s clothing industry with a lack of sufficient pockets, but mountain bike shorts tend to not follow that trend. YAY! While the number and placement of pockets on a pair of mountain bike shorts isn’t a make or break factor, it is definitely worthy of consideration depending on what you carry on a ride. Almost all baggy mountain bike shorts have at least one pocket, with most having 2-4 in various configurations. Sometimes these pockets are zippered, and other times they are not. How many pockets a pair of shorts has and their orientation can make the difference between carrying a pack or not, and may play a role in how comfortable you are while riding.

With pockets, we think about ease of access when riding and what is essential to have in the pocket. Things we carry on a ride: phone for easy access to maps and taking photos (and let’s be real, text messages too), chapstick with SPF, and a snack, always a snack! Sometimes this list includes keys and a wallet (or card) if trying to ride without a pack. That’s a lot of stuff to be hauling around, but two well-placed pockets can usually get the job done. Of course, your individual needs may vary, but at the very least, a zippered pocket that can fit a modern smartphone is the minimum we look for.

The placement of pockets is also a factor. Thankfully, many, but certainly not all, brands have recognized the need for well-designed pockets that hold their contents securely, are easy to access, and don’t allow their contents to flop around while riding. Others may include open hand pockets that add a bit of style and enhance functionality off the bike when grabbing food, drinks, or running errands post-ride.

Troy Lee Designs Mischief women's mountain bike shorts posing shot
If you’re riding chairlifts and wearing a full-face helmet, then ventilation is probably less important than a durable, more protective fabric. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Ventilation

Depending on the type of riding you do and the temperatures you ride in, ventilation may or may not be an important consideration. Downhill riders who ride lifts or shuttles to the top of their descents are typically less concerned with the ventilating properties of their shorts than those who spend lots of time pedaling to the top of the hill. Likewise, those who live and ride in more temperate climates may care less about ventilation and breathability than those who ride frequently in hot temperatures.

Some shorts come with ventilation in the form of laser-cut holes or mesh panels while other shorts are made with lightweight materials that are super airy and breathable on their own. Models like the Patagonia Dirt Roamer and Pearl Izumi Summit PRO Shell are super light, breathable, and quick drying, and are our top recommendations for riding in hot weather or on super high-intensity rides. Shorts like the Troy Lee Designs Mischief and the 100% Airmatic, on the other hand, and made from heavier materials that are better suited to days at the bike park or when riding in cooler temperatures. Again, what works best for you will depend on your specific needs.

Shredly All-Time women's mountain bike shorts style
Baggy mountain bike shorts are a style in and of themselves, but there are loads of options to suit your tastes. Shredly offers a huge range of cuts and prints, including this subtle topo map design. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Style

On their own, baggy mountain bike shorts are a style choice. They signify that you ride dirt. Across the brands we tested there are a lot of different looks with some that focus more on sweet colors and patterns, like the Shredly All-Time and Wild Rye Freel and others that take a more subdued approach. The way different models fit also plays into style with some leaning towards more form-fitting and others trending baggier. How you like your shorts to fit will depend on your personal style and also your riding style. With so many options, most people should be able to find a pair that fits and looks how you want them to. When you look good you feel good, and when you feel good you can perform better on the bike.  

Brand

Some people are brand loyalists, and there is nothing wrong with that. If you have a brand and aesthetic that you like, go for that matching kit! There are quite a few brands out there, however, and, especially for women, there are a ton of different fits. While brand loyalty is fine, we feel that ensuring the shorts fit your body is much more important than the brand itself. If there is a pair that just feels right but maybe doesn’t match the rest of your kit (or your partner’s favorite brand), we say go for it. Having the right fit will enhance your comfort and performance more than any brand’s logo.

Riding a singletrack in the Wild Rye Freel women's mountain bike shorts
Many brands are taking steps to reduce the environmental impact of the products they make. Wild Rye, who make the Freel shorts pictured here, is one such brand that’s trying to make a difference. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Environmental Impact

While most people participate in the sport of mountain biking for the enjoyment of being outside, virtually every product we buy related to riding bikes has some sort of environmental impact. Within the mountain bike industry, many brands are starting to come around and are trying to make positive changes in this regard. Some brands use materials made from recycled content or are reducing harmful chemicals used to treat their fabrics, while others support environmental sustainability projects or advocacy, among other things. As consumers, we have the power to speak with our wallets, so if the environmental impact of the products you wear is important to you, you can choose to support the brands that are making an effort. 

Warranty, Crash Replacement, or Repair

Mountain bikers love a warranty, right? Let’s face it, everything we use when mountain bike is prone to damage, and our shorts often take a beating from trailside bushes, trees, mud, dust, and the occasional crash. We’re not going to baby our mountain bike shorts, but we still want them to last a long time and get our money’s worth. Many shorts have warranties against manufacturing defects or offer exchanges/replacements if you get the wrong size. More recently, a number of brands offer crash repairs to help extend the life of your product rather than just throwing it away. Rapha, for example, includes color-matched patches to fix small holes with their Rapha Trail Shorts, and if it’s too difficult to repair it at home, they offer a free repair service. Likewise, Patagonia has DIY repair videos on their website and they have a product repair service as well as the Worn Wear program where you can trade in used gear for credit towards future purchases.

Value

In the world of mountain biking, shorts are relatively inexpensive compared to many of the other things we buy. Still, the price of shorts varies pretty dramatically among the models we tested from $69 up to $158. Any of the shorts in this review will get the job done better than non-mountain bike specific shorts, and most will likely last you a couple of seasons or more barring any catastrophic crashes or serious mistreatment. The biggest differences are that less expensive models tend to be made from less technical materials and have more basic designs than their more expensive counterparts. The Ripton & Co. Jorts, for example, are made from stretchy “performance denim” and are essentially just cut-off jean shorts. While they may not fit everyone’s idea of mountain bike shorts, they are surprisingly functional, versatile, have a unique style, and are relatively affordable. Still, we found the highest performance and best features in the more expensive models we tested.

Review author, Kira Deschaux, spent months and many hundreds of miles testing the best women’s mountain bike shorts on the market. (photo: Kira Deschaux)

Frequently Asked Questions

Why Should I Choose Mountain Bike Specific Shorts?

While you can certainly ride in any pair of shorts you want, we recommend mountain bike specific shorts for a number of reasons. First, the shorts are designed with mountain biking in mind. Most shorts have athletic cuts, articulated waists for enhanced comfort in the seated pedaling position, and high crotch gussets to prevent getting snagged on your seat. They are made from technical fabrics that stretch with your body, resist tearing, sometimes resist water, and dry quickly. Some shorts have ventilation, and most have pockets designed to hold items comfortably and securely while riding. They also come in varying styles and designs intended to suit different styles/types of riding.

Why Should I Wear Baggy Mountain Bike Shorts?

There’s certainly no rule that says all mountain bikers must ride in baggy shorts. In fact, many cross-country riders or racers choose to ride in spandex/lycra shorts for various reasons. That said, the majority of mountain bikers tend to wear baggy shorts these days. Not only do they provide a little modesty, but they also provide leg coverage and protection from the sun and serve as an additional layer of protection from scrapes and abrasion. If you wear knee pads, many of the longer inseam models interface with them well for added protection and a clean, gap-free look. It’s also a style thing, as many people simply prefer the way that baggy shorts look, and the variety of cuts, colors, and prints allow you to express yourself out on the trail.

What About a Padded Liner or Chamois?

Padded liner shorts, also known as a chamois (pronounced: chammy), are used by many, but certainly not all, riders to enhance comfort while riding. Comprised of a tight-fitting spandex or mesh material with a chamois pad for your underside, they create a cushioned surface between your sit bones and your bike saddle. When used with baggy mountain bike shorts, these thin liners are simply worn underneath. All of the shorts we tested for this buyer’s guide are sold without a padded liner short, although several can also be purchased with one for an additional fee. While an included liner short can add value to a purchase, they are typically not the highest quality, in our experience. In general, we have found that it’s best to spend a little more on a higher-quality padded liner short for maximum comfort. This ensures that you can get one that fits properly and provides the desired level of cushioning.

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

Yakima StageTwo

The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Women’s Mountain Bike Shorts of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
331108
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-mountain-bike-flat-pedals/ Fri, 23 Jun 2023 19:25:12 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=329779 Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

As one of the contact points between you and your bike, pedals are a seemingly simple but critical component for stability and control. Like your…

The post The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

As one of the contact points between you and your bike, pedals are a seemingly simple but critical component for stability and control. Like your grips or your saddle, pedals play an important role in how you feel on your bike – your feet will be on the pedals for nearly all of your riding time, so it is key to find the right flat pedals that work for you, your shoes, and your riding style. And, because most mid to high-end mountain bikes don’t come with pedals, you’ll need to find a pair.

A good mountain bike flat pedal will help you feel confident by providing great traction, predictable mobility, and a supportive platform to ride on. A poor pedal choice can cause your feet to slip around, adding risk to every ride. While most pedals share the same basic design, there are many subtle differences that impact the feel. Small changes in the size, shape, and profile of the platform, or the type of pins and how they are patterned, can have large impacts on how well the pedals work for you and how safe you feel on the bike. Due to the wide range of aesthetics, colors, and platform types available, pedals are also a relatively low-cost way to customize your bike and add some personal flair.

We spent months testing a wide variety of the top pedals available across all price points and analyzing them based on the platform (size, shape, pin layout, aesthetics, and finish), traction/grip, mobility (repositioning the feet), serviceability, and weight. The right set of pedals for you depends on your foot size, the shoes you ride in, the terrain you ride on, and your riding style, but we’ve chosen our favorites overall and those that excel in specific ways like traction, mobility, innovation, and value based on these categories.

Our top recommendations are listed below, followed by the best of the rest which are all still worthy choices. To compare the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need help deciding what to buy, take a look at our buying advice or our FAQ section for answers to common questions.

The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Best Overall Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

Wolf Tooth WaveForm

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) Small (tested): 105.5 x 97.3mm. Large: 115 x 105mm.
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 12.5/14mm
  • Pins Per Side 11
  • Profile Dual Concave
  • Measured Weight 377 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Dual concave platform + central pins = above average grip and reliable traction
  • Rare balance of great mobility and above average grip
  • Beautiful machining and attention to detail
  • Easy service and readily available replacement parts
  • Low weight

Cons

  • Very expensive
  • Q-factor is on the narrower side
Wolf Tooth WaveForm mountain bike flat pedals
The beautifully machined dual concave Wolf Tooth WaveForm pedals are available in two platform sizes and are our favorite model overall for their exceptionally balanced feel and well-rounded performance. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Budget Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

OneUp Components Composite

Specs

  • MSRP $60
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 112 x 105mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 13.2/18.6mm
  • Pins Per Side 10
  • Profile Convex
  • Measured Weight 368 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Great value
  • Solid mobility and consistent grip in most foot positions
  • Composite platform hides scarring
  • Easy service
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Average Traction
  • No extra pins included
  • Buyers remorse for more expensive past pedal purchases
  • On the thicker side
OneUp Components Composite mountain bike flat pedals action shot
Testing the best value OneUp Composite pedals in some wet spring conditions. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Runner-Up Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

Race Face Atlas Pedals

Specs

  • MSRP $180
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 111.3 x 106.3mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 11.8/12.5mm
  • Pins Per Side 10
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 381 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Great grip and locked in feel through concave profile and tall pins
  • Thin, light, well designed platform
  • Lifetime warranty, crashes included
  • Easy light service (clean and regrease) process

Cons

  • Average foot mobility – the Atlas is for riders who prioritize traction
  • Relatively high price point
Race Face Atlas flat pedals
The Race Face Atlas pedals have excellent grip for steep, technical climbs and rough, high-speed descents. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Convex Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

OneUp Components Aluminum

Specs

  • MSRP $145
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 114.6 x 102.3mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 8.3/12mm
  • Pins Per Side 10
  • Profile Convex
  • Measured Weight 389 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Solid, dependable grip
  • Forgiving to foot positioning
  • Thin, beveled platform with average size footprint
  • Versatile convex platform
  • Consistent performance across all categories at a moderate price point

Cons

  • Concave pedal fanatics may balk at the convex profile, but it’s comparably grippy and worth a try.
OneUp Component Aluminum flat pedals action shot
The OneUp Components Aluminum pedals offer a well-rounded performance with a convex profile. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals for Traction

Chromag Dagga

Specs

  • MSRP $172
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 115.4 x 109.7mm (approximately, factoring out extension to axle as non-usable width)
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 14.2/16mm
  • Pins Per Side 12
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 496 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Incredible, best in class grip
  • Smart pin placement
  • Large platform with reliable grip in all positions
  • Easy Service.

Cons

  • On the heavier side
  • Relatively expensive
  • Low mobility for foot repositioning
Chromag Dagga mountain bike flat pedals action shot
The Chromag Dagga offer incredible grip and a locked-in feel for riding rough, technical terrain. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Runner-Up Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals for Traction

Nukeproof Horizon Pro Sam Hill Enduro

Specs

  • MSRP $136
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 100.5 x 99.3mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 16/17.4mm
  • Pins Per Side 10
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 424 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • High amount of traction and precise feel
  • Clean design – they look great
  • Standard pins that you can find at a hardware store
  • Easy Service
  • Moderate price point

Cons

  • Smaller platform size will not be for everyone
Nukeproof Horizon Pro Sam Hill Enduro mountain bike flat pedals action shot
Ever wonder how Sam Hill wins races on flat pedals? He’s obviously really good, but the grippy Nukeproof Horizon Pro Enduro pedals may also be part of the answer. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals for Foot Mobility

PNW Loam Alloy Pedals

Specs

  • MSRP $99
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 115.6 x 104.4mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 10.3/16mm
  • Pins Per Side 11
  • Profile Convex
  • Measured Weight 443 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Great mobility and very forgiving with regard to foot positioning
  • Easy to service with hex keys
  • Reliable traction

Cons

  • On the heavier end of the spectrum
  • Feels large (maybe personal)
  • Not a locked-in feel
PNW Loam Ally mountain bike flat pedals
With large platforms and a convex profile, the PNW Loam Alloy allow for easy foot mobility with predictable and consistent, albeit not class-leading grip. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Most Innovative Design

Pedaling Innovations Catalyst One

Specs

  • MSRP $150
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 128.2 x 95.2mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 16mm
  • Pins Per Side 18
  • Profile Flat
  • Measured Weight 524 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Stable, supportive, and comfortable, as advertised
  • Increased confidence at speed and efficient weight transfer when cornering
  • Innovative and unique approach in a relatively stagnant space
  • Best choice if you have big feet or experience foot pain after riding.

Cons

  • Adjustment period required
  • “Clumsy” feel in very active, slower speed technical terrain
Pedaling Innovations Catalyst mountain bike flat pedals
The Pedaling Innovations Catalyst are different than anything else on the market. The unique design aims to improve power, efficiency, stability, and control. (photo: Paul Clauss)
Best of the Rest

HT Supreme ANS10

Specs

  • MSRP $120
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 100.5 x 101mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 14.5/17.2mm
  • Pins Per Side 10
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 375 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Great, best in class traction – when you are in the right position
  • Relatively reasonable $120 price tag

Cons

  • Inconsistent grip depending on foot position and difficulty finding the sweet spot
  • Not for riders seeking rotational float and easy repositioning
  • Not the easiest to service

Deity TMAC

Specs

  • MSRP $180
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 110.2 x 105.2mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 14.5/18.8mm
  • Pins Per Side 14
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 448 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Average sized platform
  • Above average grip
  • High concavity
  • Flawless high polish finish

Cons

  • Sensitive to foot position
  • Low mobility – easy to get “stuck” on
  • Top Loading Pins

Crankbrothers Stamp 7

Specs

  • MSRP $180 (silver edition we tested: $190)
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) Small (tested): 95.3 x 101.8mm, Large: 114 x 11mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 11.0/13.4mm
  • Pins Per Side 10
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 353 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Lightest pedal in our test
  • 2 sizes of platform available
  • Average performance across platform and on trail categories

Cons

  • Unique Service Process – you’ll love it or hate it
  • Average on trail performance (traction and mobility) at a high price point

Deity DefTrap

Specs

  • MSRP $55
  • Usable Platform Size (L x W, measured) 112.7 x 103.3mm
  • Thickness (Min/Max) 18/20.4mm
  • Pins Per Side 10 (8 metal, 2 fixed composite studs)
  • Profile Concave
  • Measured Weight 400 grams
The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023

Pros

  • Larger platform
  • Average performance across all categories
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • Very basic design and aesthetics
  • No outstanding features or performance differentiators
  • Some composite pins that cannot be replaced

Comparison Chart

Pedal ModelMSRPMeasured Usable Platform Size (L x W)Thickness (min/max)Pins per sideProfileWeight
Wolf Tooth WaveForm$200Small: 105.5 x 97.3mm, Large: 115 x 105mm12.5/14mm11Dual Concave377g
OneUp Components Composite$60112 x 105mm13.2/18.6mm10Convex368g
Race Face Atlas$180111.3 x 106.3mm11.8/12.5mm10Concave381g
OneUp Components Aluminum$145114.6 x 102.3mm8.3/12mm10Convex389g
Chromag Dagga$172115.4 x 109.7mm14.2/16mm12Concave496g
Nukeproof Horizon Pro Enduro$136100.5 x 99.3mm16/17.4mm10Concave424g
PNW Loam Alloy$99115.6 x 104.4mm103/16mm11Convex443g
Pedaling Innovations Catalyst One$150128.2 x 95.2mm16mm18Flat524g
HT Supreme ANS10$120100.5 x 101mm14.5/17.2mm10Concave375g
Deity TMAC$180110.2 x 105.2mm14.5/18.8mm14Concave448g
Crankbrothers Stamp 7$180Small: 95.3 x 101.8mm, Large: 114 x 111mm11/13.4mm10Concave353g
Deity DefTrap$55112.7 x 103.3mm18/20.4mm10Concave400g

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

At Bikerumor, we’ve been reporting on the latest cycling news, technology, and products for over a decade. Our team is made up of passionate riders that span all disciplines of cycling and have their fingers on the pulse of the industry. For our buyer’s guides, we’ve sought out qualified individuals to test and review products side by side to form the basis for our comparisons and recommendations.

Our mountain bike flat pedal review author, Paul Clauss, is a talented mountain biker who has been riding almost his entire life. Hailing from Essex Junction, VT, Paul has great access to quality, technical trail riding with ample roots and rocks that make for great flat pedal testing conditions. He is a mechanical engineer with experience working with 3D printing and CNC manufacturing processes on a variety of products including bike frames and components. This background gives him unique insight into bike components and technologies and an excellent ability to tease out the subtle performance differences between the products he tests. In this role, Paul gets to combine his discerning tastes and love for writing into detailed reviews that will hopefully help you find the best products for your needs. In addition to pedals, Paul has also recently tested the best flat pedal shoes.

After scouring the market for the best mountain bike flat pedals available in 2023, we rounded up a diverse selection of 12 models for side-by-side testing and comparison. Each model was tested in conditions ranging from wet to dry with equal parts climbing and descending. Often, models were swapped out mid-ride for back-to-back comparison. A pair of well-broken-in Five Ten Freerider Pro shoes was used with all of the pedals tested for consistency on Paul’s Santa Cruz Bronson and Chromag Wideangle hardtail mountain bikes. Each model was judged on a number of performance characteristics including platform, traction/grip, foot mobility, serviceability, and weight to determine our favorites.

Testing the best mountain bike flat pedals
All of the pedals in this review were rigorously tested on a wide range of terrain and weather conditions. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Buying Advice: How to Choose Mountain Bike Flat Pedals

When it comes to choosing a pair of mountain bike flat pedals, there are a lot of options. Individual preferences and needs vary, of course, but thankfully so do the pedals we tested. As one of your key contact points on the bike, there are a few variables to consider to help select the best flat pedals for you.

Comparing a flat pedal's platform to the sole of a flat pedal shoe
The size of flat pedal platforms vary, as do rider preferences and needs based often on shoe size. As you can see here, the Race Face Atlas’ shape matches up very well with the sole of this shoe. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Platform Size

Your shoe size and natural tendency towards in/out-toeing will contact various sizes and shapes of platforms differently. If you have very large feet, you will likely benefit from the support provided by a larger platform, while a smaller platform may work better for smaller-footed folks. If you like to hang your feet off the outside of the platform, pentagonal or rectangular shapes may give better support for the outside of your foot than a hexagonal shape. If your feet are sore after riding, consider how your foot engages the pedal when you are in your pedaling position on the bike and look for a size and shape that optimizes support throughout your foot.

Mountain bike flat pedal platform size comparison
Platform sizes vary between different models like the Pedaling Innovations Catalyst, Nukeproof Horizon Pro Enduro, and OneUp Aluminum (left to right) pictured above. Some brands also offer their pedal models in more than one size to fit different-sized feet more proportionally. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Pedal Sizes

It stands to reason that people with smaller feet may not need the same size platform as those with larger feet, so some flat pedals are offered in different sizes with the goal of providing options for different foot sizes. Several brands, like Crankbrothers and Wolf Tooth, offer their pedals in both small and large sizes. For example, Crankbrothers recommends the small version of their Stamp 7 pedal for riders with shoe sizes between 5 and 10 US, and the large version for riders with shoes between 10 and 15 US. Wolf Tooth has a to-scale printable size comparison on their website, which riders can use to determine the best fit of the WaveForm pedals for their shoe’s soles. Other brands make numerous models that often have different size platforms for the same reason. Like anything else, it comes down to personal preference.

Chromag Dagga mountain bike flat pedals
Q-factor is the horizontal distance between the widest part of your cranks where the pedals attach. Some pedals, like the Chromag Dagga pictured here, have extra space between the cranks and platform that effectively increase the q-factor for a wider overall stance. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Q-factor

You may also want to consider the q-factor. Q-factor refers to the width of your stance on the bike – technically it is the distance between the pedals at the outside of the cranks. Depending on how close the inner edge of the pedal platform sits in relation to the outside of the crankarm can change the effective q-factor in your normal riding position. If you have wide hips or tend to take a very wide stance, a wider q-factor may be more comfortable. If you ride bulky shoes or a frame with large chain stays or seat stays, a wider q-factor can help you reduce rubbing your foot on the cranks and frame. 

Deity TMAC mountain bike flat pedals concave profile
Many flat pedal riders prefer the feel of pedals with a concave profile. The Deity TMAC, pictured here, is one of the most concave models on the market. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Profile: Concave vs Convex

You’ll also want to consider the platform profile – flat pedals may be concave, convex, or flat. Like anything else, preferences vary, but most riders prefer one or the other. Concave pedals are thicker at the leading and trailing edges and thinner along the axle. This creates a depression in the middle of the pedal for the sole of the shoe to sink into. Examples of concave pedals include the Deity TMAC, Chromag Dagga, Race Face Atlas, and Nukeproof Horizon Pro Enduro, which also happen to be some of the grippiest models we tested.

Convex pedals are slightly thicker at the axle and thinner at the leading and trailing edges. This has the opposite effect of concavity, as it promotes the shoe’s sole flexing slightly over the pedal to achieve maximum grip. In general, we’ve found that the convex design allows for somewhat easier foot mobility, as the pins are easier to release from the sole of the shoe when repositioning. Both the OneUp Components Aluminum and the PNW Loam Alloy have convex profiles.

Perfectly flat profiles are somewhat rare, but the unique Pedaling Innovations Catalyst is an example.

Crankbrothers Stamp 7 mountain bike flat pedals pin layout
In combination with the size, shape, and profile of a pedal, the pin layout, pin height, and pin type play a role in the grip that each model offers. The soles of your shoes also make a difference in the grip/traction equation. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Traction and Grip

The traction provided by a pedal depends on the platform size/shape/profile, the pin layout, and the type of pins. Pin height and placement vary across pedals – some rely on pins placed around the perimeter, some include central pins. Some pedals allow you to adjust the pin height by adding or removing washers while others do not. The combination of these different platforms and layouts changes how much effort you need to spend keeping your feet on the pedals while riding rough terrain. The rubber compound and tread design of the soles of your mountain bike shoes is also a factor when it comes to grip.

The amount of traction you want from a pedal depends on your riding style and preferences. While a super grippy pedal might be great for riding fast downhill trails, it might be very sensitive to foot position and grip so well that it is difficult to reposition your foot – there are pedals that provide too much grip. The right amount of grip is individual to the terrain you ride and your riding style – if you find yourself struggling to reposition or rotate your feet regularly to feel like you are in the right spot on the pedals, you might want to try a pedal with a bit less overall grip but with a pin pattern, profile, and shape that allows for better mobility and is less sensitive to foot position. Riders coming from clipless pedals will want to pay special attention to rotational float if they are interested in a flat pedal that feels similar to clipping in.

Chromag Dagga mountain bike flat pedals disassembled for basic service
Basic service, cleaning and greasing, is fairly straightforward for most modern pedals and can be done at home fairly easily. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Serviceability

Any time you ride your bike, your pedals put in some serious work. Not only do they support much of your weight at virtually all times, but any time they are spinning, the internal components like bearings and bushings are doing their job. Given their location at the end of the crank arms, under your feet, and close to the ground, they may also be subjected to impacts with trailside obstacles. Hard impacts can damage pedal pins, scratch the pedal body, or even bend the spindles. Despite being a sealed system, water and dust from the trail can make their way into the internals. Of course, how often you ride, how you ride, the terrain where you ride, and the weather conditions in which you ride will play a role in how quickly wear and tear occurs on your pedals.

Pedaling Innovations Catalyst mountain bike pedals pins
Many brands include extra pins with their pedals to replace damaged or lost pins, or in the case of the Pedaling Innovations Catalyst, pictured here, adjust the grip with longer pins. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Fortunately, most quality flat pedals are designed to be serviced fairly easily to keep them running smoothly. Basic service procedures generally only involve a few simple tools to pull the spindle from the pedal body for simple cleaning and regreasing. Most brands sell bearing and bushing replacement kits and spindles so you can rebuild your pedals should something bend or wear out. Spare pins are often, but not always, included with new pedals so you can replace damaged ones or those that have fallen out, and replacement pin kits are inexpensive and typically easy to find. Typically, you can find an instructional video to guide you through the process. That said, if you are unsure of your mechanic skills or don’t have the tools to do it yourself, most good bike shops can service your pedals for you.

Visually, there is little difference between the OneUp Composite, $60 (top) and the OneUp Aluminum, $145 (bottom), but there are slight performance differences. Like many things in mountain biking, you get what you pay for, but the Composite version still performs very well for the asking price. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Value

Compared to many other things in mountain biking, pedals are a relatively inexpensive component. And that’s a good thing since you can’t ride a bike without them. Still, the models we tested vary in price pretty dramatically from $55 up to $200. It will depend on how much you ride and how much abuse you put them through, but it’s fair to expect that a pair of pedals should last a couple seasons or longer if taken care of properly. Not surprisingly, the more expensive models are typically made from higher-quality materials and they generally offer higher overall performance than the least expensive options. If you ride every day and have specific performance expectations of your pedals, then it’s probably best to spring for a more expensive pair to meet your needs. If you ride less frequently, less aggressively, or simply can’t justify shelling out the big bucks for the high-end models, the less expensive composite options still perform admirably at a fraction of the price.

DMR Vault Midi mountain bike flat pedals action shot
Review author, Paul Clauss, out for a test ride in northern Vermont. (photo: Paul Clauss)

Frequently Asked Questions

Should I ride flat pedals or clipless?

The flat vs. clipless debate is one of the biggest in the sport of mountain biking with most riders leaning strongly one way or the other and some people switching between styles depending on the type of riding they are doing. It really comes down to personal preference, and there are pros and cons to each style.

Flat pedals are often the first type of pedal that people ride when they start out mountain biking, and many riders choose to continue riding them as their skills progress for various reasons. Since the connection to the pedal is a result of the interface between the pedal platform, pins, and the sole of your shoes, it is much easier to remove/replace your foot on the pedal when needed. Modern pedal designs have large platforms that provide excellent stability and control and many shoe/pedal combos provide a nearly locked-in feel over rough terrain. Flat pedals also help riders build strong technique for bike handling, particularly with rear wheel lifts or bunny hops. The correct technique for these moves is not relying on using your feet to lift the pedals but using your entire body to move the bike. You’ll notice that most trials riders, freeriders, and dirt jumpers use flat pedals. This is partly due to technique, partly so they can adjust their foot position on the fly, and partly to mitigate risk.

Clipless pedals, on the other hand, rely on a mechanical connection between the sole of your shoe and the pedal. This connection keeps your feet positioned optimally for pedaling and prevents your feet from getting bounced off the pedals in rough terrain. It is also claimed to be more efficient when pedaling, although some people will debate this, because the pedal connection means that you can use your leg power throughout the entire pedal stroke, both pushing down and pulling up. For this reason, you’ll notice that ALL road racers, and MOST mountain bike racers, use clipless pedals, particularly XC racers. For downhill or enduro racing, the argument towards clipless is likely less about pedaling efficiency and more about being locked into the bike on rough terrain – whether you are pedaling through it or not. There is a learning curve, however, as clipping out of clipless pedals requires a deliberate twisting of the foot. Often while learning to use them, awkward crashes and tip-overs are quite common.

Which pedals will give me the best grip?

This is an individual preference and depends on your riding style. The level of grip you feel when riding flat pedals is impacted by: The shape, size, stiffness, and rubber compound on the sole of your riding shoes. The profile, size, and pin layout of the pedals – how does your shoe engage with the pedal platform? The height and diameter of the pins. In general, taller and narrower/sharper pins will give a more “locked in” feeling, particularly with more spacing between the pins – but this increase in pressure on individual pins can make repositioning your foot difficult.

If possible, try a variety of shapes, profiles, and pin layouts with your favorite riding shoes to find what works best for you. Hop on your friends’ bikes and try to sprint over rough sections to test pedal grip with your shoes and foot positioning throughout your pedal stroke under high stress – this will ensure you are testing the vertical and lateral grip of your shoes on the pedals.

In general, the grippiest pedals are those designed purely for gravity riding like the Deity TMAC, Chromag Dagga, and Nukeprood Horizon Pro. These pedals typically have long, sharp pins, concave profiles, and large platforms to optimize the connection to the sole of the shoe.

What tools will I need to change my pedals?

All the pedals in this test use either 6 or 8mm Allen (Hex) keys or a 15mm Spanner/Pedal Wrench. You will need the appropriate tool for your pedals and a small amount of general bicycle assembly grease.

When installing pedals, remember that the left pedal is reverse threaded – turn counterclockwise into the crank arm to install. All the pedals in this test have clear markings to indicate their side. An easy way to remember this is that you always rotate pedals forward (towards the front of the bike) to install. Most pedals mark right and left pedals to help avoid installing them on the wrong side. If you are struggling to get the threads to catch, don’t force it or you can risk damaging the threads in your cranks arms. 

What maintenance is required for flat pedals?

Flat pedals are a simple part but do require simple, infrequent maintenance. Riding flat pedals, you can generally expect to replace pins to maintain traction and service bearings/axles to keep them spinning smoothly.

Some pedals use standard grub screws for pins that you can find at your local hardware store. Others use customized pins that you will need to order from the pedal manufacturer. If you find yourself smacking roots and rocks often, you may want to consider the ease of replacing pins when selecting pedals.

Installing pins is easy – unscrew the old ones and screw in the new ones. Recessed or sunken pin heads can help you avoid needing to remove bent or damaged pins with vise grips and a good brush will help you remove dirt packed into pins. Some pedals come with replacement pins while others do not. Most pins use a small hex key (1 to 3mm) or a Torx head (T10 or T15) for removal/installation. We recommend using a small amount of thread locker when installing pins to ensure they don’t fall out, like Blue Loctite.

When your pedals are not rotating smoothly, it is time to service/replace the bearings/bushings and axle. For most pedals in this test, rebuild kits are sold by the manufacturers and instructions are typically very easy to find online. This is a relatively straightforward process of removing the pin, checking bearings/bushings, and cleaning/regreasing/repacking or replacing as necessary.

What shoes do you recommend for use with flat pedals?

Any modern mountain bike flat pedal shoe will work well with these pedals. Flat pedal shoes are constructed with flat soles, grippy rubber, and tread patterns to optimize the grip provided by common pin patterns and pedal designs. When purchasing flat pedal shoes, consider normal sneaker fit and your preference for a stiff or soft sole. A stiffer sole might be more supportive and reduce foot pain on longer rides while a softer sole may give a better overall grip, particularly when looking for high control at slower speeds. Bear in mind that not all flat pedal shoes are created equal in terms of the grip that their rubber compound or tread pattern provides, and that may also affect your connection to the pedals.

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

Yakima StageTwo

The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Mountain Bike Flat Pedals of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
329779
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-road-bike-helmets/ Tue, 13 Jun 2023 23:54:45 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=329781 POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

While we all do our best to avoid them, accidents can and do happen, so a quality road bike helmet is the most important piece…

The post The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

While we all do our best to avoid them, accidents can and do happen, so a quality road bike helmet is the most important piece of gear you can wear while cycling. Thankfully, modern road cycling helmets are better than ever, helping to protect our heads in comfort and style.

With so many models on the market to choose from, finding the right road bike helmet can seem a little daunting. To help, we rounded up a diverse selection of ten of the best cycling helmets available to test and compare side by side. Each model was put through its paces over the course of several months and hundreds of miles of real-world riding.

During testing, we evaluated each model on important performance characteristics like fit, comfort, adjustments, ventilation, and weight. After much scrutiny and deliberation, we selected our favorite models overall and those that excel for specific reasons compared to the competition. While no one model will perfectly suit the needs of every rider, we trust that you’ll find something to suit your needs and budget in our recommendations.

Our top recommendations are listed below along with the best of the rest that are all worthy of consideration as well. To compare the models we tested at a glance be sure to look at our comparison chart. Check out our detailed buying advice if you need help deciding what to get, or reference our FAQ section for answers to common questions.

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Best Overall Road Bike Helmet

Giro Aries Spherical Helmet

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight 271g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Spherical
  • Number of Vents 24
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
  • Colors Matte Ano Blue, Matte Ano Harbor Blue Fade, Matte White, Matte Black, Matte Carbon/Red, Matte Metallic Coal/Space Green
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Supremely comfortable
  • Great ventilation
  • Light
  • Excellent coverage
  • Easy eyewear storage

Cons

  • Expensive
Giro Aries Spherical road bike helmet
The new Giro Aries Spherical check all the boxes and is the best road bike helmet we tested. (photo: Benett Shane)
Best Value Road Bike Helmet

POC Omne Air MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $170
  • Weight 350g (Large)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Number of Vents 10
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 4-star
  • Colors Lead Blue Matte, Sapphire Purple Matte, Lemon Calcite Matte, Epidote Green Metallic/Matte, Uranium Black Matte, Hydrogen White, Himalayan Salt Matte, Fluorescent Orange AVIP, Cerussite Kashima Metallic/Matte
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Sleek profile
  • Excellent coverage
  • Reassuringly snug fit

Cons

  • Slightly heavier weight
POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet
POC’s Omne Air MIPS is a great helmet that costs less than the high-end competition. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Runner-Up Best Road Bike Helmet

Trek Velocis MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight 240g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Air
  • Number of Vents 16
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
  • Colors Viper Red/Cobra Blood, Dark Aquatic, Black, White, Red, White/Nautical Navy
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Prodigious ventilation
  • Uber compact profile
  • Liberal use of carbon fiber for crazy low weight
  • Unconditional comfort guarantee
  • Easy eyewear storage

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Not a great application of BOA®
Trek Velocis MIPS road bike helmet
Trek’s latest version of the Velocis helmet is one of the best all-around models on the market. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Road Bike Helmet on a Tight Budget

Giro Agilis MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $100
  • Weight 300g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Number of Vents 32
  • Available Sizes S, M, L,
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not yet rated
  • Colors White, Yellow, Black, Nav/White, Black/Red
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Lighter than many more expensive options
  • Excellent fit
  • Very comfortable

Cons

  • Limited ventilation
Giro Agilis MIPS road bike helmet
The Giro Agilis is a great helmet if you’re operating on a tighter budget. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best Aero Road Bike Helmet

Specialized S-Works Evade 3

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight 350g (Large)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Node Air
  • Number of Vents 9
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
  • Colors Metallic Deep Marine, Black, White, Red, Hyper Green/Dove Grey
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Unbeatable ventilation in an aero lid
  • Compatible with ANGi crash sensor
  • Excellent finish quality

Cons

  • Magnetic clasp is fiddly
  • Expensive
  • Heavier weight
Specialized S-Works Evade 3 aero road bike helmet
The third iteration of the S-Works Evade helmet have improved its ventilation, making it the best aero helmet we tested. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Ventilated Road Bike Helmet

Kask Protone Icon

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight 230g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System WG11
  • Number of Vents 14
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not yet rated
  • Colors Black, Red, Gray, White, Light Blue, Olive Matte, Blue Matte, Gray Matte
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent ventilation
  • Very lightweight
  • Low profile
  • Unique styling

Cons

  • Expensive
Kask Protone Icon road bike helmet
Lots of vents up front and improved air channeling make the Kask Protone Icon a very well-ventilated helmet. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best of the Rest

Lazer Vento KinetiCore

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight 285g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System Lazer KinetiCore
  • Number of Vents 10
  • Available Sizes S, M, L, XL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
  • Colors Black/Yellow, White/Black, Red, Matte Black
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Compact profile
  • Good ventilation for an aero helmet
  • Low weight
  • Clean aesthetics

Cons

  • ScrollSys adjustment system is difficult to operate
  • Pressure points in front and rear
  • Expensive

Smith Trace MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $260
  • Weight 280g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Number of Vents 18
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not yet rated
  • Colors Matte Dew/Aurora/Bone, Matte Bone Gradient, Matte Stone/Moss, Poppy/Terra/Storm, Black/Matte Cement, Matte Blackout, Matte Cinder Haze, White/Matte White, Matte Neon Yellow Viz
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Forgot-it’s-even-there comfort
  • Light
  • Excellent coverage
  • Compact profile

Cons

  • Ventilation could be better

Bell XR Spherical

Specs

  • MSRP $225
  • Weight 285g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Spherical
  • Number of Vents 13
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
  • Colors Black, Blue, Green, Camo, Pink, Titanium, White/Black
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Good fit
  • Good ventilation
  • Excellent coverage

Cons

  • Looks a lot like a XC MTB helmet
  • Magnetic strap clasp is fiddly
  • Big branding

Lazer Tonic KinetiCore

Specs

  • MSRP $80
  • Weight 240g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System Lazer KinetiCore
  • Number of Vents 18
  • Available Sizes S, M, L,
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
  • Colors White/Orange, Matt Blue, Black/Fluo Yellow, White, Matt Black, Cosmic Berry, Red/Black
The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Lighter than many helmets costing double or triple
  • Great fit
  • High comfort level

Cons

  • Limited ventilation
  • Looks a bit dull

Road Bike Helmet Comparison Chart

ModelMSRPWeightRotation Impact Protection SystemNumber of VentsVirginia Tech Rating
Giro Aries Spherical$300275g (size M)MIPS Spherical245-star
POC Omne Air MIPS$170350g (size L)MIPS104-star
Trek Velocis MIPS$300240g (size M)MIPS Air165-star
Giro Agilis MIPS$100300g (size M)MIPS32Not rated
Specialized S-Works Evade 3$300350g (size L)MIPS Node Air95-star
Kask Protone Icon$300230g (size M)N/A14Not rated
Lazer Vento KinetiCore$300285g (size M)Lazer KinetiCore105-star
Smith Trace MIPS$260280g (size M)MIPS18Not rated
Bell XR Spherical$225285g (size M)MIPS Spherical13Not rated
Lazer Tonic KinetiCore$80240g (size M)Lazer KinetiCore185-star

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

In addition to reporting on the latest news, technology, and product releases, the crew at Bikerumor takes their cycling and safety very seriously. Our staff is in tune with the latest and greatest products on the market, and more often than not we learn about and get to test new helmets before they even hit the market.

For the purposes of this buyer’s guide, we rounded up ten of the best road bike helmets available in 2023 to put through their paces in the real world. We chose a diverse selection of brands, styles, and price points with the goal of having a representative sample of the broad cycling helmet market. Testing these helmets side by side allows us to directly compare them and identify performance differences to form the basis for our recommendations. Each model’s design and construction were closely examined before taking them out for numerous rides of varying lengths in a range of weather conditions and temperatures. While riding, we scrutinized important performance characteristics like fit, comfort, ventilation, adjustments, and features, and even though it doesn’t affect performance, we even considered each model’s style.

Review author, Bennett Shane, personally tested each helmet included in this review. Bennett lives in Portland, OR, and has been road cycling seriously for the better part of the past two decades. After racing road and gravel for over 10 years, Bennett has traded the timing chip for long rides on lonely roads throughout the Pacific Northwest and more time with his young family. He has also worked for a number of prominent brands in the cycling industry, helping to give him unique insight into the latest cycling gear and technology. Bennett’s cycling and industry experience combined has helped him develop a keen ability to tease out the subtle performance differences between the products he tests. In addition to the road bike helmet review, Bennet has also tested and reviewed the best road bike shoes, the best cycling bib shorts, and is currently in the process of testing additional road cycling gear for future reviews.

Review author Bennet Shane
Though his shirt may suggest otherwise, review author, Bennett Shane, takes his product testing very seriously. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Buying Advice: How to Choose a Road Bike Helmet

Road bike helmets meet a broad spectrum of needs, from keeping us comfortable, to looking and performing our best, and of course, protecting us during the worst of the worst. We have analyzed and tested a diverse lineup to help you understand the options and pick the best helmet for your next ride.

Types of Road Bike Helmets

While you can road bike is just about any helmet you choose, helmets designed specifically for road cycling are the best fit for the task. Road bike helmets aim to balance sleek and streamlined designs with lightweight constructions and good ventilation while remaining protective in the event of a crash and head impact. They generally fall into two categories, lightweight and vented or aero. They differ from their mountain bike counterparts mostly by their lighter weight, reduced head coverage, and lack of a visor. If you’re looking for the best mountain bike helmet, don’t worry, we’ve tested those too.

Giro Aries Spherical lightweight vented helmet
Lightweight and well-ventilated helmets, like the Giro Aries Spherical pictured here, are versatile and make the most sense for most riders. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Lightweight-Vented Road Bike Helmets

This is the more common style of helmet that the majority of road cyclists choose for most types of riding. Airflow will be better in a lightweight-vented helmet than in an aero helmet since air is directed through vents and onto your scalp, rather than along the helmet’s surface. Riders who sweat more than average, spend a lot of time climbing, or often ride in extreme heat will benefit more from the superior cooling power of a lightweight-vented helmet. Can’t decide between an aero or a lightweight-vented helmet? The good news is that most brands have begun to incorporate aero shaping into the back and sides of lightweight-vented helmets, without compromising ventilation at the front and top of the helmet, where it is most needed. The Giro Aries Spherical, Kask Protone Icon, and the Trek Velocis MIPS are all super lightweight and well-ventilated options.

Lazer vento KinetiCore aero helmet
Models like the Lazer Vento KinetiCore have more aerodynamic shapes to help reduce drag. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Aero Road Bike Helmets

Most helmet manufacturers offer an aerodynamically shaped helmet that is designed to smooth airflow over your head, resulting in faster speeds on the bike at the same level of rider effort. Keep in mind that these aerodynamic gains do typically incur marginal losses in ventilation, and add some weight to the helmet. Aero helmets may also perform better in a temperate or cold climate, as they shield your head more from cold air and light rainfall. While most aerodynamic equipment is a massive commitment of resources, an aero helmet can reduce your aero drag without draining your coffers. Research also indicates that dollar for dollar, an aero helmet is a more effective way to reduce aero drag when compared to frames and wheels. Models like the Specialized S-Works Evade 3 and the Lazer Vento KinetiCore are good examples of aero road bike helmets.

Smith Trace MIPS helmet fit
For a helmet to protect your head and be comfortable, it’s important to get the correct size. The Smith Trace MIPS pictured here is an example of a properly fitting helmet. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Helmet Fit

Helmet fit will be personal to everyone. Some helmets will feel more oval in shape and others more circular; some will feel more luxurious and others more minimal. With some adjustment and fine-tuning, you should be able to achieve a comfortable and safe fit with any helmet in this guide, provided it’s the correct size.

A great first step is to measure the circumference of your head just above your ears, in centimeters. Taking this step will quantify which size helmet you will be able to wear in each model. When you looking at helmets, look for the centimeter range corresponding to each size in the manufacturer’s size guide or printed on the box. There is no standard centimeter range for “small”, “medium”, and “large” sizes, so knowing the actual centimeter sizing of your head can save some time here. Whenever possible, it is always a good idea to try and helmet on before buying to ensure it fits properly.

Once the correct size is chosen, and the retention system, tightening mechanism, and strap systems are adjusted to your needs, you will ideally have a snug but accommodating fit, without any pressure points. The helmet should also cover your temples easily and come close to the tops of your ears. When swaying your head side-to-side, the helmet should stay firmly in place. 

Smith Trace MIPS straps
A helmets straps are key to keeping it on your head in the event of a crash. When adjusted properly, it should be secure with the straps laying flat and not conflicting with the ears. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Chin Straps

A helmet’s strap system connects the helmet’s straps beneath your chin and keeps the helmet in place during a crash. When adjusted properly, the outer junctions of the straps by the ears should sit comfortably below your ear lobes, and both sections of the strap should be as close as possible to your head, to minimize flapping in the wind. Under your chin, the strap should fit such that you can slide two fingers between the bottom of your chin and the strap, ensuring you can breathe comfortably. The chin strap is always adjustable, so it can be dialed in to fit the user’s head shape. The straps around the ears are typically also adjustable, though the systems vary slightly between brands and models to allow the user to position them to avoid unwanted ear contact.

The adjustable harness and its tightening mechanism, like this one on the Giro Agilis MIPS, are used to fine-tune a helmet’s fit for security and stability. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Adjustable Harness or Retention System

The adjustment harness/retention system counters the chin straps and provides a secure hold at the back of your head with many modern helmets wrapping tension around the entire head. Most helmets enable adjustment of the entire retention system at the rear interior of the helmet. By adjusting where the retention system is anchored inside the helmet, you can dramatically change the interior volume and fore/aft tilt of the helmet to perfect the fit for your specific head shape. Ideally, by adjusting the retention system correctly, you will place the adjustable harness and its tightening mechanism so that it cradles the base of your occipital lobe.

Tightening Mechanism

You’ll use the tightening mechanism on the adjustment harness every time you put on or remove the helmet to fine-tune the fit. Some companies use BOA dials like you’ll find on many shoes, or some other sort of simple twist dial. Other companies use more complicated mechanisms with varying success. This part of the helmet just needs to work, and its operation should be intuitive, fast, and quiet while performing the important function of keeping the helmet snug, secure, and comfortable on your head.

Bell XR Spherical rotational impact protection.
Most helmets feature some type of rotational impact protection system, like the Bell XR MIPS Spherical which has dual shells that can move independently of each other with the goal of reducing forces transferred to the brain. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Rotational Impact Protection

Rotational impact protection systems have become relatively standard in cycling helmets over the past decade or so. MIPS – Multi-directional Impact Protection System – is the industry leader and the most common form of rotational impact protection. Most brands have licensed some iteration of this technology or developed a proprietary system to achieve similar results. The goal with MIPS and similar systems is to create a low-friction layer, or slip-plane, within the helmet that allows the outer layer of the helmet to move 10-15mm during angled impacts, thus limiting the rotational force applied to your head/brain, and reducing the chance of a concussion. MIPS itself now takes various forms and iterations include a more standard MIPS liner, MIPS Spherical (dual shells that function like a ball and socket), MIPS Integra, and MIPS Air which incorporates the technology into the pads themselves.

Other brands have created their own technologies that aim to provide the same type of rotational impact protection with different designs. Lazer has developed KinetiCore which involves small isolated blocks of EPS foam within the helmet that are designed to crush and crumple on impact and is used in the Tonic KinetiCore and the Vento KinetiCore. Bontrager uses a cellular structure called WaveCel in some of their helmets that is intended to work in much the same way. Similarly, Smith incorporates Koroyd into many of its helmets, including the Trace MIPS, which is a cellular structure like WaveCel that is meant to crush and crumple on impact while allowing air to pass through.

Safety Rating

All helmets must pass tests to be certified for sale in their respective countries. Since 1999 in the US, the Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC) is the certifying agency that must approve a helmet before it can be legally sold. In Europe, the cycling standard is CE-EN1078. Most modern helmets that are sold in multiple markets pass both certifications. In some cases, cheap products purchased online may not meet these certification standards, which is why we recommend that cyclists always buy reputable name-brand helmets.

Since we do not perform impact testing on the helmets we test and review, we have come to rely on the independent test lab at Virginia Tech for quantifiable data regarding the protective qualities of bicycle helmets. As of the publication date of this article, they have tested 193 different road, mountain, and commuter cycling helmets. Using specialized equipment, they evaluate each helmet using 24 impact tests. They measure a helmet’s ability to decrease both linear acceleration and rotational velocity to determine how well each model may reduce the risk of concussion. Their numerical results translate to a star rating, 1-5, with 5 being the highest and most protective. The lab has not tested every model on the market or included in our review, but many of the models listed above have been rated. In fact, our best overall road bike helmet, the Giro Aries Spherical, is the top-rated model for protection that they have tested to date.

Giro Aries Spherical on the scale
Light is right, right? The Giro Aries Spherical weighs in at a feathery 271 grams in a size medium. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Weight

As with most things in the sport of road cycling, weight is a consideration for helmets as well. While it is not the end all be all, lighter is generally considered better if all other things are equal, and helmets must pass the same certification tests irrespective of weight. The weight of the helmets we tested varies between 230 grams and 350 grams, so the differences between them may seem pretty significant. In reality, a 350-gram helmet is still relatively lightweight, though it will feel slightly heavier on the head than a featherlight 230-gram model. That said, riders focused on endurance riding or road racing will generally be most concerned with weight, as even an extra 50 grams can increase neck strain with each passing hour on the bike.

Function Over Form?

Even though a bike helmet is a great example of form following function, it’s important to like the way your helmet looks. Consider the arrangement and finish of the helmet’s vents. Vents should be arranged in a way that’s pleasing to your eye, augmenting the helmet’s overall shape. Vents should also be finished cleanly, without rough edges of foam visible. Also, consider the helmet’s overall shape and profile. Does the helmet look overly bulbous once you have put it on, or does it have a compact, streamlined form? Remember that the back of the helmet is the portion most visible to people when you are riding together. It’s worth noting that brightly colored helmets, including silver and white, also increase your visibility to motorists while you ride.

While helmets are designed to protect your head, we always appreciate a little style as well. The Lazer Vento KinetiCore looks great when paired with the Shimano S-Phyre RC9 shoes. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Accessory Integration

Integration with accessories is becoming more common in helmets. Some helmets have dedicated spaces for storing sunglasses, and others enable lights to be clipped to the helmet at the back and sides for night riding. Specialized has developed the ANGI (Angular and G-Force indicator) system, which is a crash detection sensor that can be purchased separately and added to your helmet. ANGi requires a subscription, but this little device can notify your emergency contacts in the event of a crash. ABUS has also developed a sensor called QUIN that aims to function in a similar way.

Value

The helmets we tested vary in price from $80 up to $300. While spending top dollar may get you more premium finishes, better ventilation, and fancier features, even the least expensive helmets we tested will serve you well if you’re operating on a tighter budget. If you’re a recreational or more casual rider, or you simply aren’t concerned with having the flashiest and most expensive gear, then a helmet like the Giro Agilis MIPS or the Lazer Tonic KinetiCore will get the job done at a fraction of the cost of the more expensive options. Regardless of price, the most important thing is to get a helmet that fits properly and to wear it whenever you throw your leg over the bike.

Frequently Asked Questions About Road Bike Helmets

How much should I spend on a road bike helmet?

Any type of cycling can be very expensive, and the costs aren’t limited to the latest bikes and components. Even a fancy helmet can set you back several hundred dollars. It’s hard to put a price tag on head protection, however, but thankfully, many brands make budget-friendly models that perform nearly as well as their more expensive counterparts. They may be slightly heavier, not as well-ventilated, and perhaps not as stylish, but even a less expensive helmet will protect your head much better than none at all. And, even less expensive models must pass the same certification tests as the high-end models, and many of them perform better in Virginia Tech testing. So, just because a helmet doesn’t cost as much doesn’t mean that you have to sacrifice head protection in most cases.

How do I find the right fit?

A properly fitting helmet is critical to your comfort and the helmet’s protective efficacy in the event of a crash. The first thing you need to do is get the correct shell size. Trying a helmet on is a surefire way to find the right size, so we recommend doing that whenever possible. Alternatively, measuring your head will show you what size you need. Using a soft measuring tape, measure the circumference of your head just above the ears to find your size in centimeters. If you don’t have a soft measuring tape, a piece of string and a ruler can be used instead. This measurement should fall within the recommended size range of one of a helmet’s multiple shell sizes. Helmet manufacturers have size charts on their websites where you can find the sizing information for each specific model.

Do I need MIPS or another rotational impact protection system?

Rotational impact protection systems like MIPS have been around for the past decade or so and have become pretty ubiquitous among all types of cycling helmets. Most, but not all, helmets these days come with some form of MIPS or another design that is intended to work similarly. While there is some speculation about the effectiveness of these systems, research suggests that they do help reduce the rotational forces that reach the brain in certain types of impacts. Now, even a helmet without a rotational impact protection system will protect your head from direct impact and help to dissipate impact forces. That said, we are happy to have additional safety features built into helmets, no matter how small the added protection may be. So, the answer is no, you don’t need MIPS or something similar in your helmet, but we’ll take all the protection we can get.

Will an aero helmet actually make me faster?

Aerodynamic helmets are designed to allow air to move more freely around and over the helmet with the goal of reducing drag. They do this by having smoother surfaces and more sculpted designs than their all-around counterparts. An aero helmet will almost always have less drag than a helmet that isn’t specifically designed to be super aerodynamic, and most have undergone extensive wind tunnel testing to ensure they work as intended. In general, an aero helmet will provide a marginal gain in efficiency, which, when added up over time can result in a more substantial savings of time and energy. That said, aero helmets tend to have a slight reduction in ventilation and a slight increase in weight, comparatively, so that is something to be considered. Still, if saving a few watts and seconds is important to you, an aero helmet can help you do that, and it costs a lot less than an aero bike or aero wheels.

If I crash and hit my head, should I replace my helmet?

Yes. Helmets are designed to protect your head by absorbing impact forces through crushing and cracking of the EPS foam and outer shell. Any time your helmeted head impacts the ground, the structural integrity and protective qualities of the helmet can be compromised and it should be replaced. Even if there is no visible damage to the foam or any other part of the helmet, there may be damage that cannot be seen. It is always recommended that you replace your helmet after it has taken an impact. Some brands even offer crash replacements at a discounted rate.

Shimano S-Phyre RC9 road bike shoe

The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Read more…

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
329781
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-road-bike-shoes/ Thu, 01 Jun 2023 17:50:55 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=327770 Shimano S-Phyre RC9 road bike shoe

When cycling, your shoes are an important accessory that enhance comfort, control, and efficiency, and finding the best road bike shoes can help elevate your…

The post The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Shimano S-Phyre RC9 road bike shoe

When cycling, your shoes are an important accessory that enhance comfort, control, and efficiency, and finding the best road bike shoes can help elevate your experience and performance. As a critical interface between you and your road bike, the importance of quality, well-fitting footwear should not be overlooked.

Whether you’re a novice, weekend warrior, or aspiring racer, the right pair of road bike shoes not only look good but help you perform at your best. Stiff soles and a secure fit provide stability and efficient transfer of power into the pedals while supple uppers and quality closures offer snug, glove-like fits, and all-day comfort.

With so many models on the market to choose from, it can be a daunting task to wade through the marketing lingo and specs to find the right pair of road bike shoes that meets your needs. To help, we gathered up a selection of the best road shoes on the market to test and compare side by side while analyzing the design and important performance characteristics like fit, comfort, pedaling efficiency, and ventilation.

Our top-rated picks are listed below, but if you’d like to quickly compare specs at a glance be sure to reference our comparison chart. If you need help deciding what to buy, check out our detailed buying advice or FAQ section for answers to your questions.

The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023


Best Overall Road Bike Shoes

Rapha Pro Team Shoes

Specs

  • MSRP $380
  • Weight 250g (size 42)
  • Upper Material 3D woven Powerweave with DWR
  • Outsole Full-length carbon
  • Closure System Dual Boa IP1 dials
  • Available Colors White, Black, Green/Grey Blue/Teal, High-Vis Pink
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-47, Half: 40-46
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Gorgeous looks with minimal branding
  • Goldilocks width in forefoot
  • Natural fitting last
  • Supple upper
  • Excellent power transfer
  • Ample breathability in the upper
  • Adjustable arch support

Cons

  • Expensive
Review author Bennett Shane testing the Rapha Pro Tour shoes. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Budget Road Bike Shoe

Giro Cadet

Specs

  • MSRP $165
  • Weight 265g (size 44)
  • UpperMaterial Synchwire with thermo-bonded exo-structure
  • Outsole Carbon fiber reinforced
  • Closure System BOA® L6, velcro strap
  • Available Colors White/Black, Black, Harbor Blue, Black/Red
  • Available Sizes 39-50
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road and 2-bolt SPD
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable Price
  • Supple upper
  • Great fit
  • Easy to clean
  • Minimal branding
  • Compatible with both 3-bolt road and 2-bolt mtb cleats

Cons

  • Giro Supernatural insoles and fit kit not included
  • BOA dials are 1-way adjustable
  • Minimal adjustment range for 3-bolt road cleats
Giro Cadet road cycling shoes
The Giro Cadet proved to be our tester’s favorite budget-friendly road cycling shoe. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Bunner-Up Best Budget Road Bike Shoes

Bontrager Circuit

Specs

  • MSRP $145
  • Weight 268g (size 42.5)
  • Upper Material Synthetic mesh and TPU
  • Outsole Nylon composite
  • Closure System Boa L6 dial and velcro strap
  • Available Colors Black, High Vis Yellow, Nautical Navy/Coral
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-48, Half: 38-46
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road and 2-bolt mountain
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Comfortable
  • Compatible with 3-bolt and 2-bolt cleats
  • Perform above asking price

Cons

  • Roomier fit in the forefoot (might be a pro for some people)
  • Doesn't come with 2-bolt cleat plate
  • Middling sole stiffness
Bontrager Circuit action
Runner-Up Best Road Bike Shoes

Specialized S-Works Torch

Specs

  • MSRP $450
  • Weight 225g (size 42)
  • Upper Material Synthetic
  • Outsole Carbon fiber with internal "I-Beam"
  • Closure System BOA S3 Snap-fit
  • Available Colors Black, White, White Team, Fiery Red, Oak Green, Deep Marine
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-49, Half: 38-47
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Heavenly comfort, especially for wider feet
  • More forgiving heel fit
  • Low weight
  • Outstanding power transfer
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Expensive
  • BOA dials don’t pull up for immediate, full release
Specialized S-Works Torch road bike shoes
The Specialized S-Works Torch is one of the best road cycling shoes on the market. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Road Bike Shoes for Racing

Shimano S-Phyre RC9

Specs

  • MSRP $450
  • Weight 223g (size 42)
  • Upper Material Microfiber synthetic leather
  • Outsole Carbon fiber
  • Closure System Dual BOA® Li2 dials
  • Available Colors Blue, White, Black, Red
  • Available Sizes Full: 38-48, Half: 41-47
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Unbeatable efficiency and stability throughout the pedal stroke
  • Ample breathability in the upper
  • Adjustable arch support
  • Extra fore-aft cleat adjustability
  • Excellent ankle clearance
  • Built-in tire-rub protection
  • Comes in regular and wide versions

Cons

  • Narrow fit in regular/D width
  • Expensive
Shimano S-Phyre RC9 road cycling shoes
The range-topping Shimano S-Phyre RC9 makes no compromises and is our top pick for those seeking race-ready performance. (photo: Ben Guernsey)
Best Road Bike Shoes For Durability

Sidi Wire 2 Carbon

Specs

  • MSRP $500
  • Weight 320g (size 44)
  • Upper Material Techpro microfiber
  • Outsole Vent carbon
  • Closure System Sidi Techno Dials
  • Available Colors White, Blue, Gray, Black
  • Available Sizes Full: 38-48, Half: 38-47
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Bulletproof, flawless construction
  • Adjustable heel cup
  • Uber stiff soles
  • Replaceable tread bumpers
  • Neutral shaping for easy fit
  • Small parts are easily replaceable

Cons

  • Techno Dials are not as easy to use as BOA
  • Expensive
  • Heavier weight and heavy branding
Sidi Wire 2 road cycling shoes
Yes, they are expensive, but given Sidi shoes’ reputation for durability, we expect the Wire 2 to have a very long lifespan. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best Lace-Up Road Bike Shoes

Rapha Classic

Specs

  • MSRP $260
  • Weight 250g (size 42)
  • Upper Material Microfiber
  • Outsole Carbon fiber with TPU Cover
  • Closure System Double Wall Lacing and velcro strap
  • Available Colors White, Black, Stone, Dark Gray
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-47, Half: 40-46
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Luxurious fit
  • Rugged construction
  • Excellent walkability
  • Classy looks
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Runs big
  • Not particularly light for a lace-up
  • Ventilation insufficient for the hottest weather
Rapha Classic road cycling shoes
Rapha’s Classic shoes have classic looks, a high level of comfort, and a great all-around performance. (photo: Bennett Shane)
Best of the Rest

Fizik Vento Stabilita Carbon

Specs

  • MSRP $400
  • Weight 227g (size 42)
  • Upper PU Laminated mesh
  • Outsole Carbon fiber
  • Adjustment System Li2 Dual Zone BOA®
  • Available Colors White/Black, Black/Yellow Fluo, Silver/Black
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-48, Half: 37-47
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Adjustable plantar support
  • Uber stiff soles
  • Easy to clean laminated upper
  • Minimal branding
  • Ample cleat adjustability
  • Low profile for sleek looks and aerodynamics

Cons

  • Uneven support in mid-sole and inner heel
  • Overly stiff tongue
  • Water can get in easily around the instep
  • Fairly expensive

Specialized S-Works Ares

Specs

  • MSRP $425
  • Weight 220g (size 42)
  • Upper Material Dyneema, synthetic, and TPU
  • Outsole FACT Powerline carbon
  • Closure System Dual Boa Li2 dials
  • Available Colors White, Team White, Black, Lagoon Blue, Flo Red/Maroon, White/Red
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-49, Half: 37-47
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Super stiff
  • Lightweight
  • Very secure fit
  • Unique design

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Roomy fit in toe box
  • Took a few rides to figure out the correct closure tension

Giro Empire SLX

Specs

  • MSRP $375
  • Weight 185g (size 42)
  • Upper Synchwire
  • Outsole Easton EC90 SLX2 carbon
  • Closure System Laces
  • Available Colors Black, Gray, White, Blue
  • Available Sizes Full: 39-48, Half: 42-46
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Well-executed and easily adjustable arch support
  • Supremely supple upper
  • Unmatched upper ventilation
  • Customizable upper fit, via laces
  • Very lightweight

Cons

  • Upper so thin and breathable as to be ill-suited to cold weather
  • Laces don't allow on the fly adjustment
  • Don't feel particulalry durable
  • Narrow fit and no wide option

Bontrager XXX Road Cycling Shoe

Specs

  • MSRP $420
  • Weight 260g (size 42)
  • Upper Material 69% Polyester / 28% Polyurethane / 3% Nylon
  • Outsole OCLV carbon
  • Closure System Dual IP1 Boa® dials
  • Available Colors White, Black, White/Navy
  • Available Sizes Full: 36-48, Half: 38-45
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Generous fit in the forefoot
  • Supple, yet durable upper
  • Minimal branding
  • Thoughtful ergonomic shaping in heel
  • 30-day unconditional comfort guarantee

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Adjustable arch insoles incur extra cost
  • Runs large (we recommend trying them on and possibly downsizing)

Shimano RC5

Specs

  • MSRP $170
  • Weight 241g (size 42)
  • Upper Material Synthetic leather and TPU mesh
  • Outsole Carbon reinforced nylon w/TPU cover
  • Closure System Boa L6 dial and velcro strap
  • Available Colors Black
  • Available Sizes Full: 40-48
  • Cleat Compatibility 3-bolt road
The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Available and regular and wide versions
  • High end looks
  • Good ventilation

Cons

  • Only offered in full EU sizes
  • Middle of the road fit and performance

Comparison Chart

Road Bike ShoeMSRPWeight (per shoe)OutsoleClosure SystemCleat Compatibility
Rapha Pro Team$380250g (size 42)Carbon fiberDual Boa Li23-bolt road
Giro Cadet$165265g (size 44)Carbon fiber reinforcedBoa L6 and velcro strap3-bolt road and 2-bolt mountain
Bontrager Circuit$145268g (size 42.5)Nylon compositeBoa L6 dial and velcro strap3-bolt road and 2-bolt mountain
Specialized S-Works Torch$450225g (size 42)Carbon fiberDual Boa S3 Snap-fit3-bolt road
Shimano S-Phyre RC9$450223g (size 42)Carbon fiberDual Boa Li23-bolt road
Sidi Wire 2 Carbon$500320g (size 44)Vent carbonSidi Techno dials3-bolt road
Rapha Classic$260250g (size 42)Carbon fiber reinforced nylonLaces and velcro strap3-bolt road
Fizik Vento Stabilita Carbon$400227g (size 42)Carbon fiberDual Boa Li23-bolt road
Specialized S-Works Ares$425220g (size 42)Fact Powerline carbonBual Boa Li23-bolt road
Giro Empire SLX$375185g (size 42)Carbon fiberLaces3-bolt road
Bontrager XXX$420260g (size 42)Carbon fiberDual Boa IP13-bolt road
Shimano RC5$170241g (size 42)Carbon fiber reinforced nylonBoa L6 dial and velcro strap3-bolt road

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

The Bikerumor team has spent over a decade reporting on and testing the latest and greatest cycling products. In fact, we typically know about and get to try new and updated products before they even hit the market. Every model included in this review was tested by our review author or another member of the Bikerumor editorial team.

Our team consists of riders that span the full spectrum of cycling disciplines, with mountain bike, gravel, and road bike specialists. For this buyer’s guide, we recruited review author, Bennet Shane, to test 10 pairs of the best road bike shoes on the market and share his expertise. Bennett lives in Portland, OR, and has spent the better part of the past two decades grinding out long miles on his road bike while working for a number of prominent brands in the cycling industry. After a decade of racing road and gravel, Bennett has shifted his focus to riding for fun and fitness, and his family. His experience as a cyclist and working in the industry have helped develop his knowledge and understanding of gear and technologies and given him a keen sense of what makes a great road bike shoe along with the ability to tease out the subtle performance differences between the products he tests. Bennett has also tested and reviewed the best road bike pedals, and road bike helmets if you’re searching for a new lid, as well as the best cycling bib shorts if you’re looking to upgrade your riding kit.

After researching the best models available in 2023, we selected a diverse group for real-world testing and comparison. Each model was taken out for numerous test rides of various lengths to get a feel for how they perform when the rubber hits the road. Important considerations like fit, comfort, power transfer, and ventilation were taken into account to narrow in on our favorite models and those that excel in specific areas. We present those findings here.

Rapha Pro Team road cycling shoes
Review author Bennett Shane spends lots of time in the saddle and knows a thing or two about road cycling shoes. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Buyer’s Guide: How to Choose Road Bike Shoes

There’s a lot to consider when searching for the best road bike shoes. What type of riding are you doing? What performance characteristics are most important to you? How much are you willing to spend? When considered all together, the answers to those questions should help you narrow it down to the right shoe to meet your needs and budget. One of the most important things, and we can’t stress this enough, is to get a pair of shoes that fits well. Another important factor is having a quality pair of road bike pedals to complete the system and connection between you and your drivetrain. If you’re in the market for mountain bike shoes, we’ve got a comprehensive review of the best mountain bike shoes as well.

Finding the Right Fit

Getting a pair of road biking shoes that fit properly is essential for both comfort and performance. Shoes that fit well will provide all-day comfort and a more secure hold of the foot that results in better stability, control, and power transfer. Cycling shoes come in a range of sizes, with most being measured in EU sizes ranging between approximately 38 to 48 for adults, give or take. Most are also offered in half sizes for the majority of their size range to facilitate a better fit right out of the box. If you don’t know your size, you can check other pairs of shoes you have for reference, or head into a shop and get measured. Most bike shoes are designed with Euro sizing in mind, then US shoe size values are assigned to them. Not every brand does those calculations the same, either, so the European measurement is almost always more accurate. Like any other footwear, it’s often best to try shoes on before you buy to make sure they fit properly in length, width, and overall volume.

Specialized S-Works Torch road bike shoes on the feet.
Proper fit is critical for road cycling shoes. Trying them on is the best way to be sure they fit properly in length, width, and overall volume. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

When trying shoes on, always wear your cycling socks because sock thickness can skew a shoe’s fit significantly. It is also worth noting that most shoes will feel tightest when they are brand new, and they will break in over the course of the first few rides. Most shoes come in a “regular” width that is intended to fit those with average-width feet, which is the majority of riders. Shoes for road cycling are intended to be snug and fit precisely around the feet and they are often low-volume as a result. Thankfully, a few brands offer wide versions of select shoes for people with wider feet.

When trying on shoes, four key areas to judge are the toe box, arch support, ankle opening, and heel cup. In the toe box, there must be enough space for the toes and forefoot to spread out freely. This space must be adjustable, however, to ensure that there is no excessive movement of the forefoot. Generally speaking, if you feel like you don’t need to adjust the shoe to remove some volume from the front of the shoe after you’ve put it on, the shoe is likely too small in size, or too narrow. Likewise, if you can’t get the shoe tight enough around the forefoot, it is probably too wide or high volume.

Adjustable arch support of the Giro Empire's Supernatural insoles
Some shoes, like the Giro Empire SLX, have adjustable arch support features in their insoles. These types of insoles are available as an aftermarket purchase. Many people also opt for custom insoles/orthotics to fine-tune the fit and stability of their shoes. (photo: Bennett Shane)

The arch support is a raised portion of the insole that cradles the arch of your foot, preventing it from collapsing under force from your pedal stroke. This support should feel natural and evenly dispersed along the inboard side of the shoe. Standing on one leg is a great way to test whether the arch support is sufficient and located correctly for your foot. Some shoe feature insoles with adjustable arch support, and many serious riders will put aftermarket insoles or custom orthotics in their shoes to really dial in the fit perfectly.

Ankle mobility is important to a comfortable and efficient pedal stroke, so ensure that the shoe’s opening is cut low enough so as to not interfere with your ankle joint and Achilles tendon. This also helps to prevent hot spots and abrasion that can cause discomfort over the course of a ride. Lastly, the heel must be held tightly in place, without any slipping that will cause your heel to rise up excessively during intense pedaling.

A close up view of the uppers on the Sidi Wire 2
A close-up view of Sidi’s Techpro microfiber upper material. Synthetic leather materials like this are among the most common in road shoe construction, but there are a number of other materials used these days. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Upper Materials

Road bike shoes are made with a number of different materials for their uppers. Synthetic leather, or microfiber, is one of the most common and often features mesh panels or perforations for breathability. Microfiber uppers can be somewhat stiff initially and require a few rides to conform to your feet, while others are soft and supple right out of the box.

As material and construction technologies advance, knit uppers are becoming more popular among road bike shoes. Knit uppers generally provide a supple, sock-like fit and are often more air-permeable than microfiber. Other brands employ different materials like Giro’s Synchwire in the Giro Empire SLX, which aims to have a supportive structure while allowing air to pass through to keep the feet cool. Similarly, some models feature PU (polyurethane) coated mesh which intends to work in much the same way.

Specialized S-Works Torch Boa closure
Boa dials like those on the Specialized S-Works Torch are common among mid-range to high-end road bike shoes. They allow for easy on and off of the shoes as well as incremental changes to tension, even while riding. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Closure Systems

Closures and adjustments are important because they perform the important task of snugging the uppers around your feet. Closure systems for road shoes have been consolidated into three technologies recently; laces, velcro, and BOA ratcheting dials. BOA systems make for quick entry and exit and allow easy and safe micro-adjustment of tension in specific areas of the foot during your ride. Laces are the simplest of all but have a devout following, as they allow for a truly custom fit across the top of the foot, save some weight, are easily replaced, and look smart. Velcro can still be found on many entry-level shoes and is often used in combination with Boa dials. It does the job of securing the shoe without fuss while sacrificing the micro-adjustability of BOA and laces.

Rapha Pro Team Power Transfer
Road bike shoes like the Rapha Pro Team have been optimized to efficiently transfer your power into the pedals. Stiff, thin soles and a precise fit are key elements when it comes to power transfer. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Stiffness and Power Transfer

Sole stiffness is a much-discussed aspect of shoe design and can vary in importance depending on the type of riding you are doing. A road bike shoe’s sole stiffness is directly related to its ability to transfer your pedaling power into the pedals, but it needs to be paired with a precise fit. Racers and riders concerned with maximizing their efficiency on the bike will generally seek a very stiff sole that doesn’t flex under hard efforts. This ensures that all of your precious watts go straight into the pedals without any energy lost through sole flex. More casual or recreational riders may not need or want this extreme level of sole stiffness, and might even be happier with a slightly more forgiving sole design.

The same thing that makes the sole ultra-stiff, specifically carbon fiber, also makes it very thin, and that means that less energy is lost between your foot and the spindle of your pedal. It’s not a torsional stiffness the way we think of a bike frame having in the bottom bracket and chainstay, but rather a strength that allows the sole to remain stiff while being wafer-thin. These thin soles keep your feet closer to the pedal spindle for stability and reduce the chances of rocking laterally which can reduce efficiency. Most road cycling cleats are also wide and provide lots of surface area to further enhance stability.

Still, the right fit is essential in the power transfer equation, as excessive foot movement within the shoe can hinder your pedaling efficiency. This is true on the downstroke when pedaling, but also on the upstroke. A well-fitting shoe holds the foot securely so that there is no heel lift or other slop within the shoe that may allow for loss of energy while pulling up on the pedals. Likewise, proper cleat placement and a good bike fit are also critical to long-term comfort, preventing injury, and getting the most out of your pedal stroke.

As you come down in price and performance levels, soles are often constructed from nylon fiber or carbon-reinforced plastic. These outsole designs are typically less stiff and slightly heavier than their carbon fiber counterparts. Bear in mind, however, that a well-fitting shoe with a slightly thicker and more flexible sole will provide better stability and efficiency than an ill-fitting shoe with a hyper-stiff sole.

Giro Empire SLX Synchwire ventilation
Manufacturers approach ventilation in various ways including Giro’s proprietary Synchwire material that allows a lot of air to pass through while still retaining some structural support. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Ventilation

How well your shoes breathe and ventilate your feet is a concern for many riders, but especially those who live and ride in the heat. Upper and sole ventilation can be tricky for riders living in temperate climates, as they rarely see conditions hot enough to warrant the amount of ventilation built into the soles of many higher-end road shoes, and more frequently ride in temps where it can be challenging to keep toes from feeling cold or even worse, losing all feeling. Consider your need for warmth just as much as your need for ventilation.

Ventilation varies among the models we tested and the materials used in their constructions. Microfiber uppers usually feature perforations in the material above the toes and along the side to allow air to pass through and heat and moisture to escape. These days, most microfiber uppers are able to balance ventilation and insulation duties to keep the feet comfortable in a wide temperature range. As a result, most brands have moved away from upper materials that are specifically chosen for their ability to cope with extreme heat, with many designating their shoes with knit uppers as the best choice for hot days. Knit uppers and other designs like Synchwire and PU-coated mesh, typically have the best ventilation. Many shoes also feature some ventilation in the soles themselves that draws air in directly to the soles of the feet.

Sole ventilation on the Shimano S-Phyre RC9
The small mesh-covered vent on the sole of the Shimano S-Phyre RC9 aims to ventilate the under the toes. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Sole ventilation is another consideration as many brands have vents incorporated into the soles of the shoes near the toes and/or heels. This allows for some direct airflow to the soles of the feet in areas that can be prone to overheating. These ventilation features typically need to be combined with insoles that have matching holes for them to be effective. Sole ventilation may not be necessary for those riding in cooler climates but may be very important for those who ride in the heat.

In the cooler months or when riding in inclement weather, it is often necessary to wear toe covers or full shoe covers to keep the feet warm and dry. Thankfully there are lots of options, many of which are quite affordable too.

Rapha Classic with 3-bolt road cleat mounted
Three-bolt cleats like the one pictured here are most common among road pedals and shoes. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Pedal and Cleat Compatibility

In combination with shoes, you’ll need to choose a pedal system, and those pedals will include the appropriate cleat which you’ll then mount to the sole of your shoes. While they function similarly, road cycling pedals are different from their mountain bike counterparts both in pedal design and the cleats that go with them. Look, Shimano, and Time pedals all have similar, but not cross-compatible, cleats that are fairly large and have a triangular 3-bolt pattern. This 3-bolt pattern is standard among road-specific cycling shoes. Speedplay pedals use a distinct cleat design that includes an adapter for use with all 3-bolt road shoes. Some shoes, generally less expensive, are drilled with both the triangular 3-bolt road cleat pattern as well as the side-by-side “spd” or 2-bolt mountain bike cleat pattern to give you more choices in the pedal and cleat you can use.

Among road cyclists, Shimano and Look pedals are the most popular with Time and Speedplay taking a smaller percentage of the market share. While road shoes and cleats do not allow for a natural gait when walking and can be awkward and slippery at times, the pedal/shoe interface is significantly larger, and this yields better efficiency and comfort, especially with regard to preventing hot spots on the sole of the foot, above the pedal spindle. Still, many road riders love to use “spd” mountain bike pedals along with mountain biking, gravel, or touring shoes because the rubber tread on the outsole of the shoes makes walking much easier and more natural. If you don’t plan to spend much time standing or walking in your riding shoes, we strongly recommend dedicated road shoes for road riding. 

Fizik Vento Stabilita Carbon style
Style is subjective, of course, but many modern road shoes, like the Fizik Vento Stabilita Carbon, are pretty darn attractive. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Style

Road cycling shoes remain quite traditional, so most of the choice here comes down to color. White and Black are always safe choices, however, many brands also offer vibrant options that stand out from the crowd, as well as earthy colors that create a classy and understated look. Consider the amount of branding you want on display, as well as how clean you like to keep your shoes, as more minimal designs tend to clean up more easily and avoid looking dated after a few years.

Top of the line Shimano S-Phyre RC9
Road bike shoes vary wildly in price from top-of-the-line, race-ready models like the Shimano S-Phyre RC9 down to the more recreational-oriented models. (photo: Ben Guernsey)

Value

The prices of high-end shoes have increased steadily, nearly doubling those of a decade ago in some cases, so it’s fair to ask what benefit you’re getting from $400 shoes that you won’t find in $150 shoes. After all, the most important aspect of any shoe is the fit, and extra features will not correct a poor fit. That said, higher-end shoes – aside from being lighter, stiffer, and easier to adjust – consistently fit better out of the box, and provide exceptional comfort on long rides than their less expensive counterparts. So it’s likely that whatever style of riding you do – whether road racing, taking on challenging endurance rides, or just riding purely for fun – you will be able to find a great fit at the high end of the market. 

Racers and more demanding endurance riders, who regularly ride over 15 hours per week and are keen to maximize their performance, will benefit from the characteristics and advanced features of higher-end shoes. These include ultralight weight thanks to premium materials, increased efficiency and stability by way of wafer-thin carbon soles, and the ability to perfect the fit with advanced closure systems like the BOA dials. When you consider the time and volume of pedal strokes these riders rack up on the bike, cost becomes less of a concern than absolute comfort and maximum efficiency. 

For recreational riders who are new to the sport of cycling or don’t expect to spend as much time riding, it’s sensible to try on less expensive road cycling shoes, as they can dutifully execute the task of securing the foot to the pedals, providing stability, efficiency, and comfort, so long as they are the correct fit. Furthermore, many brands transfer technology found on their range-topping models down to the mid-tier shoes in their lineups, using different materials to keep the cost more reasonable. 

The Giro Cadet is an affordable road cycling shoe
Less expensive options like the Giro Cadet perform dutifully for recreational riding without breaking the bank. (photo: Bennett Shane)

Frequently Asked Questions

Why do I need road bike shoes?

While you can ride a road bike in just about any shoes you choose, road bike shoes are designed specifically for that purpose and are the best option. When paired with road bike pedals, they provide a great connection and excellent power transfer for enhanced efficiency. They are not only lightweight and stiff, but they have streamlined designs that help reduce drag over long hours in the saddle.

Can I use mountain bike or gravel shoes?

Of course. It depends on the model and your performance expectations, but gravel or mountain bike shoes are a reasonable alternative to road bike shoes and are preferred by many people because they are generally a bit easier to walk in than road bike shoes. In fact, many high-end cross-country shoes are very similar in stiffness and weight to their road bike counterparts, just with some additional rubber tread added to the soles for walking traction. The right pair of shoes could cover all of your bases for road, gravel, and mtb riding. Both mountain and gravel shoes usually have 2-bolt patterns in their soles, however, so you’ll obviously need to be sure to use pedals with 2-bolt cleats on your road bike as well.

Why are road bike shoes so expensive?

Road bike shoes vary pretty dramatically in price between entry-level models and top-of-the-line racing shoes. The biggest differences are typically in the materials used, with more expensive models featuring full carbon soles and fancier closure systems. There’s also quite a lot of research and development that goes into them, so you end up paying a premium for the latest and greatest technology and designs. Lower-priced shoes typically offer slightly lower performance in specific areas, though they are still generally adequate for more casual, recreational riders.

How much should I spend?

How much you should spend depends on your budget and your needs. If you’re a racer looking to eke out every watt of power on the race course, then you’ll probably find the marginal gains offered by the most expensive, race-oriented shoes to be worth the premium price tag. Most serious non-racing cyclists will probably find the most value from shoes that are a step down from the top-tier models with little reduction in all-around performance. Casual riders with no competitive aspirations don’t need to spend the big bucks for the fanciest shoes out there and will likely be just as pleased with less expensive shoes and saving a couple hundred dollars.

What about women’s shoes?

While many shoes are unisex, many brands make women’s versions of their road cycling shoes. Of course, anyone can wear any shoes that fit them properly, but some women’s shoes have been adapted slightly to better fit a woman’s foot shape. Women’s versions of cycling shoes tend to be a bit narrower in the heel, and they come in smaller sizes compared to men’s. Colors are often a differentiating factor, and women’s shoes are sometimes available in different, “more feminine”, colorways.

Road bike pedals buyer's guide featured image

The Best Road Bike Pedals of 2023

Read more…

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Road Bike Shoes of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
327770
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-mountain-bike-helmet/ Tue, 16 May 2023 00:24:31 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=326233 mountain bike helmets

A quality helmet is the most important piece of gear you can wear during any type of cycling, and this is especially true when mountain…

The post The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
mountain bike helmets

A quality helmet is the most important piece of gear you can wear during any type of cycling, and this is especially true when mountain biking. While we all try to avoid them, crashes happen, and a good helmet can help prevent injuries to your head and brain. 

We rounded up a diverse selection of the best mountain bike helmets available in 2023 and put them through their paces on a wide range of trail types, riding styles, and weather conditions. From desert XC loops, loamy forest laps, shuttle runs, and gravel rides, we spent ample time riding in each model while assessing key elements of their performance. 

While testing, we scrutinized important characteristics that matter on the trail like fit, comfort, coverage, visors, ventilation, and durability. We took detailed notes and narrowed down the field to our favorite models and those that excel for specific reasons compared to the rest. Though no single helmet will be perfect for every type of riding or rider, we’re confident you’ll find something to suit your needs and budget. 

We’ve listed our top recommendations below, and to compare the models we tested at a glance, check out our comparison chart. If you need help deciding what you need, be sure to check out our buying advice and FAQ for answers. And, if you spend more time riding on pavement than dirt, you may want to take a look at our comprehensive road bike helmet review.

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023


Best Overall Mountain Bike Helmet

Giro Manifest Spherical

Specs

  • MSRP $260
  • Weight 362g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Spherical
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 19
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Great Ventilation
  • Good Coverage
  • Eyewear integration

Cons

  • Expensive
Giro Manifest Spherical
Testing the Giro Manifest Spherical near Truckee, CA (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Budget Mountain Bike Helmet

Specialized Camber

Specs

  • MSRP $75
  • Weight 400g (Large)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Adjustable Visor No
  • Number of Vents 13
  • Available Sizes XS, S, M, L, XL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Very reasonably priced
  • High-end look and feel
  • Comes in 5 shell sizes
  • Surprisingly comfortable
  • 5-star Virginia Tech safety rating

Cons

  • Non-adjustable visor isn't great at blocking the sun
  • Basic strap design
  • Moderate ventilation
Specialized Camber helmet
Out for a test ride in the super affordable Specialized Camber. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Runner-Up Best Mountain Bike Helmet

POC Kortal Race MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $250
  • Weight 401g (M-L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Integra
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 17
  • Available Sizes XS-S, M-L, XL-XXL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not tested
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Generous coverage
  • Lots of safety features
  • Great Ventilation
  • Meets Dutch NTA 8776 e-bike standard
  • Comes in multiple colors

Cons

  • Extended coverage at temples can conflict with some sunglass arms
  • Sizing runs a little big
Most Comfortable Mountain Bike Helmet

Troy Lee Designs A3 MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $250
  • Weight 412g (MD/LG)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS (B-Series)
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 16
  • Available Sizes XS/SM, MD/LG, XL/2XL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Super comfortable
  • Extended coverage
  • Sweat management system
  • Adjustable visor
  • 5-star Virginia Tech rating

Cons

  • Slightly heavier than some helmets
  • Expensive
tory lee a3 helmet review action shot
Bikerumor’s Jessie-May Morgan claims the TLD A3 is the most comfortable helmet she’s ever worn. (photo: Finlay Anderson)
Best Ventilated Mountain Bike Helmet

Specialized Ambush 2

Specs

  • MSRP $180
  • Weight 375g (Large)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS SL
  • Adjustable Visor No
  • Number of Vents 15
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Excellent coverage, especially at the back of the head
  • Outstanding ventilation
  • Effective eyewear integration
  • Less expensive than many other top of the line helmets
  • Competitively lightweight

Cons

  • Non-adjustable visor – doesn’t block sun effectively
  • Styling may not be for everyone
Specialized Turbo Levo SL ebike review cornering
Zach Overholt riding in the Specialized Ambush 2 while testing the new Turbo Levo SL. (photo: Lear Mill / Specialized)
Best XC Mountain Bike Helmet

Giro Aries Spherical

Specs

  • MSRP $300
  • Weight 270g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Spherical
  • Adjustable Visor N/A
  • Number of Vents 24
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Super lightweight
  • Excellent ventilation
  • Highest ranked model in Virginia Tech’s impact testing
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Less coverage than dedicated trail riding helmets
Giro Aries Spherical
If you like riding in lycra and pushing the pace on your XC or gravel bike, the Aries may be the helmet for you. (photo Heather Benson)
Runner-Up XC Mountain Bike Helmet

POC Octal MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Weight 278g (Medium)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Adjustable Visor N/A
  • Number of Vents 21
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not tested (previous version with SPIN: 5-star)
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Very lightweight
  • Excellent Ventilation
  • Secure eyewear storage
  • Moderate price point

Cons

  • Less coverage than trail-oriented helmets
  • Sizing runs a little small
POC Octal MIPS
The POC Octal combines an impressively low weight with excellent ventilation to make it a great XC helmet. (photo: Heather Benson)
Best of the Rest

ABUS Cliffhanger MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Weight 423g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 14
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not Tested
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Lots of Coverage
  • Good Ventilation
  • Highly adjustable harness system
  • Quality Construction
  • ActiCage reinforced EPS

Cons

  • Light pressure points at top/back of head
  • Hard to stash sunglasses in front vents

Bell Super Air Spherical

Specs

  • MSRP $235
  • Weight 478g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Spherical
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 21
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not Tested
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Robust, protective feel
  • Good coverage
  • Comfortable fit
  • Sweat Guide Pad actually works to manage sweat
  • Comes with camera/light mount
  • Can add chin bar to make it a convertible

Cons

  • Comparatively heavier weight
  • Not the best ventilation

Bontrager Rally WaveCel

Specs

  • MSRP $160
  • Weight 420g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System WaveCel
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 13
  • Available Sizes S, M, L, XL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Moderate price point
  • Comfortable fit
  • Boa adjustment system
  • Scores better in Virginia Tech testing than the more expensive Bontrager Blaze

Cons

  • Straps could be improved
  • WaveCel adds bulk
  • Doesn’t have the best ventilation

Smith Forefront 2 MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $250
  • Weight 414g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 20
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not tested
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Unique styling
  • Better ventilation than original Forefront
  • MIPS and Koroyd
  • Adjustable visor
  • Sunglass storage

Cons

  • Still not the best ventilation
  • MIPS liner can be a little noisy
  • Fairly expensive

Fox Speedframe Pro

Specs

  • MSRP $190
  • Weight 408g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 21
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Feature packed design
  • Comfortable
  • Good looking
  • 5-star Virginia Tech rating
  • Good coverage

Cons

  • Some noise from MIPS liner

100% Altis

Specs

  • MSRP $125
  • Weight 383g (L-XL)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System SmartShock
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 14
  • Available Sizes XS/S, S/M, L/XL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 3-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable Price
  • Looks good
  • Decent Ventilation
  • Adjustable Visor
  • Comes with extra set of pads

Cons

  • SmartShock Elastomer caused minor pressure point in forehead
  • 3-star Virginia Tech rating
  • Slightly less coverage than similar helmets

Scott Stego Plus MIPS

Specs

  • MSRP $200
  • Weight 420g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 17
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Comfortable fit
  • Comes with 2 visors (one with integrated GoPro mount)
  • Good ventilation
  • Comfortable
  • Offered in numerous colors

Cons

  • High visor placement doesn’t block sun as well as it could
  • Slightly less coverage than some other models

Lazer Jackal KinetiCore

Specs

  • MSRP $220
  • Weight 345g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System KinetiCore
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 19
  • Available Sizes S, M, L
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating 5-star
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Well-ventilated
  • Good coverage
  • Comes with camera mount
  • Works with removable rear light (sold separately)

Cons

  • Experienced some pressure points on the head

Smith Engage 2

Specs

  • MSRP $120
  • Weight 405g (L)
  • Rotational Impact Protection System MIPS Evolve Core
  • Adjustable Visor Yes
  • Number of Vents 21
  • Available Sizes S, M, L, XL
  • Virginia Tech Helmet Safety Rating Not tested
The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Reasonable weight
  • Good ventilation
  • Sunglass storage

Cons

  • Strap splitter could be better
  • Sunglass storage doesn’t work with all sunglasses

Comparison Chart

Mountain Bike HelmetMSRPWeightRotational Impact ProtectionAdjustable Visor?Number of Vents
Giro Manifest Spherical$260362g (M)MIPS SphericalYes19
Specialized Camber$75400g (L)MIPSFixed13
POC Kortal Race MIPS$250401g (M/L)MIPS IntegraYes17
Troy Lee Designs A3 MIPS$250412g (MD/LG)MIPS (B-Series)Yes16
Specialized Ambush 2$180375g (L)MIPS SLFixed15
Giro Aries Spherical$300270g (M)MIPS SphericalNone24
POC Octal MIPS$200278g (M)MIPSNone21
ABUS CliffHanger MIPS$200423g (L)MIPSYes14
Bell Super Air Spherical$235478g (L)MIPS SphericalYes21
Bontrager Rally WaveCel$160420g (L)WaveCelYes13
Smith Forefront 2$250414g (L)MIPSYes20
Fox Speedframe Pro$190408g (L)MIPSYes21
100% Altis$125383g (L/XL)SmartShockYes14
Scott Stego Plus MIPS$160420g (L)MIPSYes17
Lazer Jackal KinetiCore$220345g (L)KinetiCoreYes19
Smith Engage 2$120405g (L)MIPS Evolve CoreYes21
Review author Jeremy Benson takes his riding and his safety very seriously. (photo: Jeff Schertz)

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

At Bikerumor, we take cycling very seriously, and no matter what type of riding we’re doing, our safety is of the utmost importance. For that reason, a quality helmet is the most important piece of gear we put on before every mountain bike ride. We’re always seeking the most protective, comfortable, and best-looking mountain bike helmets we can find so we can have fun on the trails with the peace of mind a good helmet provides.

Our editorial staff has been testing the latest and greatest mountain bike helmets for over a decade. Sure, we’ve all got our favorites, but the market is ever-changing with new and updated models coming out all the time. Fortunately, we get to try them all out, often before they are even available to the public. This experience has given us unique insight as to what makes a great helmet, along with the ability to discern the differences in performance and functionality between the different models we test.

Review author, Jeremy Benson, has been professionally testing and reviewing mountain bikes and accessories for 6+ years. In that time, he has tried over 30 different helmets. Whether for XC rides, shuttle laps, or adventurous backcountry loops, he has honed in on the specific performance attributes that make a great helmet. For the purposes of this review, he tested 10 models side by side to directly compare things like fit, comfort, ventilation, coverage, and visors. Those findings, combined with models our editors have recently tested, are presented here to help inform your important mountain bike helmet purchase decision. If you’re a roadie, out team has also thoroughly tested and reviewed the best road bike helmets. Need a quality rack to keep your bikes safe during transport? Check out our review of the best hitch bike racks.

Getting a helmet that suits your riding style, fits right, and meets your budget can be tricky, but we’re here to help. (photo: Heather Benson)

Mountain Bike Helmet Buyer’s Guide

There’s a lot to consider when choosing a new mountain bike helmet. Here we break down some important factors that may help with finding the right model to suit your needs.

Different Types of Mountain Bike Helmets

As there are several styles of mountain biking, there are just as many helmets to meet the needs of different riders. As the sport has evolved, so too has the protective equipment we use, and these days, helmets are safer than ever. In general, mountain bike helmets fall into three different categories and we explain the differences below.

Half-shell helmets for trail riding have evolved over time and provide lots of head coverage and safety features to protect modern trail riders. (photo: Heather Benson)

Trail, All-Mountain, and Enduro Half-Shells

Half-shells for trail, all-mountain, and enduro riding are the most common type of helmets we see out on the trails. These “open-face” models cover the top of the head with modern shell designs offering extended coverage on the back and side of the head to better protect the occipital and temporal lobes. These helmets almost always have a visor (peak), and many are designed to work with both sunglasses and goggles. The added materials involved with extended coverage, visors, and other features typically result in helmets that are slightly heavier than their XC-oriented counterparts. Examples of modern trail riding helmets include the POC Kortal Race MIPS, the Troy Lee Designs A3 MIPS, and the Specialized Ambush 2.

XC helmets are typically lighter, well-ventilated, have less coverage, and no visor. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

XC Helmets

Cross-country riders and racers often prioritize lightweight and aerodynamics, so XC helmets are somewhat different than their trail-oriented counterparts. In fact, most professional XC racers are using what are technically considered road bike helmets. This style of helmet is typically sleek, low-profile, and well-ventilated, and they provide a bit less coverage of the head than the extended coverage models. They also generally do not come with a visor, although some riders will wear a cycling cap underneath to act as a visor in certain conditions. Examples include the Giro Aries and the POC Octal MIPS.

specialized gambit helmet review smith squad goggle compatible
Full face helmets have traditionally been worn in gravity disciplines, but a new breed of lightweight options is expanding their appeal. (photo: Ellie Lawton)

Full Face and Convertible Helmets

Full face helmets provide the most head protection with shells that extend over the ears and large chin bars that provide protection for the front of the face. Convertible helmets are those that have a removable chin bar, allowing the user to choose when they want half-shell or full-face coverage. This style of helmet has traditionally been worn by those in gravity-oriented disciplines like downhill and enduro racing, although a new breed of lightweight and well-ventilated models has expanded their appeal to a broader range of users. Full face models now come in a range of designs, styles, materials, and weights, with models geared toward virtually every type of rider or protective needs.

Getting the Right Fit

A properly fitting helmet is critical for it to not only be comfortable but to work properly in the event of a crash. If it is too loose or too tight, its protective qualities may be compromised or its protective features may not function properly. Additionally, a properly fitting helmet is more comfortable, allowing you to focus your attention on the trail ahead. It is important to note that fit and comfort are subjective, and not every individual’s head shape will work with every helmet. If your head is very round, very narrow, or your forehead very pronounced, you will probably want to try a helmet on before buying it to ensure that it fits your specific head shape.

If you don’t know what size you need, measure your head. 60cm usually falls into a size Large fit range, though it varies a bit by brand. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Sizing

Just like people’s heads, most helmets come in multiple sizes. Helmet manufacturers almost always have a size guide on their website for reference. Each helmet size typically fits a small range of head sizes, and these are usually shown as head circumference in centimeter measurements. As a general rule, the best way to determine if a helmet fits is to try it on before you buy. This will ensure you get the proper fit the first time.

If you are unsure of your head’s size, all you need to do is measure it. A flexible measuring tape is the best tool to do this, otherwise, a length of string and a ruler will also do the trick. Measure the circumference of your head in a circle above the eyebrows, ears, and across the occipital lobe (back of the skull). Record this measurement in centimeters, and you should be able to identify the appropriate size helmet. Most adult helmets come in several sizes to cover heads ranging from 51-63cm in circumference (give or take), with each shell size covering a smaller range. For example, the Giro Manifest Spherical comes in three shell sizes: S: 51-55cm, M: 55-59cm, and L: 59-63cm. Most people will fall within one of these sizes. If you are on the cusp between sizes, it is typically better to size up than squeeze into the smaller shell size, in our experience.

If you get a helmet that is too tight or too loose, try and exchange it for the correct size before you wear it and get it sweaty or dirty.

Adjustable harness systems allow the user to fine-tune the fit of the helmet with the turn of a dial. (photo: Heather Benson)

Fit Adjustments

Most quality helmets have fit adjustment systems to help you dial them in to your exact head shape to keep them stable, secure, and comfortable when in use. An adjustable harness is one such feature that is used to snug the helmet up against the occipital lobe/back of the skull. These harnesses usually have a small dial that you can turn to tighten or loosen it, and most have a vertical adjustment inside the helmet so you can be sure to position the harness properly under the occipital lobe as well. When tightened properly, the harness should feel snug but not uncomfortable and it should keep your helmet from bouncing around as you ride over rough terrain.

Likewise, the chin strap is another important adjustment that helps to keep your helmet on your head in the event of a crash. Too tight and it can be uncomfortable. Too loose and your helmet can come off your head. Most chin straps can be tightened or loosened to fit your specific needs, and this adjustment is quick and easy to make. A general rule of thumb is to be able to fit a finger or two between the strap and your neck for it to be tight enough while still avoiding irritation. The straps should also split around the ears, and we prefer them not to touch our ears at all, if possible. Many strap splitters allow for some adjustment, so you can fit them to your ears for comfort.

Wear it Correctly

Even if you get a helmet that is the right size, it is important to wear it properly for it to work as intended. Modern helmets are designed to be worn level on the head and snug enough so that they don’t move around. Most of your forehead and the crown of your head should be inside the helmet, as opposed to the helmet sitting up too high or off the back.

Getting a helmet that fits well and wearing it properly are critical for your comfort and protection. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

How Mountain Bike Helmets Work

Mountain bike helmets protect the head by providing a barrier from direct impact and dissipating the forces from impact. At the most basic level, mountain bike helmets are comprised of two parts, an inner foam layer (usually EPS foam) and an outer polycarbonate shell. Combined, these layers provide a protective layer that takes the brunt of an impact. The firmer outer shell performs the important task of protecting the softer foam underneath, and when impacted, helps to spread the force of the impact over a greater area. The softer EPS foam compresses and absorbs those forces and it often crushes, cracks, or deforms in the process.

Always Replace Your Helmet After a Crash

Due to the fact that helmets are designed to partially destruct when absorbing the forces of an impact, they are meant to be replaced after a crash. Often, cracks or other signs of damage will be obvious, but not always. Even low-speed impacts can result in damage that can compromise the integrity and protective qualities of a mountain bike helmet. For your safety, it is recommended that you always replace your helmet after a crash. Thankfully, many brands offer discounts for crash-replacement helmets.

MIPS now comes in many forms, although the main idea is the same, to provide a slip-plane to reduce the rotational forces that reach the brain. It often looks like this thin yellow liner inside the POC Octal MIPS. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Rotational Impact Protection

Since the introduction of MIPS (Multi-Directional Impact Protection System) several years ago, rotational impact protection has become commonplace in mountain bike helmets. MIPS was the originator and is still the most common, although it has developed over the years into numerous iterations, such as MIPS SL, MIPS Evolve, MIPS Spherical, and MIPS Integra, to name a few. The basic idea, however, remains the same. MIPS and similar technologies strive to enhance head protection by reducing the rotational forces that reach the brain during certain impacts. They do this by creating a slip-plane that allows the helmet to shift around the head and absorb some of those forces before they reach the brain.

Many other brands have also developed their own rotational impact protection systems that are intended to work much the same as MIPS. 100%’s SmartShock system, used in the 100% Altis, relies on small rubber elastomers built into the shell that are intended to absorb both rotational and direct impact, and Leatt’s Turbine 360 works similarly. Bontrager’s WaveCel design features a zig-zag honeycomb-like structure that is intended to crumple and shear on impact and KinetiCore was developed by Lazer to work in much the same way, with isolated columns of EPS foam.

Some brands use Koroyd, the honeycomb-like structure shown here in the Smith Forefront 2, in the construction of their helmets, along with a MIPS liner. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Which one of these technologies works the best is hard to say, but we’re glad that helmet manufacturers are trying to improve helmet safety. At Bikerumor, we don’t have our own impact testing equipment, so we refer to Virginia Tech’s Bicycle Helmet Ratings for more insight. For years, Virginia Tech has been a leader in helmet impact testing, and they do it independently and provide their findings free to the public. They test each helmet for its ability to reduce linear acceleration and rotational velocity with 24 different tests. Of course, they haven’t tested every model on the market, but they do have 190 models of cycling helmets currently tested and rated on their site.

Modern helmets, like the ABUS CliffHanger, provide lots of head coverage with shells that extend further down the sides and back of the head. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Coverage

As mountain bike helmets have evolved over time, the amount of head coverage has increased. For half-shell models like those reviewed here, this is most noticeable on the sides and back of the head where the shells drop down further to better protect the sensitive temporal and occipital lobes. This is particularly apparent in trail, all-mountain, and enduro-oriented models that are often referred to as “extended coverage” half-shell helmets. Unlike old-school helmets that sat high atop the head, modern helmets now surround much more of the skull. Models like the Abus Cliffhanger, POC Kortal Race MIPS, and the Specialized Ambush 2 are great examples of this trend. In general, we typically equate more head coverage with better head protection, and we feel this is a welcome advancement.

Ventilation is more than just the number and size of the vents. Good designs allow for air to flow over the head and allow heat and moisture to escape. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Ventilation

Depending on the climate where you live and ride and how much you sweat, ventilation may or may not be a high priority. For those that live in warm climates, ride at the heat of the day, or simply perspire a lot, how well a helmet allows air to pass through to cool the head may be of the utmost importance. Not only does good ventilation reduce the amount of sweat running down your face or dripping onto your lenses, but it helps to keep you from overheating. Fortunately, most helmet manufacturers do their best to make their helmets well-ventilated, though they are not created equal.

While important, the number of vents is not the only factor when it comes to ventilation. Instead, a well-executed design that involves adequate air intake vents at the front of the head, internal channels that move air over the head, and exhaust vents at the back of the head for air to escape is generally the most effective.

Most trail helmets have visors, like on the Abus CliffHanger shown here, which help keep the sun out of your eyes and add a little protection from branches and weather. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Visors

Visors, sometimes referred to as “peaks”, are a common feature on most mountain bike helmets and they serve several purposes. Many visors are adjustable, allowing the rider to position them at various angles. This makes it possible to drop them down low to help keep the sun out of the eyes at low sun angles or move them up and out of the field of view at high sun angles. They also serve to deflect trailside branches and can help keep light rain from reaching the eyes while riding. Adjustable visors and those positioned higher on the helmet typically also accommodate a pair of goggles or sunglasses stashed beneath them when not in use. Some visors are also designed to break away in the event of a crash to reduce the chance of injury.

Many helmets have special features designed to store eyewear when not in use. The front events of the Specialized Ambush 2 have rubber flaps that effectively grip your sunglass arms to hold them in place. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Eyewear Compatibility

Many helmet manufacturers are designing and marketing their helmets with integrated sunglass storage and goggle compatibility. It has long been the case that you could wear goggles with many helmets and stash sunglasses in the front vents, but now, these features are often a part of the design. The spacing of the front vents is pretty critical for stowing sunglasses, and some manufacturers have taken to adding rubber grips or other materials to better hold sunglass arms. At the rear of the helmet, many now feature a rubber strip or pad of some kind to add grip for a goggle strap. As mentioned above, visor adjustability or placement is also a factor when stowing either sunglasses or goggles when not in use.

Brands like Specialized and ABUS are making their helmets compatible with safety tech like the ANGi and QUIN crash detection sensors. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Additional Safety Features

The whole point of making helmets for cyclists is to help prevent injury, and manufacturers are seeking additional ways to protect the people who buy their products. They do this in a variety of ways, including the implementation of new technologies. Brands like Specialized and ABUS make small crash detection sensors, called ANGi and QUIN, respectively, that can be attached to the helmet. These small units can sense the forces associated with a crash and send a notification to your contacts in an emergency situation. POC includes a twICEme NFC medical id chip in certain helmets, which can be read by first responders to find out important personal, medical, and contact information if the individual is unresponsive or unable to communicate effectively.

As mentioned in the visors section above, some models have visors that are designed to break away in the event of a crash which may help reduce the chance of injury. Other brands use structural reinforcement in their designs with things like aramid bridges or ActiCage integrated into the EPS foam to add strength. The foam itself can be varied with some companies using dual-density foams like EPS and EPP which absorb the energy from high and low-speed impacts differently. Koroyd is another interesting material used by brands like Smith and Endura. This honeycomb-like structure is intended to crush and crumple on impact while remaining porous and allowing air to pass through and heat and moisture to escape.

Exposed foam can be easily damaged, so most quality helmets have shells that wrap around the lower edge, improving durability compared to older models. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Durability

Unless you crash often or are careless with your gear, helmets tend to have a pretty good lifespan. Quality helmets have in-mold constructions with the inner foam well bonded to the outer shell, and most now have full shell coverage over the lower edge of the foam. Exposed foam is more susceptible to damage, so the more it is covered, the better. The durability of the outer shells of helmets can vary, however, with some being quite resilient and others being more prone to denting if struck by a branch or dropped in a truck bed with too much force, for example. Remember, your helmet may prevent serious injury or even save your life, so treat it with care.

If you don’t ride that often, most helmets will last for several years without issue. If you ride every day, you’ll probably want to replace your helmet more frequently, every couple of seasons or so. Always remember, if you crash and impact the helmet, it should be replaced.

Value

Mountain bike helmets vary wildly in terms of price with the models we tested ranging between $75 and $300. Sure, many of the more expensive models feature the latest and greatest technology, lighter weights, and flashier designs. The reality is, any of these helmets will protect you better than none at all, and even the least expensive model we tested, the Specialized Camber, beats many of the costlier models in Virginia Tech’s impact testing and looks pretty darn good doing it. So, you don’t have to spend a lot for quality head protection, but it’s your head and brain we’re talking about here, so you make the call.

Frequently Asked Questions About Mountain Bike Helmets

What Type of Mountain Bike Helmet Should I Choose?

It all depends on the type of riding you’re doing and how much protection you think you need. If you’re an XC rider who isn’t getting too gnarly and wants a lightweight and well-ventilated helmet, go for an XC model. If you’re a trail, all-mountain, or enduro rider who wants some more coverage for rowdier riding, an extended coverage half-shell is probably the best bet. If you’re getting into really aggressive terrain, massive jumps, and high speeds, or are simply worried about crashing on your face, then a full-face helmet may be the right choice. Want the option to choose? Convertible helmets can work as both a full-face and half-shell.

How Much Should I Spend?

It’s hard to put a price on the protection of your head and brain. While you don’t need to shell out for the most expensive helmet on the market to protect your head, many people will choose to do so regardless. Most quality bike helmets range between $100-$300, with a select few coming in below the $100 mark that we would actually recommend. So, even if you’re on a tight budget, a helmet like the Specialized Camber is a great option.

Do MIPS and Other Rotational Impact Protection Systems Actually Work?

There is a bit of speculation as to whether or not rotational impact protection systems actually do anything. If you look at MIPS’s own research along with the fact that the 50 top-ranked bike helmets in the Virginia Tech impact test ratings have MIPS or something similar, we feel that it’s safe to say that yes, there is something to it. It’s our brains we’re talking about here, and even the slightest increase in protection is something that we’re on board with.

If I Crash and Hit My Head, Should I Replace My Helmet?

Yes! Helmets protect your head by absorbing forces that typically cause the shell and foam to deform, crack, and compress. This often causes the helmet’s integrity and protective qualities to be compromised. A helmet should always be replaced after it has been impacted in a crash.

What About Women’s Mountain Bike Helmets?

After a strong push towards gender-specific cycling gear several years ago, many brands have returned to unisex models. This is particularly true in the helmet market, where color is often the primary difference between men’s and women’s models. While some brands do make women’s models that may accommodate long hair and ponytails better, there is little else to require gender specificity in mountain bike helmets.

Yakima StageTwo

The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Read more…

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
326233
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023 https://bikerumor.com/best-hitch-bike-racks/ Tue, 09 May 2023 00:35:29 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=296748 Yakima StageTwo

There are various ways to transport bikes with your vehicle, but hitch bike racks are arguably the best. With so many models and styles to…

The post The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Yakima StageTwo

There are various ways to transport bikes with your vehicle, but hitch bike racks are arguably the best. With so many models and styles to choose from, however, finding the perfect hitch rack for your needs and budget can be a challenge. At Bikerumor, we’ve tested dozens of the best hitch racks on the market to find the best ways to conveniently and safely transport your precious bikes wherever you go.

Whether you’re doing mountain bike shuttles with a big crew, heading out on a casual ride or to a race, or loading up the family for a weekend vacation, we’ve found the best options available in 2023. Our team assessed each model’s ease of use, weight limits, versatility, security features, and assembly, to provide you with the details you need to make the right purchase decision. 

Here you’ll find our top recommendations followed by the best of the rest which are all also great products worthy of consideration. If you’d like to compare product specs be sure to check out our comparison chart and refer to our comprehensive buyer’s guide and FAQ to help answer any questions.

The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023


Best Overall Hitch Bike Rack

Kuat Piston Pro X

Specs

  • MSRP $1,389
  • Number of Bikes 2 (up to 4 with add-ons)
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 63 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 2” receiver: 67 lbs, 1.25” receiver: 60 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 53” or 1,346mm
  • Max tire width 5”
  • Wheel size compatibility 18” to 29” (fender kit available)
  • Security Hitch pin lock and 12mm steel cable lock included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Sleek design
  • LED lights
  • One touch hydraulic clamp arms
  • Robust security features
  • Highly versatile
  • No frame or rim contact

Cons

  • Very expensive
Kuat Piston Pro X with lights off
Testing the Piston Pro X hitch bike rack. (photo: Zach Overholt)
Best Budget Hitch Bike Rack

Rocky Mounts MonoRail

Specs

  • MSRP $499.95
  • Number of Bikes 2 (Up to 3 with add-on, 2” receiver only)
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Per bike weight capacity 60 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 36” up to 50” or 1,270mm
  • Max tire width 5”
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Locking hitch pin and cable lock included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Reasonable price
  • Versatile bike fit
  • 60 lbs weight limit
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Included lock pods are plastic
  • Sits close to vehicle, hitch extension may be needed with certain vehicles
  • May not work with all muffler designs
Rocky Mounts MonoRail
The Rocky Mounts MonoRail performs alongside the more expensive competition despite costing several hundred dollars less. (photo: Zach Overholt)
Runner Up Best Hitch Bike Rack

Thule T2 Pro XTR

Specs

  • MSRP $800
  • Number of Bikes 2 (up to 4 with add-on, 2” version only)
  • Receiver Sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 52lbs
  • Per Bike Weight Capacity 60lbs
  • Max Wheelbase 50” or 1,270mm
  • Max Tire Width 5”
  • Wheel Size Compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Integrated locking hitch knob and cable locks
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Easy to install and remove
  • Easy to load bike
  • User friendly tilt release
  • Included locks for rack and bikes
  • Transport wheels to roll rack

Cons

  • Moderately expensive
  • Bulky – takes up a lot of storage space
Thule T2 Pro XTR
Getting ready to ride while testing the Thule T2 Pro XTR. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Runner-Up Best Budget Hitch Bike Rack

Kuat Transfer V2 2-bike

Specs

  • MSRP 2-bike: $449
  • Number of Bikes 2 (up to 4 with add-ons)
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 37 lbs (2” version)
  • Per bike weight capacity 2” receiver: 60 lbs, 1.25” receiver: 40 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 50” or 1,270mm
  • Max tire width Up to 5” with Phat Bike Kit ($15)
  • Wheel size compatibility 18” to 29”
  • Security Tamper-resistant hitch cam and semi-integrated cable lock included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Light weight
  • Reasonable price
  • Versatile bike fit
  • 60 lbs per bike weight limit
  • Included security features

Cons

  • Tilt-release lever can be awkward to operate with bikes loaded
  • Less refined than more expensive competition
  • More involved assembly
  • No lateral bike adjustability
Best Hitch Bike Rack For Durability

1Up USA 2″ Heavy Duty Double

Specs

  • MSRP $650 (silver) or $700 (black)
  • Number of Bikes 2 (up to 4 with add-ons)
  • Receiver sizes 2”
  • Rack Weight 46 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 50 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 54” or 1,371mm
  • Max tire width 3.1” (up to 5” with spacer kit)
  • Wheel size compatibility 16” to 29”
  • Security Hitch lock included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Super durable all metal construction
  • Trays fold when not in use for easier storage
  • Moderate rack weight
  • Versatile bike fit
  • No frame or rim contact
  • Rated for RV, travel trailer, and off-road use

Cons

  • Wheel size adjustments require tools
  • Loading bikes can be slightly less user friendly than some similar racks
  • Tilt release can be hard to reach
1Up USA Heavy Duty Double
The 1Up USA Heavy Duty Double is a durable rack that can handle abuse and probably outlast your vehicle. (photo: Fred Stamm)
Best Swing-Away Hitch Bike Rack

Rocky Mounts BackStage Swing Away

Specs

  • MSRP $770
  • Number of Bikes 2
  • Receiver sizes 2”
  • Rack Weight 62.4 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 60 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 50” or 1,270mm
  • Max tire width 5”
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Hitch pin lock and cable lock included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Pivots 180 degrees to allow access to back of vehicle
  • Lighter weight and more affordable than other racks plus swing away extension
  • User friendly
  • Versatile bike fit

Cons

  • Only available in a 2” receiver size
  • Sits close enough to the vehicle that a hitch extension may be required for handlebar clearance on some vehicles
  • Not compatible with add-ons
Rocky Mounts BackStage Swing Away
The Rocky Mounts BackStage swings out for easy access to the rear of your vehicle. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Highest Weight Capacity

Yakima StageTwo

Specs

  • MSRP $849
  • Number of Bikes 2 (up to 4 with add-on)
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 66 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 70 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 52” or 1,320mm
  • Max tire width 3.25” (up to 5” with Fat Bike Kit)
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Locking SpeedKnob, integrated cable locks, welded lock loop on rack
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Tough, overbuilt feel
  • 70 pound weight limit
  • Versatile bike fit
  • Optional loading ramp for heavy bikes
  • User-friendly features like remote tilt-release handle and SpeedKnob
  • Two color options

Cons

  • Fairly expensive
  • Large, bulky size
  • Heavy weight
  • Tilt release handle can stick sometimes
Yakima StageTwo
Loading up the bikes after a ride on to the Yakima StageTwo with SafetyMate light add-on. (photo: Jeremy Benson)
Best Vertical Hanging Hitch Bike Rack

VelociRAX

Specs

  • MSRP $885 (5-bikes), 3, 4, 5, 6, 7-bike versions
  • Number of Bikes 5, 6, or 7
  • Receiver sizes 2” only
  • Rack Weight 89 lbs (5-bike)
  • Per bike weight capacity 55 lbs
  • Max wheelbase n/a
  • Max tire width 3” (up to 5” with Fat Bike Tire Baskets)
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Locking hitch pin included, compatible with “Integrated Locking System” (sold separately)
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • No frame contact
  • Easy to load and unload bikes
  • Hydraulic damper assist to lower rack, even with bikes loaded
  • Comes in multiple versions to suit your carrying needs
  • Comes with wall mount to support rack when not in use (can be used to store bikes on wall mount)

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Very large and heavy
VelociRAX
The VelociRax 5X loaded up with 3 bikes after a day of riding. (photo: Jake Dore)
Best Top Tube Hanging Hitch Bike Rack

Yakima FullSwing

Specs

  • MSRP $699
  • Number of Bikes 4
  • Receiver Sizes 2" only
  • Rack Weight 56 lbs
  • Per Bike Weight Capacity 40 lbs (150 lbs max)
  • Max Wheelbase N/A
  • Max Tire Width N/A
  • Wheel Size Compatibility N/A
  • Security Locking SpeedKnob and integrated cable lock
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Swing-away feature
  • Carries up to 4 bikes
  • Padded bike cradles
  • Zip strips are user-friendly
  • Tool-free installation and removal

Cons

  • Holds bike by the frame
  • Bike on bike contact is difficult to avoid
  • Design is inherently less stable than other styles of hitch racks
  • 40 lbs per bike weight limit
Yakima FullSwing
Testing the Yakima FullSwing with multiple fat bikes. (photo: Zach Overholt)
Best of the Rest

Rocky Mounts GuideRail

Specs

  • MSRP $849.95
  • Number of Bikes 2 (Up to 3 with add-on, 2” receiver size only)
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 49 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 60 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 36” up to 55” or 1,397mm
  • Max tire width 3”
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Locking hitch pin and 10mm square link chain included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Holds bikes by tires only, no frame or wheel contact
  • Great security features
  • Easier to load than some similar racks
  • Easily accessible tilt-release handle
  • Mostly metal construction

Cons

  • Sits close to the vehicle, some may need to use a hitch extension
  • Fairly expensive

Kuat NV 2.0

Specs

  • MSRP $849 ($749 for the NV Base 2.0)
  • Number of Bikes 2 (up to 4 with add-ons, 2” receiver size only)
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 56 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 60 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 50” or 1,270mm
  • Max tire width Up to 5” with Phat Bike Kit
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Locking hitch pin and integrated cable locks included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Trail Doc included
  • Slick looks and durable powder coat finish
  • Loading ramp accessory available
  • 60 lbs per bike weight limit
  • Comes in 2 color options

Cons

  • No lateral tray adjustment (front wheel cradles adjust)
  • Relatively expensive
  • Tilt release lever can be hard to reach with bikes loaded

Yakima OnRamp

Specs

  • MSRP $749
  • Number of Bikes 2
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 43 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 66 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 50” or 1,270mm
  • Max tire width 29” x 3.25” (up to 27.5” x 4.5” with FatStrap Kit)
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29”
  • Security Cable lock – locks bikes and hitch pin
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Can carry heavy e-bikes
  • Loading ramp included
  • Moderate 43 lbs rack weight
  • Designed to work with a huge range of bike frame styles
  • Less expensive than other e-bike racks

Cons

  • Bike loading process is a little clunky
  • Tilt release is tough to reach and requires 2 people with bikes loaded
  • Holds bike by frame

North Shore Racks

Specs

  • MSRP 6-bike: $900, 4-bike: $750, 2-bike: $600
  • Number of Bikes 2, 4, and 6 bike versions available
  • Receiver sizes 2” (2-bike version comes in 1.25” and 2”)
  • Rack Weight 6-bike: 72 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 60 lbs
  • Max wheelbase n/a
  • Max tire width n/a
  • Wheel size compatibility n/a
  • Security None (hitch pin compatible with 1/4" padlocks)
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Higher weight capacity than similar models
  • Can carry up to 6 bikes at a time
  • Adjustable height, angle, and setback
  • Folds in half for storage
  • Durable all metal construction

Cons

  • Only works with bikes with suspension forks
  • Fork cradles can damage paint over time
  • Heavy

Kuat Sherpa 2.0

Specs

  • MSRP $629
  • Number of Bikes 2
  • Receiver sizes 1.25” and 2”
  • Rack Weight 32 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 40 lbs
  • Max wheelbase 47” or 1,194mm
  • Max tire width 3”
  • Wheel size compatibility 20” to 29” (20” to 24” require adapter)
  • Security Hitch pin lock and cable lock included
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Sleek design and looks
  • Available in 3 color options
  • Comparatively smaller overall size

Cons

  • Lower per bike weight limit
  • Limited wheelbase length
  • No lateral tray adjustability

Yakima HangOver

Specs

  • MSRP 6-bike: $999, 4-bike: $799,
  • Number of Bikes 4 and 6 bike versions available
  • Receiver sizes 2” only
  • Rack Weight 6-bike: 73 lbs, 4-bike: 65 lbs
  • Per bike weight capacity 37.5 lbs
  • Max wheelbase n/a
  • Max tire width n/a
  • Wheel size compatibility n/a
  • Security Locking hitch pin and welded lock loop
The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023

Pros

  • Can carry up to 4 or 6 bikes
  • Tilt function for rear of vehicle access
  • Widely available
  • Adjustable mast height and tilt angle

Cons

  • 37.5 lbs weight limit
  • Only works with mountain bikes with suspension forks
  • Heavy and bulky – difficult to store

Hitch Bike Racks Comparison Chart

Hitch Bike RackMSRPNumber of BikesPer Bike Weight CapacityHitch Size OptionsSecurity Features
Kuat Piston Pro X$1,3892 (up to 4 with add-ons)67 lbs1.25″ and 2″Hitch pin lock and 12mm steel cable lock
Rocky Mounts MonoRail$5002 (up to 3 with add-ons)60 lbs1.25″ and 2″Hitch pin lock and cable lock
Thule T2 Pro XTR$8002 (up to 4 with add-ons)60 lbs1.25″ and 2″Locking hitch knob and integrated cable locks
Kuat Transfer V2$4492 (up to 4 with add-ons)60 lbs1.25″ and 2″Tamper-resistant hitch tightener and cable lock
1Up USA 2″ Heavy Duty Double$6502 (up to 4 with add-ons)50 lbs2″Hitch pin lock
Rocky Mounts BackStage $770260 lbs2″Hitch pin lock and cable lock
Yakima StageTwo$8492 (up to 4 with add-ons)70 lbs1.25″ and 2″Locking SpeedKnob and integrated cable locks
VelociRAX$885 (5-bike)5 (also 3, 4, 6, and 7 bikes)55 lbs (230 lbs max)2″Hitch pin lock
Yakima FullSwing$699440 lbs (150 lbs max)2″Locking SpeedKnob and integrated cable lock
Rocky Mounts GuideRail$8502 (up to 3 with add-ons)60 lbs1.25″ and 2″Hitch pin lock and 10mm square link chain
Kuat NV 2.0$8492 (up to 4 with add-ons)60 lbs1.25″ and 2″Hitch pin lock and integrated cable locks
Yakima OnRamp$799266 lbs1.25″ and 2″Cable lock
North Shore Racks$900 (6-bike)6 (also 2 and 4 bikes)60 lbs (300 lbs max – 6-bike)2″None
Kuat Sherpa 2.0
$629
240 lbs1.25″ and 2″Hitch pin lock and cable lock
Yakima HangOver$999 (6-bike)6 (also 4-bike version)37.5 lbs2″Hitch pin lock
Testing the Thule T2 Pro XTR hitch bike rack
Testing hitch bike racks in the Nevada desert. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Why Should You Trust Bikerumor?

The team at Bikerumor is obsessed with all things cycling. We ride for work, fun, fitness, training, racing, and commuting. We don’t just write about bikes, they are a driving force in our everyday lives. Like you, we often use our vehicles to transport ourselves and our precious bicycles, and hitch-mounted bike racks are our favorite way to do so. 

For over a decade, we’ve been testing the latest bikes, technologies, components, and accessories, including bike racks. In that time, we’ve gotten our hands on virtually every bike rack on the market whether for testing and review or personal use. We’re always searching for the best, safest, and most secure way to transport our bikes to the trailhead, for a weekend getaway, or to the next race. We also value our personal safety, which is why we’ve tested the best mountain bike helmets and the best road bike helmets too.

Our editors have been testing cycling gear for years and have developed a keen sense of what makes a great product. Each rack featured here has been thoroughly used and tested by one, or several members, of our staff to tease out the often subtle performance differences that separate the good from the best. In fact, many of these models are our personal racks that have seen several years of heavy use and abuse. Rest assured, we have our fingers on the pulse, and as new models hit the market, we’ll test those too, and keep this review as up-to-date as possible. We’re committed to helping you find the perfect rack to meet your needs and budget.

Hitch Bike Rack Buyer’s Guide

There are many styles of bike racks on the market, but we feel that hitch-mount racks are the best way to transport your bikes. Hitch racks come in several styles, however, so you’ll need to determine which is the best option for the bikes you own and the vehicle you will use it on. Here we break down the main differences between tray racks, vertical hanging racks, and top tube hanging racks, as well as other important things to consider when purchasing a hitch rack. 

Types of Hitch Mount Bike Racks

There are advantages and disadvantages to each type of rack. Here we’ll explain the differences along with the pros and cons associated with each style.

Carrying 2 bikes off road on a 1Up USA hitch bike rack
Tray racks support the bike on trays, or platforms, and typically come in 2-bike versions with many providing the option to expand capacity with add-ons. (photo: Steve Graepel)

Tray or Platform Hitch Bike Racks

More often than not, we choose the tray or platform style rack over the others due to their ease of use and bike attachment methods. The bike’s tires rest on a tray or platform with arms that typically clamp down on the front wheel while the rear wheel is strapped into place. Some models use arms to capture both the front and rear wheels. Tray racks are the most stable and secure. Some models allow for left-right adjustments so you can avoid handlebar-to-seat interference between bikes. Serious cyclists typically choose tray racks because most designs hold the bike without any frame contact, helping to keep your ride in pristine condition.

PROS: Good tray racks typically hold bikes with no frame contact so they won’t scratch or rub on the paint. They also tend to have more space between bikes, making it easier to load bigger bikes and fatter tires. They are very versatile and most can hold a wide range of wheel sizes, tire widths, and types of bikes. Some have high weight limits making them suitable for transporting heavy e-bikes. Low loading heights mean you don’t have to lift your bikes that high to get them on the rack.

CONS: Most tray racks can only fit 2 bikes (some can max out at 4 with add-ons). They are often quite expensive, and adding a 2-bike extension to a 2-bike rack increases the cost even more. Tray racks are often large and heavy, making storage harder if you don’t just leave them on your vehicle.

Loading up the North Shore Racks with several mountain bikes for more shuttle laps
Vertical Hanging racks carry bikes vertically, holding them by the front wheel, fork crown, or handlebar. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Vertical Hanging Hitch Bike Racks

What was once a very niche style of rack is becoming more common as more brands have started making racks that hang the bikes vertically. Traditionally, vertical hanging hitch racks were commonly used for shuttling mountain bikes. Earlier models held bikes by the crown of a suspension fork. More recently, this style of rack has become more versatile. Some new models feature angled wheel baskets/trays that capture the front wheel while others support them by the handlebar. Vertical hanging racks can be some of the easiest to load, although it must be done in a specific order. Most models are offered in several versions with carrying capacities typically varying between 4 to 6 bikes. 

PROS: Capable of carrying lots of bikes. Relatively quick and easy to load bikes. Typically no frame contact. 

CONS: Bulky and very heavy. Difficult to move around and store when not in use. Bikes need to be loaded and unloaded in order. Some designs are only capable of carrying mountain bikes with suspension forks. Most only come in a 2” receiver size.

4 bikes loaded on the Yakima FullSwing hitch bike rack
Top Tube Hang racks support bikes by the top tube of the frame on two support arms. Frame contact is guaranteed, and bike-on-bike contact is very hard to avoid. (photo: Zach Overholt)

Top Tube Hanging Hitch Bike Racks

Top tube hanging bike racks typically hold your bike’s frame by hanging the top tube across two arms that extend out from its support beam. You simply slide your bike over those arms, rest it on them, then strap it into place. Better models have cradles and rubber or ratcheting ladder straps as well as some method of preventing your bikes from swaying back and forth. These racks come in various sizes with carrying capacities ranging between 2 and 5 bikes. At Bikerumor, we own and ride bikes that we care about, so this is our least favorite way to transport bikes due to the inherent downsides of the top tube hang design.

PROS: Less expensive, easier to store (especially if the arms fold down), lighter weight.

CONS: Supports the bikes by the frame and can damage the paint. Bikes often make contact with each other. Non-traditional frame shapes (like step-through frames), really small (kid’s) bikes, or full suspension mountain bikes can be hard to fit, properly secure, or require an adapter. Hanging racks are nowhere near as stable or secure as tray racks. Lower weight limits.

Product Considerations

Tray vs. Vertical Hang vs. Top Tube Hang: Which is the best?

Choosing the right style of rack will depend on several factors including how many and what type of bikes you need to carry, how often you intend to use it, and how much you’re willing to spend. More often than not, we opt for tray racks or vertical hanging racks as they are the easiest to load, most stable and secure, and are less likely to damage the paint on your frame. These tend to be the most expensive options, however, so they may not make financial sense for those on a budget or less frequent rack users. Top tube hanging racks might be a better option for those who only use a bike rack occasionally or are less concerned with the appearance of their bike’s frame. 

6 bikes loaded on the North Shore Racks NSR-6 hitch bike rack
Vertical hang racks have the highest capacity, but they may not work for all types of bikes depending on the way they support them. (photo: North Shore Racks)

How Many Bikes Do You Need To Carry?

It may seem obvious, but the number of bikes you intend to carry when shopping for a bike rack. Many racks can be purchased in varying sizes/carrying capacities or extensions can be added on to handle more bikes. 

Most tray racks come with space for two bikes, although some are offered in single or three-bike configurations. Many manufacturers offer add-ons for tray racks (depending on the model) that can expand capacity by one or two bikes. Tray rack add-ons can add significantly to the cost of your rack system.

Vertical hanging racks are typically offered in several sizes, usually between 4 and 6 bikes. While the upfront cost of vertical hanging racks is substantial, it ends up being one of the most cost-effective ways to transport 4 to 6 bikes (some brands go up to 7) other than a tailgate pad. 

Top tube hanging racks are offered in various sizes ranging between 2 and 5 bikes. 

How Much Do Your Bikes Weigh?

The advent of and proliferation of electric bikes has made weight capacity a common concern for those looking into a new bike rack purchase. Not all racks are created equal in this regard, so weight limits should be considered based on the bikes you intend to carry. With many e-MTBs and electric bikes weighing in the neighborhood of 50 to 60 lbs, and sometimes more, rack manufacturers have been designing racks to handle this new breed of bicycles. If you are planning to transport heavy e-bikes, it is important to get a rack that meets or exceeds the weight of your bikes for safety. It should be noted that some racks are rated for RV and off-road use, although the weight limits typically drop down slightly in those applications.

Loading Heavy Bikes

Heavyweight electric bikes are more difficult to load, so some manufacturers have responded with rack designs and accessories to help make it easier. Lifting a 60 lb bike up and into position on a tray rack is awkward and may even be impossible for those with limited strength or mobility. Many brands now offer loading ramps that can be purchased to allow users to roll bikes up onto the trays of certain racks. A select few racks even come with this accessory included, like the Yakima OnRamp. Other racks, like the Yakima StageTwo and the Kuat Piston Pro X, are compatible with aftermarket ramps, and the racks themselves have high weight limits to handle those heavyweight rigs.

the loading ramp feature of the Yakima OnRamp hitch bike rack
Loading ramps are becoming more common. Some racks like the Yakima OnRamp come with them, while others have compatible ramps offered as an aftermarket purchase. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Bike Attachment Considerations

Depending on the type of bikes you have and how much you care about your frame’s finish, the way a rack secures the bike may be an important consideration. Modern carbon fiber and aluminum bikes can be very expensive, so the last thing most people want to do is damage the paint or frame material while transporting their precious rides. For this reason, top tube hanging racks should generally be avoided by those with expensive carbon bikes since they carry bikes by the frame. Limited space between bikes also makes bike-on-bike contact difficult to avoid.

A 1Up USA rack loaded with a gravel bike in the desert
Tray racks like the 1Up USA Heavy Duty Double have dual clamp arms that only make contact with your tires. (photo: Fred Stamm)
Tray Racks

Most tray racks, but not all, avoid frame contact by securing the bike with either a front wheel clamp and rear wheel ladder strap, or with dual clamp arms that sandwich the bike from both ends. Front wheel clamping models such as the Thule T2 Pro XTR, Rocky Mounts MonoRail, Kuat NV 2.0, and Yakima StageTwo have hook-shaped ratcheting arms that lock the front wheel down and a strap that holds the rear wheel tight against the tray. These models avoid frame contact, but it should be noted that the front wheel hook can potentially make contact with the fork and leave abrasion marks over time, and the rear wheel strap can leave some minor scuffing on your rear rim. Dual clamp models like the 1Up-USA Heavy Duty Double, Kuat Piston Pro X, and Rocky Mounts GuideRail, hold bikes by the tires, making it easy to avoid any unwanted frame, fork, or even rim contact.

Vertical Hanging Racks

Vertical hanging racks vary in the way they hold bikes, with options that support bikes by the fork’s crown, front wheel, or handlebar. Models with front wheel baskets/cradles, like the VelociRAX, make the least amount of contact with the bike as they generally only contact the front tire and have straps that hold both the front and rear wheels in place. Racks that carry bikes by the fork crown, like the North Shore Racks and Yakima HangOver, have padded cradles that make direct contact with both the crown of your suspension fork and the bottom of the head tube and have the potential to cause abrasion marks in those areas. Vertical racks that support bikes by the handlebar are a little more versatile than the fork-carry models, but they also have the potential to cause minor abrasion damage to your handlebar’s finish.

The fork cradles on the North Shore Rack
Some vertical racks hold bikes by the fork with the potential to damage paint over time. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

What Kind of Bikes Do You Have?

Along with the number and weight of the bikes you need to transport is the types of bikes you have. While hitch racks are highly versatile in terms of bike fit, not all will work with every bike. Some racks are designed to work with virtually any bike out there and can support a huge range of wheel sizes, tire widths, and wheelbase lengths, while others are more limited. It is important to consider these factors when searching for the rack that best suits your needs and the bikes you’ll be transporting.

The nature of tray rack designs means they are among the most versatile in terms of bike fit. Most work with varying wheel sizes and tires ranging from skinny road bikes to mountain bike treads. Many models can fit up to 5-inch wide fatties, although some require fat bike kits. A limiting factor for some tray racks is wheelbase length, so choose wisely if you have a super long downhill or enduro bikes.

Vertical hanging racks vary in their versatility depending on how they support the bike. Some models hold the bike by the crown of the fork and only work with mountain bikes with suspension forks. Models that use front wheel baskets or hang the bike by the handlebars work with a greater variety of bikes, including those with rigid forks or drop handlebars.

Top tube hanging racks are the least versatile due to the way in which they support the bikes. Adult size frames with straight top tubes work the best. Curved tubes, small frames, or full suspension bikes may be difficult or impossible to position properly over the support arms. Most brands make adapters to carry non-compatible frames.

A 2-inch hitch receiver
Hitch receivers come in either 1.25″ or 2″ (pictured). Getting a rack that fits your receiver is an important piece of the rack puzzle. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

What Size Is Your Hitch Receiver?

When ordering a bike rack, it is critical to get one that matches the size of the receiver on your vehicle. Many vehicles, but certainly not all, come with hitch receivers installed, so be sure to double-check the size. It will be either the larger 2” or the smaller 1.25”. Can’t tell just by looking? Simply measure the width of the receiver opening to find the size. If you don’t already have one, it is possible to get one installed on most vehicles. Local auto shops or U-haul locations can typically take care of it for you. In many cases, it is also possible to do it yourself, and trailer hitch kits can typically be found online to fit your year, make, and model of vehicle.

If getting a trailer hitch installed, the 2” size is our recommendation as it is generally stronger and can support more weight. This makes it better for transporting tray racks with add-ons, racks with swing-away attachments, or vertical hanging racks. The 1.25” size also works well enough, but the weight rating is generally a little lower and some racks are only offered in the 2” size. Adapters are available to go between the two sizes, and some racks even come with adjustable receiver ends that can be switched between them.

A 1Up USA rack tilted down to allow access to the rear of the vehicle
Tilt features are fairly standard and allow you to open truck tailgates or the rear doors of wagons, hatchbacks, and SUVs. (photo: Steve Graepel)

Swing Away and Tilt Features

Most quality tray racks have a tilt function so you can fold it up when not in use, flat for transporting bikes, and tilt it down and away to access the rear of the vehicle. Some racks have convenient tilt-release handles or foot pedals and can be tilted down even with bikes on the rack. Others have less user-friendly release mechanisms that require you to reach under or around loaded bikes to tilt the rack. Most vertical and top tube hanging racks also have tilt features for easier access to the rear of the vehicle.

People who have camper vans, cabover campers, or simply want wide open access to the back of the vehicle should consider racks that swing away or adding a swing away/pivoting attachment to the rack of your choice. This allows the entire rack to pivot out and to the side, making it easier to open large doors or simply enjoy unrestricted access to your trunk (boot), truck bed, or camper. A select few racks come with this feature built into the design, like the Rocky Mounts Backstage, but most major manufacturers also make swing-away attachments. These attachments are typically only available in the 2” receiver size for racks that also have 2” receiver ends.

A rack with a swing-away feature to allow access to the rear of the vehicle
Swing-away racks allow for easier access to the rear of your vehicle. Attachments like the 1Up RakAttach can be added to your existing rack, and the RockyMounts Backstage comes with the pivoting feature as part of the design. (photo: Zach Overholt)

Vehicle Clearance

The clearance between the rack, bikes, and your vehicle is worthy of consideration. Nobody wants to have their rear window broken by their handlebar while in transit or need to loosen and turn their handlebar every time they load a bike on the inside tray. Some trailer hitches are mounted further underneath the vehicle, making the rack itself sit closer to the rear bumper. Additional factors like the style of vehicle and the design of the bumper and rear door also play a role. Some racks play nice with just about any vehicle while others can have a tighter fit that can cause contact between handlebars and rear windows or doors. This is most common with tray racks and vehicles with vertical rear doors like campervans that can be more problematic in this regard compared to those with sloping rear ends like station wagons and hatchbacks.

Most rack manufacturers provide technical specs or fit guides on their websites for reference. This link to Kuat’s Piston Pro X Fit Guide is a good example that gives you all the measurements you need for that specific rack. Comparing your measurements to the rack’s specs should give you an idea of whether or not a rack will fit. Still, that doesn’t always solve the handlebar clearance issue, although that is generally most prevalent with vertical rear doors. In some cases, it may be necessary to get a hitch extension to achieve the proper clearance for your vehicle. Fortunately, most brands offer hitch extensions as an aftermarket accessory, some of which also raise and lower the height of the rack. Vertical hanging racks usually have fewer clearance issues as they typically have an angle adjustment to position it properly to avoid any interference with the rear of the vehicle.

An example of minimal clearance between the rack and the bumper of the vehicle
The position of the trailer hitch and the shape of the bumper on this Subaru Outback makes for a tight but workable fit with the RockyMounts GuideRail. (photo: Ron Frazelle)

Security

Bikes can be very expensive, so keeping them safe is a priority for most users. The last thing anyone wants is to stop for a quick errand and find their bike(s) stolen when they return. Many racks, but not all, come with included security features like cable locks integrated or semi-integrated into their design. While these features are undoubtedly much better than nothing, they are typically little more than a theft deterrent. We always recommend adding a beefy aftermarket lock to your rack for an added layer of security and peace of mind.

Racks are also fairly expensive, so keeping them safe and secure is also very important. Fortunately, most hitch racks come with hitch pin locks or locking knobs to secure them to the vehicle. Some require the use of special security allen keys to tighten or loosen them on the hitch. Hitch pin locks are fairly inexpensive, and a great addition to any rack that doesn’t already come with one.

The semi0integrated cable lock on the Kuat Sherpa 2.0
Included security features like locking hitch pins and cable locks are always appreciated. Some racks’ security features are more robust than others, and we always recommend adding a tough aftermarket lock to keep your bikes safe. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Assembly

When you purchase a hitch bike rack from a brick-and-mortar retailer, they will typically assemble the rack for you and potentially even help you install it on your vehicle. When you purchase a rack online, it usually arrives at your home in a large box with some assembly required to prepare it for use. The assembly process varies between models and some are more involved than others, but generally, it isn’t too difficult. Most models come with detailed instructions and the tools needed to complete the steps in the process. Often you can find an instructional assembly video (or scan a QR code) if you prefer to see it done. We recommend following the instructions exactly for the easiest and most streamlined assembly.

The Thule T2 Pro XTR hitch bike rack before assembly
Most racks, like the Thule T2 Pro XTR pictured here, are delivered in several pieces with some assembly required to get them ready for use. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Storage

While many people will choose to leave their hitch rack on their vehicles at all times, most people will take it off seasonally or when they aren’t planning to use it for an extended period. You’ll need somewhere to keep it, and most hitch racks are fairly bulky and take up a fair amount of space in your garage, shed, or storage location. This is especially true of most vertical hanging and tray models, although a few collapse to a smaller size to make storing them more convenient. Some companies make wall-mountable hitch docks that can hold your rack up off the ground to keep things tidier. Top tube hanging racks tend to be the easiest to store given their narrower collapsed dimensions.

Multiple hitch bike racks on the floor of a garage to demonstrate their sizes
Hitch racks can be big and bulky, so storing them when not in use is certainly a consideration, especially for those short on space. (photo: Jeremy Benson)

Value

There’s no denying that hitch bike racks are expensive. Prices have been steadily increasing and the highest-end models now top $1,000. Unless you’re rolling in disposable income, that’s a tough pill to swallow for most people. Sure, more expensive racks typically have fancy features and high-end finishes, but most people don’t need to spend that much to get a rack that gets the job done.

Realistically, the least expensive models we tested work nearly as well as the high-priced options. All of them work better than no rack at all. Of course, the price of some racks goes way up when you need to add capacity. Tray racks get much more expensive when you factor add-ons into the equation. Those needing to carry many bikes at once would be wise to check out the vertical hanging options. While the upfront cost is fairly high, they cost less than some racks with add-ons for carrying 4 or more bikes at a time.

Frequently Asked Questions About Hitch Bike Racks

Why should I choose a hitch rack over a trunk or roof rack?

There are a number of reasons to choose a hitch rack over a trunk or roof rack. First, other than touching the hitch receiver, the rack itself doesn’t make contact with your vehicle (unless used incorrectly). Trunk racks can cause damage to your vehicle’s paint while roof racks need to be attached to your factory roof bars or require aftermarket bars attached to the vehicle. 

Hitch racks also have a low loading height and simpler loading process that makes them more user-friendly. For tray racks, you only need to lift the bike wheels as high as the tray. Roof racks require you to lift your bike to the height of the roof and loading them can be awkward. Trunk racks require you to lift the bikes to the height of the support arms.

Hitch racks are versatile in terms of bike fit, and most can handle a wide variety of wheel sizes, tire widths, frame shapes, and wheelbase lengths. Hitch racks are better for your bikes as they typically keep them from contacting one another or your vehicle when in transit. You also won’t run the risk of accidentally driving into the garage with your bike on the roof of your vehicle and potentially damaging your bike, vehicle, and home all at the same time.

There are a lot of choices up there, which one is the best?

It really depends on your needs. The best rack will be the one that carries the number and type of bikes that you have, fits your vehicle, and fits your budget. Doing lots of mountain bike shuttles? Look into the vertical hanging models. Only carrying one or two bikes at a time? The tray racks are your best bet. Need to haul heavy e-bikes? Check out the racks with a high weight capacity and compatibility with a loading ramp (and get the loading ramp). If you’re short on storage space, pick one that folds down small or isn’t too heavy. There are enough options that you should be able to find one that suits your needs.

Why are hitch bike racks so expensive?

Because of all that testing, plus premium materials, legitimate engineering and design, and more. Here’s the deal: We’ve tested some pre-production racks before and found issues, so these name-brand brands push back the release date and fix the problems. If brands that are experienced in making hitch racks don’t always get it right on the first try, would you trust that no-name online-only brands will? We wouldn’t.

Why should I get a name-brand hitch bike rack?

Do you want your bikes to arrive safely at the same destination as you? If yes, then know that all of the brands listed here extensively test their racks for strength, durability, and longevity. They test the coatings and hardware against road salt and other corrosive elements. They go through rigorous tests in the lab and out in the wild. We’ve toured some of their headquarters and seen the testing firsthand. It’s unlikely you’ll put these racks through the same torture, but it’s good to know they can take it.

Can I just leave it on my car all the time?

Of course, you can leave your hitch rack on your car all the time but it depends where you live and how much you use it. Some of us leave our racks on the car year-round without issue. These racks see a lot of rain, cross-country road trips, and bake in the sun, and they’re fine. That said, if you live somewhere it snows a lot in the winter or you’re not using it for months at a time, it’s probably better to take it off and keep it clean and dry rather than subject it to unnecessary abuse.

Most of these racks use an aluminum frame, but the hardware and hitch beam are usually steel. So, use your judgment. If everything else metal is rusting around you from salt air or road spray, you should probably hose it off and store it somewhere dry when not in use.

Which size trailer hitch should I get?

If you don’t already have a trailer hitch on your car, we recommend going with a 2″ size if possible. Some smaller cars will only find 1-1/4″ hitches available because manufacturers assume you won’t be towing bigger, heavier loads, so they don’t offer 2″ hitches for many compact cars.

If you plan on adding any extensions to your rack and carrying more than two bikes, you’ll need a 2″ hitch to handle that weight. You’ll also need a 2″ hitch if you plan on adding a swing-away adapter or anything else that extends or expands your carrying capacity.

I don’t have a hitch receiver, where do I get one installed?

In North America, U-Haul is one of the main places that people go to get a trailer hitch installed. They can do the wiring harness too if you need it. Otherwise, you can probably find a local mechanic who will happily install one for you. If you’re the DIY type, kits are available online for nearly every make and model of vehicle that you can install yourself.

mountain bike helmets

The Best Mountain Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

POC Omne Air MIPS road bike helmet

The Best Road Bike Helmets of 2023

Read more…

The post The Best Hitch Bike Racks of 2023 appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
296748
Save 20% on Biking Gear Including Some Surprising Items During REI Member Moment Sale https://bikerumor.com/save-20-discount-biking-cycling-gear-rei-member-moment-sale/ https://bikerumor.com/save-20-discount-biking-cycling-gear-rei-member-moment-sale/#comments Fri, 17 Mar 2023 18:44:37 +0000 https://bikerumor.com/?p=320939 REI cycling sale for members 20% off

Right now, REI Co-op Members save 20% on one full-price item and an extra 20% on one REI Outlet item. The deal runs March 17–27;…

The post Save 20% on Biking Gear Including Some Surprising Items During REI Member Moment Sale appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
REI cycling sale for members 20% off

Being an REI Co-op Member has its benefits. Members get up to 10% back on purchases annually, get 20% off bike shop service, and a bunch of other perks including the highly anticipated member coupons.

Right now, REI Co-op Members save 20% on one full-price item and an extra 20% on one REI Outlet item. The deal runs March 17–27. Just use the coupon code “MEMBER23” at checkout. Of course, there are some exclusions.

If you’re on the outside looking in, you can become a member now and enjoy these deals immediately. It costs $30 for a lifetime membership and comes with other benefits, including discounts on shop services and rentals, and access to REI’s Re/Supply used gear program.

Yes, the 20% deal is only good for one item. But that’s a great opportunity to save more on a new helmet, car rack, cooler, or other gear that won’t be discounted anytime soon.

Speaking of more savings, some of you may also have REI Member Rewards ready to cash in.

Shop the REI Co-Op Member Moment Sale

Member Moment Gear

You can browse the REI site and many things are eligible for the 20% coupon. That said, we’ve pulled out some fun new items you might not know about yet, all of which qualify for the Member Moment coupon.

Giro Helmets: New Aries Spherical Bike Helmet

Giro Aries Spherical Bike Helmet
(Photo/REI)

Apply the Member coupon to the brand-new Giro Aries Spherical, and the $300 helmet becomes a $239.99 helmet. Plus you’ll end up getting cash back on the purchase thanks to your membership. It’s pretty rare for a brand-new, top-of-the-line helmet to go on sale this soon, so don’t miss your chance!

Kuat Piston Pro X 2-Bike 1.25″ Rack

Kuat Piston Pro X 2-Bike 1.25" Rack
(Photo/REI)

The Kuat Piston Pro X is one of the best hitch bike racks available. And with your member coupon, it’s also on sale! The only catch is that it’s currently only available on REI as the 1.25-inch hitch version, not the 2-inch. But if you have a smaller hitch and want an incredible bike rack, the coupon knocks off $277.81 from the price.

Kuat Pivot V2 Swing Away Rack Adapter

Kuat Pivot V2 Swing Away Rack Adapter
(Photo/REI)

Already have a bike rack you love? The Kuat Pivot V2 Swing Away hitch adapter is a great addition to any 2″ hitch. The adapter is super easy to use, and allows you to swing away a full rack with bikes from the back of your car for post-ride tailgating. Note that this is the passenger-side swing model – depending on the exhaust pipe location on your vehicle, you may need the driver-side model.

Fox Suspension Forks on Sale

Fox Suspension forks - 36 Factory
(Photo/REI)

Need a new suspension for your bike? The REI member coupon can be used on a number of new Fox Suspension forks including the 36 Factory and 38 Factory. It can also be used on the Fox Transfer SL dropper posts.

Wolf Tooth Components

Wolf Tooth Components
(Photo/REI)

We love just about everything that comes out of the Wolf Tooth Components facility in Minnesota. Those looking for smaller items but still want to make the most of their member coupon should check out the Morse Cage Ti Water Bottle Cage, 8-Bit Kit One Bike Multi-Tool Set, or maybe one of its excellent ReMote dropper post levers.

YETI Roadie Wheeled Coolers

YETI Roadie Wheeled Cooler

Planning out your summer road trips? You might need a new cooler. After customer demand, YETI finally made a wheeled cooler. The Roadie 60 holds 53 12-ounce cans with lots of ice (2:1 ratio). It can hold 62 pounds of ice only. To help move that weight is a telescoping handle and the aforementioned rough-terrain wheels. Your friend’s leverage will help with the rest. The cooler comes with a dry goods basket too. We know, a $500 cooler is crazy. But if you’re going to buy one, you might as well use the member coupon and make it a $400 cooler!

Other Active Deals

REI will also have plenty of deeper discounts during the Member Moment too.

For instance, several REI Co-op tents, sleeping pads, and other camping equipment are on sale for 50% off. Other deals include 30% off Co-op Cycles kids’ bikes, 10% off selected Co-op Cycles eBikes and non-electric bikes, and 20% off Yakima bike racks.

Shop the REI Co-Op Member Moment Sale

This post is sponsored by REI. Explore the entire Member Moment sale for more gear.

The post Save 20% on Biking Gear Including Some Surprising Items During REI Member Moment Sale appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/save-20-discount-biking-cycling-gear-rei-member-moment-sale/feed/ 3 320939
The Best Bike Commuter Accessories – Ride to work in comfort & style https://bikerumor.com/best-bike-commuter-accessories/ https://bikerumor.com/best-bike-commuter-accessories/#comments Tue, 10 Jan 2023 21:34:00 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=273057 best bike commuter accessories for cycling to work

If you recently bought a new commuter bike or resolved to start riding to work more frequently, you may have realized that your old backpack…

The post The Best Bike Commuter Accessories – Ride to work in comfort & style appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
best bike commuter accessories for cycling to work

If you recently bought a new commuter bike or resolved to start riding to work more frequently, you may have realized that your old backpack simply isn’t cutting it as a comfortable way to carry all of your gear to work.

Or maybe you keep catching your pant leg on your chain, or you’re feeling a little nervous about safety when rolling through the city. And what about those rainy days?

Here, we’re rounding up the gear and accessories you need when riding to work (or riding for work) in busy cities. This isn’t our usual list of superlatives, rather, we’ve compiled a list of the accessories, lights, locks, and kits we love for riding around town, to school, and to work.

Best Bike Gear and Safety Tools

 FULL FENDERS: SKS Chromoplastic Longboard Fenders 

SKS Chromoplastic Longboard Fenders

While a clip-on fender might be great in a pinch if you’re serious about commuting in all conditions and you have a dedicated commuter bike, installing full fenders is the best way to stay dry and comfortable on the road. The Chromoplastic Longboard Fenders from SKS are some of the best easy-to-install fenders on the market. They’re also relatively inexpensive for a full set of fenders.

Note the flared, flexible “foot” on the bottom of the front — that’s key for keeping overspray from soaking your shoes (though you may still want to slow down a bit through the puddles, at least until the ride home!). They come in two sizes (700c and 29-inch) so make sure you order the right size for your bike.

MSRP: $65
PROS: Great for staying dry, easy to install
CONS: More permanent, so not ideal if you don’t always want fenders attached

 

EASY FENDERS: Ass-Savers 

Ass Savers plastic mud flaps, ToeTector front & BroTector rear extended rain protection for full-coverage fenders mudguards, reflective on/off

For rainy days, we love Ass Savers (now available in front and rear options!) as quick bike additions that will keep you relatively dry without weighing down your bike, costing a fortune, or taking a long time to mount. These small strips of plastic don’t look like much, but they’re shockingly durable and long-lasting for the price.

Admittedly, an Ass Saver is not as protective as permanent full fenders. It will — ahem — save your ass in a pinch, but we highly recommend opting for full fenders that are permanently installed if you ride to work in bad weather often. They are great if you use your regular road or gravel bike for riding to work and don’t want to have fenders installed all the time though!

MSRP: $10 for front, $12 for rear
PROS: Super easy installation, takes seconds; easily moves between bikes
CONS: Not a permanent solution, not full coverage

 

BEST BIKE LOCK: Kryptonite New York Cinch Ring Chain 1275 

Kryptonite New York Cinch Ring Chain 1275

When it comes to a lock that’s as close to bombproof as you can get, the Kryptonite New York Cinch Ring Chain is the go-to. It’s a favorite for a few BikeRumor staffers, despite the heavy weight. If you really, really want to feel secure leaving your bike locked up while you’re in the office, this is the lock to use.

The Kryptonite New York Cinch Ring Chain 1275 uses a small U-lock to secure the ends of the massive 12mm hexagonal manganese-steel links together, and it comes with three keys so you can always keep a spare hidden. We also like that the lock has a dust cover, helping it stand up to bad weather. And Kryptonite also offers its own theft protection for up to $4,000 (free for the first year), in addition to being certified for most bike insurance companies through Sold Secure.

Fair warning: This lock will weigh you down at nearly 7 pounds. It may be overkill for a commuter who’s usually bringing the bike into the office, or who works in a quiet neighborhood where he can see his bike through a storefront window.

Looking for a different style of lock? Check out our top Bike Lock Buyers Guide for more options.

MSRP: $145
PROS: One of the most secure options out there
CONS: Heavy, just on the short side, pricey

 

PREPACKED SADDLE BAG: Blackburn Local Ride Kit 

Blackburn Local Ride Kit

Yes, even commuters can get flat tires. That’s why you should always have a pump or CO2 cartridge plus an inflator (preferably both), a good multitool, tire levers, a spare tube, patches for tubes, and somewhere to carry all of it.

This simple prepacked saddle bag from Blackburn is just missing a tube and some patches, but otherwise, it’s ready to go. Of course, you can build your own, and we have recommendations for the best multitools and tire levers. But if you want to keep your commuting bike tools simple and separate, this kit from Blackburn has a solid multitool, a great mini-pump, and tire levers that will help fix a tricky flat. Plus, a seat bag stores them all, and the price is cheaper than buying each piece separately.

MSRP: $70
PROS: Great starting point for new cyclists, includes a blinky light loop
CONS: Still need to add patches and tube

 

LIGHT SET: Knog Plugger Twinpack 

Knog Plugger Twinpack

Every commuter should have lights on their bike for safety. Even if you’re not riding at night, bike lights make you more visible, while also helping you see what’s coming up ahead on the road. Commuters will want front and rear lights, and unless you’re pulling lots of late nights and riding in the dark regularly, the Knog Plugger Twinpack with front and rear lights is the perfect budget-friendly option.

They’re easy to charge with USB cables and have really long battery life in “flash” modes. They attach with a simple silicone band that can be replaced if broken, so they’re ideal if you’re switching bikes, running late, or you don’t want to leave them on your bike while at work. (Often at the office after dark? You’ll want something brighter — think 1,000 lumens — and we have a whole roundup of the best bike lights right here.)

MSRP: $60
PROS: Great price, easy to mount, sleek looks
CONS: Not the brightest for night riding

 

NIGHT-RIDING LIGHT: Light & Motion Urban 1000 

Light & Motion Urban 1000

If you commute through the winter, even 9-to-5 workers will be riding in the dark before and after work, which means a front light that has 1,000 lumens is critical for seeing what’s up ahead. A rear light is also critical, so we’re big fans of the Urban 1000 Commuter Combo from Light & Motion. While it’s pricier ($150) than the Knog set, the front light is significantly brighter.

It’s a great, easy-to-install light that takes seconds to clip onto your handlebars to light the way home after a tough day at work. Two BikeRumor staffers have had this light for years and both are still going strong. They’re easy to recharge, easy to operate, and just a simple, no-nonsense light that works. (Looking for something different? We have a whole roundup of the best bike lights right here.)

MSRP: $150
PROS: Easy to mount, great for night riding on roads
CONS: None, really

 

BIKE BELL: Spurcycle Compact Bell 

Spurcycle Compact Bell

Find yourself riding on the bike path or city streets and dodging pedestrians who are talking on their cell phones or listening to music with headphones on? The Spurcycle Compact Bell may be tiny, but it’s also loud as heck. But, you know, the friendly kind of loud. We appreciate the subtle style and construction of this bell, and unlike cheaper bell options, this one is built to last. Plus, it just looks really good!

MSRP: $42
PROS: Loud noise, small bell, good looks
CONS: Pricey

 

BOTTLE CAGE-FRIENDLY COFFEE: YETI Rambler 18 oz.

YETI Rambler 18 oz.

The leakproof YETI Rambler is our top pick for commuters, cyclocross racers, college kids … basically, anyone who wants to put something other than water in the bottle on their bike. Bring your latte to the office without fear of spilling it while also being more eco-friendly than picking up a to-go cup from your local coffee shop. And you’ll still have hot coffee well into the afternoon thanks to YETI’s double-walled construction.

Make sure you get the 18-ounce version, as it’s the only one that will fit in the bottle cage. It comes in five colors and you can also swap the included cap for a chug cap — making drinking iced coffee easier — and gain nine extra colors to choose from.

MSRP: $30
PROS: Keeps drinks hot or cold all day
CONS: None, really

PHONE MOUNT: Quad Lock System 

Quad Lock System

Trying to navigate to a meeting across town, or just trying to make sure you never miss a call from your boss while heading into work? We get it. BikeRumor staffers try phone mounts regularly, and many come back to Quad Lock and keep mounts on all of their bikes (read our full review here).

The Quad Lock system includes a case, your choice of two out-front handlebar mounts, or a strap-on stem mount. Your phone connects in the same way that cycling computers attach to their mount: Pop it on and twist it to lock. The mount holds your phone securely, yet it’s easy to detach it quickly. The cases are slim but protective, and the mounts are sleek enough that they won’t look out of place on rides without your phone on them.

While this case/mount combo is pricier than others upfront, additional mounts are relatively inexpensive. You’re committing to a system, but Quad Lock has been around since 2011 and keeps up with new phone technology, so you can rest assured that your new phone will have a Quad Lock case that works with it (the company was shipping iPhone 13 cases just a couple weeks after Apple debuted them). And it makes mounts for everything: dash, moto, suction cup, tripod, armband, stick-on, desktop, and more. There’s even a clear silicone “poncho” cover to protect it from inclement weather.

Got a case you already love? Just order the stick-on adapter to use it with any of its mounts. The company makes cases for iPhone, Galaxy, Pixel, Huawei, and a even universal option.

MSRP: $60-90 for case and mount kit, depending on mount
PROS: Full system with different mount options, ultra secure, camera ready
CONS: Case may not work well with all wireless chargers

 

FLOOR PUMP: Topeak JoeBlow Sport III  

Topeak JoeBlow Sport III

If you’re not a longtime cyclist, you may not realize that your tires need air until it’s too late. Best bet? Top them off each week with a decent yet affordable floor pump. Maybe more often if they feel squishy at all when you press into them with your thumb.

The JoeBlow Sport III will never let you down. This pump excels when it comes to rider-focused, thoughtful design. The pressure gauge is easy to read, since it’s a full three inches in diameter, making it ideal for those cyclists who need reading glasses. The handle on the JoeBlow Sport III pump is lightly padded and wider for a more comfortable grip. The simplicity of the pump head — the TwinHead DX — makes swapping between inflating Schrader or Presta valves a literal snap. These little details add up to one deluxe pump that’s perfect for the whole family.

MSRP: $60
PROS: Ergonomic design, great price
CONS: Short-ish hose length

Bringing Your Work Home With You

BACKPACK: Ortlieb Velocity PS Pack 

Ortlieb Velocity PS Pack

This BikeRumor editor has had an Ortlieb Velocity PS Pack for eight years and it still looks new — and has never once failed to keep gear dry even in the worst downpour. It looks simple, and it is — no bells and whistles and pockets, just a single compartment and simple roll top with a Velcro fastener. But that’s what makes it great: It’s just a simple backpack that keeps everything dry. The back has a plastic frame that keeps your pack comfortable and the weight well distributed across your back, and it has chest and waist straps if you’re carrying a heavy load. This pack is bombproof.

MSRP: $160
PROS: Will last forever
CONS: Back will get sweaty on hot rides

 

BACKPACK-STYLE PANNIER: Huntvp 27L Backpack Pannier  

Huntvp 27L Backpack Pannier

Don’t love the bright colors of the Ortlieb bags and want something a bit stealthier when going into the office? Panniers that convert into backpacks or totes are ideal for bike commuters, and we like the Huntvp 27L Backpack Pannier. This bag comes in four colors: black, white, army green, and yellow.

The bag is conveniently waterproof, comfortable, and tucks onto your bike rack with ease … which keeps it off your back on your way to work! The attachments for the pannier are easily covered with a zippered flap to protect your back.

MSRP: $65
PROS: Looks great as a backpack and works well as a pannier
CONS: None, really

 

TOTE-STYLE PANNIER: Ortlieb Back-Roller Classic Panniers 

Ortlieb Back-Roller Classic Panniers

The Ortlieb Back-Roller Classic Panniers transform from pannier to tote bag handily — perfect for leaving your bike outside but bringing your bags into the office — but their best quality is just how waterproof they are. Unlike many other bags that are water-resistant, just like the backpack from Ortlieb, these can handle monsoon-level rains without getting a drop on your laptop.

The two-pack allows you to have one bag for work supplies and another for your change of clothes and your lunch. They securely click onto most standard bike racks (see below for our recommendation), then pull off easily to carry inside. And they come in several bright colors: gray, yellow, red, blue, and orange, which helps make you more visible to traffic, especially in a downpour!

MSRP: $200/pair
PROS: 100% waterproof, durable, easy to carry on and off the bike
CONS: Expensive (but worth it)

 

EASY PANNIER RACK: Topeak Explorer Rack 

Topeak Explorer Rack

This simple aluminum rear rack is easy to install on your bike and lets you get those books off your back and into pannier bags on either side of your rear wheel. The Topeak Explorer can hold 57 pounds of cargo and it has an integrated spring clip to help secure any extra cargo on top of the rack. You can also add a rear basket if you want to stick with your regular backpack and skip getting panniers right away — a great option if you have a work bag or briefcase that you love. (On rainy days, simply pop that bag into a garbage bag for instant waterproofing.)

This rack is available in a range of sizes, though most bikes can use the basic version, which fits 26-inch, 27.5-inch (650B), and 700C wheels. You’ll need to specify between the disc brake or non-disc brake version, though, and just make sure your bike has the necessary mounting points (see the FAQ at the bottom of this post for details).

MSRP: $50
PROS: Great to carry bags without getting sweaty, easy to use
CONS: Requires installation, may make it harder to mount a rear fender

Bike Commute-Friendly Apparel

BUDGET HELMET: Specialized Align II 

Specialized Align II helmet

The Specialized Align II scored the second-highest safety rating on Virginia Tech’s STAR ranking — just behind a helmet five times its price. At 355 grams, it’s not the lightest helmet on the market, but for $50, you can’t beat the price.

We like having a spare commuter helmet for a couple of reasons: First, it’s nice to have a spare helmet in case you forget one or a friend needs to borrow one, or (eek) you drop a helmet and crack it right before a ride. Second, more aero-style road helmets or more protective mountain bike helmets might feel a little silly (and less comfortable) when worn with your suit as you pedal your commuter bike to the office.

We also love that it comes in seven colors — lavender, light purple, metallic blue, hi-vis yellow, black, white, and red — and three sizes.

MSRP: $55
PROS: Great color range and features for the price
CONS: Heavier than “performance” helmets (but still lighter than most urban lids)

 

RAIN WEAR: Chrome Storm Commuter Jacket & Pants 

Chrome Storm Commuter Jacket & Pants for commuter cyclists

A raincoat that works for riding comfortably is critical if you want to be a year-round commuter, and we love the Chrome Industries Storm Salute Commuter Jacket. It’s roomy enough for your regular clothes underneath, unlike a racier “cycling” raincoat. But it also has features that make it bike-friendly, like a dropped back to keep spray off your bum and interior pockets to keep your phone safe and dry. The zip is two-way, so if it starts to get warm, you can ventilate from the top or bottom. Available in olive and black in men’s and women’s sizes from S to XL.

If you’re really serious about commuting in the worst weather, add the Chrome Storm Rain Pant. It has a reinforced seat and three-layer stretch material that’s breathable, yet totally waterproof. Gussetted ankle zips keep it snug while pedaling, but open wide so you can easily pull them on or off over your regular clothes. They also make a great wind shell in cold weather! (Note: Men’s sizing listed, but the fit is unisex.)

MSRP: Jacket, $190 / Pants, $140
PROS: Great fit for commuting, keeps you dry and comfortable
CONS: Pricey

 

PANT CUFF: RockBros Pants Clip 

RockBros Pants Clip

If you ride bikes in pants, chances are really good (as in, basically 100%) that you’re going to get them caught between the chain and chain ring at some point. Best case, you only get a little grease on them. Worst case? They rip a big chunk out of them. And that’s not how you want to show up for the big presentation at work!

The RockBros Pants Clip strap wraps around your pants leg opening to hold it close to your leg, Velcro shuts, and it has reflective elements all around it to help keep you safe at night too. They’re sold as a two-pack, and you could even use them to strap something to your bike rack in a pinch.

MSRP: $13
PROS: Simple, effective, cheap
CONS: None, really

 

FLAT PEDALS: Crankbrothers Stamp Pedal 

Crankbrothers Stamp Pedal

If you’re repurposing your road bike or mountain bike to ride to the office, you may want to consider swapping pedals from a clipless to a flat pedal option, especially if your ride is short.

Some people prefer riding to work in cycling gear, then changing at the office, but if you’re just pedaling in your work clothes, flat pedals allow you to wear regular shoes rather than your cycling shoes. We like the Crankbrothers Stamp because, unlike the cheaper pedals that come stock on most commuter bikes, these have a wider platform and small pins for traction and they’ll last longer and spin smoother. This makes them ideal for wearing flat sneakers and still feeling somewhat connected to the bike when you pedal.

MSRP: $50
PROS: Great traction, smooth and quiet pedaling performance
CONS: Don’t need it if your bike has flat pedals already, but still a nice upgrade

 

BEST ACCESSORY: BUFF Original

Buff Original headwear

We love buffs for how they can instantly make a chilly ride feel warmer by protecting your head, neck, and face. But a buff isn’t just a critical under-helmet implement for many months of the year, it’s also now doubly useful since if you forgot your mask at home or the office, or it’s simply tucked way into your backpack, you can pull a buff up as a quick mask solution when running errands after work. They can also be used for taming helmet hair in a pinch.

MSRP: $24
PROS: Ultra-versatile
CONS: Soggy when wet

2022 specialized turbo como ebike commuter
Photo c. Specialized

Buyers Guide for Commuter Accessories

Think About Your Daily Usage

If you ride to work every single day, it’s worth spending a bit more time and money streamlining your riding setup to make your ride easier and more comfortable. If you only ride to work occasionally, you can likely get away without a specific bike commuter-friendly backpack, though some gear like a sturdy bike lock is non-negotiable.

Consider Where You’re Riding

If you’re doing a longer or harder ride to get to the office, you may want to streamline your accessories with a focus on saving weight and wearing cycling gear that’s more cycling-specific, then changing at the office. If you’re doing a short commuter by bike, you can likely use a heavier bike that allows you to carry all of your gear comfortably. And if you’re doing a half-and-half commute where you take a train or bus partway, commuter accessories that are just as useful when walking are great options.

You Always Need a Lock

Period. Even if you normally keep your bike in the office, you never know when a bike room is going to be closed for repair, or if you need to run a quick errand on your way home. (We have a list of the best locks right here.)

Focus on Safety

We included plenty of safety-focused accessories in this roundup because prioritizing safety on your commute is key. That means a helmet, reflective gear, appropriate lights, and even clothing that won’t get caught in your chain as you pedal!

Photo c. Scott Sports

Frequently Asked Questions About Bike Commuting

What kind of bike do I need for a commute?

Different styles of bikes might suit different types of riders. For instance, commuters who ride the train or bus for part of their commute before pedaling the final stretch may prefer a folding bike that can be stored under a seat. For longer commutes, a road bike (and a full change of clothing at the office) might be preferable and more efficient.

Alternatively, for longer commutes or for riders who need a bit of a boost, an e-bike might be ideal. And if you live in a small apartment or you’re on a tight budget, your best option for a commuter bike might simply be whatever type of bike you prefer to ride when you’re riding for fun. Don’t feel like you’re locked into a strictly “commuter” option, consider your needs and how you prefer to ride. But if you’re looking for something new, we have a roundup of our favorite commuter bikes right here.

Do I need a messenger bag, backpack, or panniers?

It depends on how much you bring to the office! We don’t really love messenger bags unless you’re actually a bike messenger who needs to regularly swing your bag around for easy access. Because they will swing down, and, honestly, it can be kind of annoying.

We do love a good backpack, though, especially if you’re only bringing a laptop and maybe a few small items to and from work. But if you bring a lot with you to and from the office, a bike with a rear rack and panniers (that can convert into easy-to-carry tote bags) is a great solution. It helps avoid back sweat and allows you to carry everything from your computer to your lunch to a full change of clothing. They’re great for farmers’ market runs too!

Father and child on bike wearing nutcase helmets
Commuter helmets come in all shapes, sizes & colors. Photo c. Nutcase

Do I need a commuter helmet?

Absolutely not — you can use whatever helmet you have at home. We do like having a commuter helmet in addition to your nice road or MTB one, though, because commuter helmets tend to be a bit less pricey, a bit more comfort-focused, and less likely to leave you with “helmet hair.”

What should I keep at the office to make my commute smoother?

We suggest keeping a small bag of “extras” at the office to make your commute easier. They can include:

  • Office shoes (especially if you only wear one type of shoe in the office, like a basic loafer, so you can change out of cycling shoes or sneakers when you get there)
  • Deodorant
  • Body wipes for sweatier-than-anticipated rides
  • Full change of clothing, including underwear (you never know when a sudden rainstorm or, unfortunately, a crash can mess up your work clothes during your commute, so having a spare set can be helpful in a pinch)
  • Any easy extras that you would normally bring to and from work every day, like a coffee mug
  • Charging cables for your bike lights (in case you forgot to charge them at home)

What should I carry with me on the ride?

You may be tempted to leave your mini-pump at home, but carry all of the same bike tools you’d take on a normal ride: bike pump, spare tube, patch kit, and multitool. If you’re not great at fixing a flat, take some time and practice so that if you do get a flat on the way to work, you don’t miss the morning meeting because you’re on the side of the road trying to pry a tire off.

Commuter bikes

How do I attach a rack or fenders to my bike?

If your bike has eyelets (also referred to as bosses, rack mounts, or fender mounts) near the dropouts on the frame and fork and some higher up near the seat post clamp or fork crown, chances are you can use the bolt-on style rack like the Topeak one we recommend here.

If not, you’ll want to look at universal racks like the Thule Pack ‘n Pedal Tour Rack and its optional side frames if you want to add panniers. These strap onto the fork or seatstay tubes and fit almost any bike, but they generally only have about half of the load capacity.

How can I keep my bike safe, in addition to a lock?

Locking your wheels on your bike with locking axles is a sneaky, tiny addition that can make your bike much more secure. Ever seen a wheelless bike frame still locked to a rack? If you’re leaving your bike locked outside, especially in higher crime areas, then you need a locking axle on the wheels if you want to keep them.

These replace your quick-release skewers and require a special key or tool (or both) to remove and more time, all of which are very strong deterrents for would-be thieves. Left to right, here are our three favorite options:

the best locking bike wheel skewers to prevent bicycle wheel theft

Hexlox Skewers: Perhaps the sleekest, lightest, and coolest antitheft wheel skewers out there, the Hexlox bolts use a proprietary plug-and-key system to effectively block access to the bolt. Meaning, you can’t insert an Allen wrench to loosen the axle until you’ve removed the plug … and you absolutely can not do that unless you have the key. You can even buy just the plug-and-key sets to secure your seat post, saddle, stem, and almost any other part on your bike! MSRP is $70 for a complete set, available directly from Hexlox. Or just add the cap to your existing thru-axle!

Pinhead Quick Release Skewers: Similar to Hexlox, except using a keyed pattern on a matching lever that acts as both key and tool to remove the bolt. Not quite as stealthy, but a little more affordable at $60 MSRP. Available through Amazon and Trek Bikes.

ABUS Nutfix: These work a bit differently in that you’ll need a thin 8mm wrench (like this set) to remove your wheel. The Nutfix caps simply prevent access to that bolt while the bike is upright and locked to a rack. This means you’ll need to lay your bike flat on the ground for the cap to lift and allow access to the bolt, and we doubt any thief will figure that out. MSRP is $70 for the set, available on Amazon. There are also larger versions for the bolt-on wheels commonly found on 20- to 26-inch kids’ bikes, but make sure you order the correct M8, M9, or M10 version to match the solid axle’s size!

All three of these brands also make locking seatpost bolts too — no one wants to ride home on a bike that no longer has a saddle.

The post The Best Bike Commuter Accessories – Ride to work in comfort & style appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/best-bike-commuter-accessories/feed/ 1 273057
Best Commuter Bikes of 2021: Ride to work or school in comfort, speed and style https://bikerumor.com/best-commuter-bikes/ https://bikerumor.com/best-commuter-bikes/#comments Mon, 09 Jan 2023 13:15:00 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=264234 Best commuter bikes

If you’re looking for a dedicated commuter bike to ride to work or around town on errands, you’re likely looking for a bike in a…

The post Best Commuter Bikes of 2021: Ride to work or school in comfort, speed and style appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Best commuter bikes

If you’re looking for a dedicated commuter bike to ride to work or around town on errands, you’re likely looking for a bike in a lower price range, but one that will never let you down. Commuter bike styles vary widely, from step-through frames and full-fender bikes to ultra-simple fixed gears.

This list is by no means exhaustive — there are thousands of bike models that fall into the “commuter” category if you broaden the definition. Here, we’ve rounded up the models that have been tested and found to perform consistently, are worth the price tag, and have a little something extra to recommend them.

Commuter bikes

Check out our list of the best commuter bike options, and if you’re still fuzzy on the type of bike you need or how to buy one, scroll down for our buyers guide and frequently asked questions.

BEST OVERALL:Specialized Sirrus X 2.0 

Specialized Sirrus X 2.0 urban commuter and fitness bike

Everything you need and nothing you don’t. This bare-bones hybrid bike is simple and at a glance doesn’t look like anything fancy. But for a commuter bike that’ll be locked outside all day, that’s a plus — it won’t attract attention. And the lightweight, shaped, and butted aluminum frame will stand up to the elements (though it does have a steel fork on this model).

What we like about the Sirrus X 2.0 is that it could get you to work at a leisurely pace, but can also haul ass when you’re running late for a meeting. We appreciate that comfortable cruising and sporty handling combination. Use the rack and fender mounts to add more capacity as needed.

The 1×8 wide-range microSHIFT ADVENT drivetrain is surprisingly good and keeps things really simple, yet with enough gear range to scoot up the climbs and hammer the flats. Wider, mildly aggressive tires make this a great fitness bike for groomed bike trails and riders who enjoy taking those secret dirt shortcuts now and then.

  • Type: Hybrid
  • Drivetrain: microSHIFT 8-speed
  • Brakes: Promax F1 hydraulic disc
  • Weight:  27.3 pounds
  • Sizes: XS-XL
  • Color: Black, Gloss Clay, Arctic Blue
  • Price: $775

PROS: Great balance of budget and performance
CONS: No fenders or other extras

BEST BUDGET:State Bicycle Co. Core 

State Bicycle Co. Core best commuter bike

The Core line from State Bicycle Co. offers minimal design in a fixed gear or single-speed bike, with plenty of choices in terms of colorways. If you’re looking for an entry to single-speed riding for getting around a flat-ish area, it’s hard to beat these $400 4130 chromoly (steel alloy) bikes.

The bike comes with a flip-flop hub, meaning it can convert from single speed, where the caliper brakes become necessary to stop but coasting is possible, to fixed gear where you slow down by slowing your pedaling. This style of bike is a bike messenger staple because of its simplicity: no gears or shifters to deal with, and when using the fixed gear side of the hub, even braking is simplified. And the State Bicycle Co. steel bike is a great value for the price.

We also love that as you purchase the bike online, you can add extras for a one-stop shop if you’re in a hurry — though we wouldn’t necessarily choose those specific extras if we were being picky. You can opt to add lights, locks, flat-repair kits, and fenders as add-ons. You can also upgrade to swankier pedals and saddles.

  • Type: Fixed/Single Speed
  • Drivetrain: 44×16 single-speed gearing
  • Brakes: Caliper brakes
  • Wheels: Aluminum
  • Weight: 24.5 lbs.
  • Sizes: 46, 50, 54, 58 cm
  • Colors: Too many options to list
  • Extras: None (but optional to buy lights, locks, and fenders as add-ons)
  • Price: $400

PROS: Great price, fantastic range of colors
CONS: Fixed gear riders or brave single speeders only

 BEST FOLDING BIKE: Tern Verge S8i 

Tern Verge S8i 

Admittedly, February 2020 wasn’t the best time to post an article about how to take a bike on a cruise. But at the time, we didn’t know what the future would hold — and the ability to take a bike on a cruise ship (and manage to not get grease on any of the sheets in a small cabin) was a good test of how the Tern Verge S8i would work in an office or dorm room setting.

Equipped with an internally geared 8-speed Shimano Alfine hub and belt drive, it has a great gear range for tackling rolling hills or headwinds. The belt drive is a major bonus: no exposed gears, chains, or grease means easy storage whether on a cruise ship, cubicle, dorm, apartment, subway, or bus.

It has a lightweight alloy frame, and it comes with fenders and a rear rack, integrated front/rear lights, and a kickstand. The folding process is a literal snap. If you’re a part-time commuter, meaning you use public transport to get part way to the office before riding it in, this folding bike is a great option for you. This bike even has hydraulic disc brakes, which means you have ultimate stopping power. The Verge 8Si is well worth its price tag.

  • Type: Folding
  • Drivetrain: Shimano Alfine internally geared 8-speed hub, belt drive
  • Brakes: Shimano Deore hydraulic disc brakes
  • Wheels: 20″ with Schwalbe tires
  • Weight: 31.5 lbs.
  • Sizes: One size
  • Color: Silver
  • Extras: Fenders, bell, front/rear lights, kickstand, cargo rack
  • Price: $2,199

PROS: 8-speed internal gearing to help keep the bike compact, lightweight, packs down small, lots of included extras
CONS: Pricey

 BEST COMFORT COMMUTER: Trek District 4 Equipped Stagger 

District 4 Equipped Stagger best commuter bike

If you’ve ever spent time in a European city, you likely noticed that there were thousands of casual commuting bikes lining every street. The Trek District 4 Equipped Stagger resembles these bikes, but it’s packed with features that make it one of the most well-equipped, fun bikes for your commute. It even uses a Shimano dynamo front hub to power your lights.

This editor admittedly struggled on the first ride: Unlike a repurposed road bike, MTB, or fixed gear, this bike is built for comfort, not speed. Running late? You won’t be able to put much extra power down. But if you’re riding with the intention of not getting sweaty in your work clothes, or you’re just enjoying a casual ride, this bike is perfect.

After the initial adjustment — and a rainy ride — it was clear that the internal hub, the full fenders, and the pedal-powered front and rear lights are perfect for a commute. Even on a muddy day on the bike trail heading downtown, there was no mud spray and the Gates CDX drive meant no need to clean a chain.

Also worth noting: This bike is burly. Compared to many bikes that top out at 250 pounds for the weight limit, this bike is rated for riders plus cargo up to 300 pounds.

  • Type: Step-through
  • Drivetrain: Shimano Alfine
  • Brakes: Hydraulic disc
  • Wheels: 700c Bontrager alloy rim with Bontrager H2 Comp tire
  • Weight: 34 lbs.
  • Sizes: Small, medium, large
  • Color: Black
  • Extras: Full fenders, rack, dynamo, lights, bell
  • Price: $1,700

PROS: Built-in extras like full fenders, self-charging lights, and a bell make this bike ready to commute
CONS: Pricey, not speedy

 BEST VERSATILE COMMUTER: Surly Cross-Check 

Surly Cross-Check bike best commuter bike

If you’re considering buying a bike that can do most things, the Surly Cross-Check is easily the most versatile bike on this list. Want to do a road ride after work? Gravel on the weekends? A swap of the handlebars (to something like the Surly Corner Bar) and change of tires can morph this bike into a gravel grinder, a decent road bike, or a decent cyclocross build. This editor raced a Cross-Check on the cyclocross course for years, even in the elite field, and loved it.

Of course, the versatility means it’s not the perfect commuter. It doesn’t include any bells and whistles, though it does have eyelets to easily mount racks and fenders if you want to make it more weatherproof. At $1,099, we can forgive the fact that it doesn’t have disc brakes — though that does mean it’s less ideal for cyclocross racing than it would have been 10 years ago. That said, these bikes are pretty bombproof: That cyclocross-racing this editor did? That was 15 years ago when the bike had already been passed through several racers. It’s still being passed around a junior team in New Jersey to this day.

Last thing worth noting: It comes in sizes ranging from 42 to 64 cm, a huge spread. It’s rare to find road-ish bikes available under 50 cm, so this is a great option for many women, kids, and shorter men.

  • Type: Road/Cyclocross
  • Drivetrain: microSHIFT Acolyte Xpress
  • Brakes: Tektro cantilever brakes
  • Wheels: Clearance for up to 42mm tires
  • Weight: Frame is roughly 5 lbs., depending on size, and fully built up, the bikes are roughly 27 lbs.
  • Sizes: 42, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64 cm
  • Color: Blue-black
  • Extras: None
  • Price: $1,099

PROS: Great price for a versatile bike, huge range of sizes
CONS: Not ideal for wearing business clothes while riding, no disc brakes

 BEST COMMUTER-SLASH-BIKEPACKER: Salsa Journeyman Sora 700 

Salsa Journeyman Sora 700 best commuter bike

If you want to spend a bit more and you’re thinking more about bikepacking trips on weekends after long work weeks, check out the Salsa Journeyman Sora 700. The bike is ready for racks and fenders if you want to add them, and it features a unique geometry with a sloping top tube that will actually make it easier to wear work clothing while riding.

This bike has mechanical disc brakes, a huge upgrade from the Cross Check’s rim brakes. Choose between flat or dropped handlebars, and 1x or 2x drivetrains. And opt for 700cc or 650b wheels, depending on whether you want to run road or mountain bike tires. The standard model comes with dropped bars and 700c wheels, though.

  • Type: Road/Bikepacking
  • Drivetrain: Shimano Sora
  • Brakes: Promax disc
  • Wheels: Formula with WTB Riddler tires
  • Weight: 24.6 lbs. (55.5 cm)
  • Sizes: 50, 52, 54, 55.5, 57, 59.5 cm
  • Color: White
  • Price: $1,199

PROS: Great price for a versatile, adventure-ready bike
CONS: None, really

 BEST RETRO FLAIR: BOMBTRACK Arise Tour 

Bombtrack Arise Tour best commuter bike

We love a bike that looks like it requires riders to sport a handlebar mustache and three-piece suit to ride it, but that is fully equipped with all the latest and greatest in bike tech. Enter the BOMBTRACK Arise Tour, a 4130 chromoly-tubed navy bike with tanned leather accents that looks antique but definitely isn’t.

The bike is designed for light touring or heavy-duty commuting, with plenty of rack space to store your work supplies. This is ideal if you’re planning to commute on hot days since you’ll avoid a sweaty back from a backpack. Or pack your clothes and change at work. Either way, you won’t have to shoulder your books, laptop, etc. — just put them in a pannier bag.

The premounted lights are powered by a dynamo hub, so you don’t need to worry about plugging anything in. And of course, full fenders keep you dry on rainy days. It even comes with extra spokes integrated into the frame!

  • Type: Road/Touring
  • Drivetrain: Ames sub-compact 30 / 46T crankset, 11-42T cassette
  • Brakes: TRP Mechanical disc
  • Wheels: WTB with Vee Tires in 38 and 40 mm
  • Weight: 32.4 lbs. (Medium)
  • Sizes: XS-XL
  • Color: Navy
  • Extras: Front and rear racks and lights
  • Price: $2,200

PROS: Amazing vintage style but smooth, fully upgraded, and modern ride
CONS: Pricey, bar-end shifters might be an adjustment for some

Buyers Guide for Commuter Bikes

walking the specialized turbo vado sl up a staircase
Weight and ease of carrying are two important factors when choosing a commuter bike that you’ll need to take upstairs (or down into a metro tube).

After scanning this list of our top bikes, you may be torn between whether you need a hipster fixed gear or a Euro-style step-through commuter. But don’t just go on looks alone: Here’s what to think about as you pick the bike that’s right for you.

Style

We dig into this more in the FAQ section below, but clearly, there’s a huge range of options in terms of commuter bike style. Rather than just picking the one that looks the coolest to you, consider the distance and climbing profile of your commute. If you have a three-mile flat route, a single speed might be your lowest cost/lowest maintenance perfect choice. However, if you have a 10-mile hilly route to work, something geared is going to be crucial for most riders.

Price

Obviously, bikes aren’t cheap. Though comparatively, commuter bikes are in the cheaper category compared to road, MTB, or gravel bikes! Still, you can see from this list that prices can range from a few hundred dollars to nearly $2,000, depending on the style and components. For some, the price may be no object. For those on a budget, consider choosing a bike with fewer frills — like a single-speed — that has a low price tag, rather than opting for a bargain bike from a big box store; it might come with all the bells and whistles, but it’ll likely break down faster in the long run and cost you more to maintain.

Weight

Are you going to need to heft the bike up five flights of stairs to bring it into the office? If so, weight might be a factor. But if you’re rolling from your garage into the first-floor bike parking at your building, the weight may be less of an issue.

Components

Look at the spec list and try to find the best price/value compromise, usually somewhere in the middle of the range. You’ll have fewer breakdowns and maintenance issues if you can spend a bit more on the components, but rarely do commuter bikes require the latest/greatest/lightest options.

Extras

Consider what extras come with the bike, and what extras you’ll need to buy to add to it. (This can factor in when considering the price.) Some bikes come with built-in lights (Trek and BOMBTRACK’s bikes even have a hub that powers them!). Some bikes have full fenders — important if you’re riding to work or school, rain or shine. Others are pretty bare-bones, but that might be good if you’d prefer to pick your own add-ons, or already have lights/fenders/racks.

Bike storage
Do you have a place to store your bike easily?

Storage

Do you have space to stash another bike at home? Some bikes — fixed gears and folding bikes — take up minimal space, while burlier hybrids and commuters can take up a huge amount of room. At work, will you be able to keep your bike inside somewhere (in your office or a storage area), or will it be locked outside? If it’s locked outside, consider the area you’re in. A burly lock can deter bike thieves, but if bike theft is a major issue near you, a less expensive bike (plus a good lock and bike insurance) might be a smarter option.

Frequently Asked Questions About Commuter Bikes

Commuter bikes

What is a commuter bike?

There are a few bikes that can be considered part of the commuter bike category, which is why the options above look so different and vary so much.

  • Hybrid: Most traditional commuter bikes based on a more Euro style are hybrid bikes. They typically have step-through or lower frames for ease of straddling the bike in dress pants or a skirt, a wider saddle for short ride comfort, higher handlebars so you’re sitting more upright, and thicker, puncture-resistant city tires.
  • Single Speed/Fixed Gear: The commuter bike of choice for bike messengers (and, in the early aughts, hipsters). They’re great commuters because they have so few components to take care of, they’re lightweight, and in cities, they’re great options for shorter, flatter commutes.
  • Folding: A folding bike is a hybrid commuter’s best friend. For hybrid commuters, part of the journey happens on a bus, train, or car, then you hop on a bike for the second part. A folding bike is often the only kind of bike allowed on trains or subways during peak hours, and it’s great because you can bring it into the office with you.
  • Drop Bar: These look like road bikes but usually have mounts for racks and fenders. The handlebars are usually flared outward a bit. The tires won’t be quite as thick as on a hybrid, but they’ll be lighter and faster. These are great bikes for riders who want to ditch the gear and explore on weekends or ride gravel and need one bike to do it all.
Fitting an Oyama folding bicycle behind the seats in a minivan

Do I need a commuter bike?

Honestly, no. Many people opt to simply use their current bike, an old bike that they no longer use for fun riding but still functions, or they’ll buy a cheap used bike to ride around town. This editor used her mountain bike from when she was 13 as her commuter bike until very recently. These older bikes are often great because you’re less worried about bike theft when locking a 19-year-old bike outside. Plus, you know all of its quirks, like the fact that it gets stuck between gears when pedaling on any incline. Alternatively, you may just use your current road, mountain, gravel, or cyclocross bike as your commuter. That’s completely allowed.

What kind of commuter hybrid bike frames are there?

There are two main types of frames that commuter bikes are designed with: a step-through and a more standard double-triangle road-style frame. Some bikes will fall somewhere between a step-through style and a road-style frame, with a sloped top tube to allow for easier on/off access while wearing work clothes.

2022 Trek District 4 commuter bike with belt drive fenders and hub powered lights

What kind of bike do I need for a commute?

While this list is made up of bikes technically designed for commuting, another style of bike might suit different types of riders. Think about your average day and what would be the easiest for you.

For instance, commuters who ride the train or bus for part of their commute before pedaling the final stretch may prefer a folding bike that can be stored under a seat. For longer commutes, a road bike (and a full change of clothing at the office) might be faster and more efficient.

Alternatively, for longer commutes or for riders who need a bit of a boost, an e-bike might be ideal — just remember that they’re a lot heavier and really hard to lug upstairs. And if you live in a small apartment or you’re on a tight budget, your best option for a commuter bike might simply be whatever type of bike you prefer to ride when you’re riding for fun. Don’t feel like you’re locked into a strictly “commuter” option; consider your needs and how you prefer to ride.

Trek District Stagger with a hub-powered light in front and rear
The Trek District Stagger comes with a hub-powered light in front and rear.

What accessories do I need for bike commuting?

We generally recommend having:

  • Bag/pannier (rather than a briefcase, purse, or backpack) that attaches to the bike
  • Helmet (Here are our recommendations for the safest helmets)
  • Lock (Stay tuned for our full roundup of the best locks for every type of rider)
  • Fenders, either a simple clip-on rear fender to avoid the worst splatter on wet days or a full permanent set on the front and rear
  • Extra tube, mini-pump, tire levers, multitool (and any tools required to remove wheels if needed — some bikes will require a wrench to remove the wheel)
  • Front and rear lights, for both rainy days and late nights at the office. Though we recommend using flashing front and rear lights at all times to improve your visibility to drivers. Some bikes we list have integrated lights that charge through the bike’s hub. For the rest, here’s our list of the best bike lights for all types of riding.

The post Best Commuter Bikes of 2021: Ride to work or school in comfort, speed and style appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/best-commuter-bikes/feed/ 2 264234
Best Bike Storage Solutions: The Racks, Mounts & Containers You Need to Get Organized https://bikerumor.com/best-bike-storage-solutions/ https://bikerumor.com/best-bike-storage-solutions/#comments Thu, 05 Jan 2023 18:39:00 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=261369

Trying to organize your bikes and gear in a spare room, an awkward hallway, a wall in your office, or even an entire garage or…

The post Best Bike Storage Solutions: The Racks, Mounts & Containers You Need to Get Organized appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>

Trying to organize your bikes and gear in a spare room, an awkward hallway, a wall in your office, or even an entire garage or basement? Unfortunately, bikes aren’t the easiest things to store. Thanks to wide handlebars (that seem to be trending wider and wider every year) and bulky drivetrains that can leave grease stains everywhere, stowing your bikes can be tricky.

That’s why here, we’re rounding up the best options for bike storage, no matter how big or small your space for bikes is, or how sturdy the walls are. We’re also including a few of our favorite organizational tools for keeping bike gear together, from tools to little in-ride necessities to cleaning supplies.

Best bike storage - pegboard

How did we build this list? As obsessive bike lovers and reviewers, we’re often overstocked on bikes and bike parts in our homes and apartments. That means we’ve had to figure out solutions to help avoid our living rooms turning into glorified bike shops, because work/life balance is a real thing and also, we would all like to keep our spouses from leaving us.

 BEST FOR APARTMENTS: Delta Michelangelo 2-Bike Rack 

Delta Michelangelo 2-Bike Rack

This ubiquitous bike rack is a classic for a reason. Unlike classier-looking versions that mount directly to your wall, the inexpensive Delta Michelangelo can lean anywhere. Those living in homes with lots of drywall and not enough studs can keep their bikes stowed away relatively neatly. It allows you to stack one bike on top of the other in the rack, effectively doubling your floor space, while avoiding bikes leaning against the walls.

It’s simple and a little utilitarian-looking, but when not in use, it lies nearly flat against the wall and blends in. And it’s easy to set up and move from apartment to apartment. It’s great for hallways or for making the most of an unused space against a wall.

It’s best for road, cyclocross, and gravel bikes since mountain bike handlebars will require the front wheel to be mounted at an angle to accommodate the wide bars. It will still hold most mountain bikes, but won’t look as neat or be as out of the way.

PROS: Inexpensive, easy to use, good for small spaces
CONS: Not optimal for wide handlebars
PRICE: $68

 BEST FOR SMALL ROOMS: Feedback Sports Velo Column 

Feedback Sports Velo Column Bike Stand

For an elegant freestanding solution, especially if you have an awkward spot for bike storage or you don’t always have bikes hanging and you don’t want the rack to take up much space, Feedback Sports Velo Column Bike Stand is a great option that also stacks two bikes.

The Velo Column uses springs to hold the single pole in place from floor to ceiling, making it seamlessly fit in with your decor in a way that no other bike rack style can accomplish. Individually adjustable sides help it fit a wide range of frame shapes and sizes too.

Just double-check your ceiling before you order. Some homes and apartments have ceilings that simply aren’t meant to withstand the push of a pole that’s held by springs, and it could bust through your drywall or tiles. Pro tip: Putting a round wood plaque between the ceiling and the mount could spread the pressure well enough to make it work. And if you have a popcorn ceiling, it could cause some damage to the finish. Fits spaces 7-10 feet high.

PROS: Easy to use, good for small spaces
CONS: Expensive, ceiling needs to be sturdy
PRICE: $220

 BEST FOR WALL MOUNTING: Delta Leonardo Da Vinci Single Bike Storage Rack 

Delta Leonardo Da Vinci Single Bike Storage Rack 

If you have walls with studs at appropriate places (or believe in your ability to use drywall screws), then the simple Leonardo Da Vinci wall hanger by Delta is a great option. It’s simple, easy to install, and fits most road, gravel, cyclocross, and XC mountain bikes, allowing them to vertically hang on the wall. The mount also comes in wider sizes for fat bikes and mountain bikes with wider tires. It’s clean-looking enough to mount your bike on the wall in a studio apartment, and sturdy and simple enough to put in the garage to get bikes up and out of the way.

Two mounting tips: First, make sure you understand how far out from the wall your bike will hang. Hold your bike up against the wall in place before installing the mount. You’d be amazed at how far out from the wall the bike will hang; bikes always take up more space than you’d expect. (See below for a swiveling option that keeps it closer to the wall once you hang them.) Second, don’t skip installation of the tray for the second wheel — make sure that’s in place in order to keep your walls clean.

PROS: Simple, elegant solution to hanging storage
CONS: Needs to be mounted into wall studs, can scuff walls if you don’t use tray
PRICE: $29

 3 More Bike-Hanging Solutions We Love 

best wall mounts and ceiling hooks for hanging bicycles

Honestly, there are so many ways to hang your bike that we felt we could sum up two more of our favorite options pretty quickly here. Each offers a unique way to hang your bike from a wall (or ceiling), depending on your needs. Left to right, they are:

BEST SWIVELING BIKE HOOK: The Feedback Sports Velo Hinge works like the Delta hook, except it swings to get your bike closer to the wall. Use several of them in a row and you can get your bikes closer together, then just swivel them out of the way to access the one you need. The only downside is there’s no pad for the other wheel, so it may mark up your wall. MSRP is $32, available at REI.

BEST SIDE-HANGING HOOK: Need to keep your bike sideways against the wall and want the easiest possible solution? The Feedback Sports Velo Wall Post lets you hang your bike from its saddle … or from the wheel.  Either way, your bike is flush against the wall, and it folds up out of the way when not in use. Check our full review here for more pics. MSRP is $42, available at REI.

BEST CEILING HOOK: The Park Tool 451 Bicycle Wheel Hooks come in three sizes and work great on the wall too — just make sure to thread them directly into a stud. Unlike the cheap hooks from the hardware store, these are purpose-built for bicycles. They’re coated to protect your rims and work with almost any wheel depth and tire width. Check our review here. Get a two-pack for $6, available at Jenson USA.

 BEST FOR TIGHT SPACES: Bike Nook Bicycle Stand 

Bike Nook Bicycle Stand

If you can’t use a wall mount, the Bike Nook Bicycle Stand is another option that will put your bike in the same vertical configuration, up and off the floor, with no carpentry skills necessary.

This editor was skeptical whether or not this would be useful, but in a small apartment that’s maxed out on space, it was great for getting mountain bikes with wide handlebars up and out of the way, neatly tucked into a corner. It’s also a great way to utilize storage space in small closets, without worrying that opening a door could cause a bike avalanche.

PROS: Gets bike up and out of the way in tight spots
CONS: A little expensive for what it is
PRICE: $70

 BEST FOR GARAGES: BirdRock Bike Stand Rack With Storage 

BirdRock 3-Bike Stand Rack with Storage

If you have a big garage, it’s easy to end up with every bike in the house leaning up against one wall in an annoying jumble … and of course, the one you want to ride is somehow always in the back. Getting a standing bike rack that you can wheel your bikes into makes it simple for everyone, even your 5-year-old, to put his or her bikes away after a ride.

The BirdRock Bike Stand is great because it also offers a spot to stow helmets, shoes, hydration packs, multitools, pumps — whatever gear you want to have on hand for a ride. It makes getting out the door and cleaning up post-ride much easier. And it keeps your bikes neatly tucked into one spot, rather than scattered everywhere. It’s available in two-, three-, and four-bike configurations.

PROS: No installation, keeps bikes organized
CONS: Takes up extra space if you have a small garage
PRICE: $75-135, depending on size

 BEST FOR OBSESSIVE ORGANIZERS: Keepo Pegboard Combination Kit 

Keepo Pegboard Combination Kit - best bike storage

When it comes to easy access for tools or cycling accessories, installing a pegboard might be the best decision you’ll ever make. With four small pegboards (arrange to measure 22″ x 22″ or 11″ x 44″) and 14 accessories for hanging stuff, the Keepo Pegboard Combination Kit is a great starter set for creating your perfectly organized gear room.

This editor prefers using it as a combination charging station and small parts area, with all the riding essentials at the ready, from lights to multitools to gloves. It’s also great for helmets, snacks, and heart-rate straps. You can choose the size and style of your pegboard, and it comes in two colors. If you’re using it to hang tools, consider black to hide grease, but white can be a great way to show off accessories and make your gear storage into a work of art.

PROS: Keeps everything visible, includes plenty of pegs, bins, etc.
CONS: Takes up a lot of wall space
PRICE: $55

 BEST FOR HOME GYMS: CAXXA 3-Tier Rolling Metal Storage Organizer 

CAXXA 3-Tier Rolling Metal Storage Organizer - best bike storage

BikeRumor staffers love using small, three-tier bar carts as storage spaces for bike trainer accessories, with the space on top reserved for in-ride essentials like phones, water bottles, and towels. The height is tall enough to reach from your bike, but not so tall that the cart can’t easily tuck away in a corner or closet when not in use. Any bar cart will work for this, but finding one that’s metal with rollers is ideal since it’s easy to tuck away when you’re done using the “gym,” and easy to clean if you manage to drip sweat or grease on it.

You can use it to store riding gear — helmet, cap, and sunglasses on top; gloves, vest, arm warmers, and sunscreen in the middle; shoes and tools in the bottom. Or use it for your home gym accessories like yoga balls and blocks, and small dumbbells. It’s an ideal way to keep small gear, whether it’s all of your ride food and drink supplies or your bike tools, somewhat organized and easy to access. (Check out this article on our must-have indoor trainer accessories for more great ideas.)

PROS: Easy to set up, easy to repurpose (you’ll wonder how you lived without it)
CONS: Takes up floor space
PRICE: $40

 BEST FOR MAINTENANCE: Muc-Off 8-in-1 Bicycle Cleaning Kit 

Muc-Off bike cleaning kit - best bike storage

A  bike storage solution for your apartment is important, but a bike cleaning kit is essential for a happy household. The Muc-Off 8-in-1 Bicycle Cleaning Kit is great because it contains all the essentials you need to give your bike a good clean, and the storage container for the cleaning supplies doubles as the bucket for the cleaning.

It comes with multiple brushes plus a big sponge for a quick clean, and a claw for cleaning out your caked-up derailleur. It also includes Muc-Off’s biodegradable bike wash, plus a bike spray to polish up your bike before you hang it up.

Between the bucket and a water bottle full of plain water to rinse it off afterward, whether you’re washing the bike in a big backyard or tucked into an alleyway behind your apartment, or even in the bathtub, everything you need for a clean bike is here.

Extremely messy? We’re not huge fans of single-use towels or heavy-duty chemicals, but as a cyclist married to another cyclist and with white wall-to-wall carpets in our condo, we need something around that can quickly help avoid grease stains everywhere. We keep a degreasing wipe like Tub O’ Towels on hand by the door for “emergencies.”

PROS: Everything you need, nothing you don’t
CONS: Pricey
PRICE: $70

Frequently Asked Questions About Bike Storage

 

How do I mount a bike rack on the wall?

Make sure you find a stud to mount it into! Because you’ll be taking a bike on and off its wall mount, you don’t want to rely on drywall hooks if possible. If you’re super handy, feel free to experiment with drywall anchors or toggle bars, but unless you’re willing to patch your walls and repaint, beware.

Many apartments simply won’t have ideal studs in the wall to support the weight of a bike and the regular movement that goes with daily riding, so you’re better off with a freestanding rack like Delta’s Michelangelo, even if it doesn’t look as good. (Holes in your wall look worse.)

Mounted bike rack

What should I look for when choosing bike storage?

Think about your riding and bike maintenance routines, and try to optimize around them. Are you always forgetting to charge your Garmin? Setting up a bike rack directly next to a charging station can ensure you always plug-in right when you finish riding.

It’s also worth considering the state of your bike and body when you finish most rides. Do you live in a particularly wet area where most rides end with a dripping wet or muddy bike? In that case, make sure your bike rack is close to the door and has a mat underneath it to save your floors.

Measuring the handlebars

How do I measure for bike storage?

Often, we underestimate the amount of space our bikes will take up in small apartments. Rather than assuming your bike is “bike size,” measure it at the widest spot (the handlebars), measure it from the edge of one wheel all the way to the other, and measure it from the ground to the highest spot (usually the saddle). This is the amount of space your bike will take up.

For wall-hanging bikes, remember that they will be as wide from the wall as their widest point, which will either be their handlebar width or their saddle height, depending on the style of the wall mount.

Keep those measurements in mind when trying to design your apartment’s layout. Those underestimations can lead to drywall anchors needing to be rehung, or hallways that are now impassable.

park tool bike storage hooks

Does it hurt my bike to hang it from the wheels?

Nope. In fact, we interviewed three different brake and suspension brands to confirm that hanging a bike in either direction won’t affect hydraulic brakes or suspension fluids. And regular bikes aren’t heavy enough to strain any of the parts, even if you’re leaving them hanging for weeks or a couple of months between rides.

Do these hanging mounts work for e-bikes?

Generally, e-bikes are too heavy for hanging from the wheel. Your best bet, if you must hang them, are wall racks that are rated for such loads. But our recommendation would be a ground solution, like the BirdRock Bike Stand, or even just a single-wheel rack like Delta’s Adjustable Floor Stand (also available at REI and DICK’S Sporting Goods), which adjusts to fit anything from skinny road bike tires to fat bikes.

Have a storage question or an awkward spot you’re trying to make use of for bike storage? Hit us up in the comments and we’ll try to help you solve it!

The post Best Bike Storage Solutions: The Racks, Mounts & Containers You Need to Get Organized appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/best-bike-storage-solutions/feed/ 7 261369
Best Cycling Raincoats: Stay dry on every road, gravel, mountain bike & commuter ride https://bikerumor.com/best-cycling-raincoats/ https://bikerumor.com/best-cycling-raincoats/#comments Wed, 04 Jan 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=272068

Looking for the ultimate cycling raincoat to keep you dry as we head into wetter, muddier months of pedaling? Whether you’re looking for one rain…

The post Best Cycling Raincoats: Stay dry on every road, gravel, mountain bike & commuter ride appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>

Looking for the ultimate cycling raincoat to keep you dry as we head into wetter, muddier months of pedaling? Whether you’re looking for one rain jacket to rule them all, a commuter raincoat to keep you dry as you pedal to work, a packable jacket to stash in your bar bag, a stashable raincoat made specifically for road racing, or something tough enough to tackle the trails in a downpour, we have you covered.

Stay dry with our favorite, well-tested cycling raincoats for every type of riding, and read on for our FAQ section on what to look for in a cycling-friendly raincoat!

 BEST OVERALL – MEN’S: Ornot Magic Shell 

Ornot Magic Shell

The Ornot Magic Shell jacket is the jacket that one BikeRumor editor chose to wear while racing The Rift in Iceland. It holds up to the coldest, sideway-est rain, sleet, and hail a Nordic summer can throw at you (which is surprisingly cold and sideways!).

It stretches, repels water fantastically well, and stuffs into a jersey pocket. It’s the perfect weight for most conditions, and we found that it’s insulating enough in the cold rain with layers underneath, but breathable and light enough for moderate temps too. Lastly, it has a very soft feel. It’s not crunchy or noisy like most rain shells, it’s very much a thin softshell that’s super comfortable while still being waterproof. Maybe that explains why it’s called the “Magic Shell.”

We love the full-width external zip pocket, something many cycling raincoats don’t have. That means it’s incredibly useful if you know you’re starting a ride in the pouring rain but want access to snacks and your phone. It’s also lightweight at 255 grams and has a two-way zipper so you can even access your jersey pockets for bonus snacks.

  • Colors: Black, Morocco, Gravel
  • Sizes: Men’s XS-XL / Women’s XS-XL
  • Material: Polartec NeoShell fabric
  • Weight: 255 g
  • Men/Women options: Yes
  • MSRP: $268

PROS: Incredibly comfortable
CONS: Might be a bit much for hot summer days

 

BEST OVERALL – WOMEN’S: 7mesh Skypilot 

7mesh Skypilot Jacket


We were so impressed with the care that went into creating a well-fitting women’s-specific raincoat that we had to give it this designation.

Typically, it’s hard to find a women’s rain jacket that’s not just a different colorway, but 7mesh put the effort into creating a version of the Skypilot that took a woman’s body into account, making room in the chest while making it slightly shorter to fit women’s tendency toward shorter torsos compared to men. That means it fits like a dream: no breathing issues up top and no bunching issues at the waist.

It’s not as aero as some form-fitting jackets, but it won’t be flapping during road rides and you can fit layers underneath it.

We deeply appreciate the underarm zippers for perfect ventilation. 7mesh uses GORE-TEX to provide some of the best waterproofing while still being breathable — and the jacket delivers. In years of wearing (and washing), it hasn’t degraded at all.

  • Colors: Fern, Midnight Blue
  • Sizes: Women’s XS-XL; Men’s XS-XXL
  • Material: GORE-TEX Pro
  • Weight: 217 g
  • Men/Women options: Yes
  • MSRP: $370

PROS: Comfortable, thoughtful fit, great all-around
CONS: Limited colors, not ideal for roadies, expensive, not a removable hood

BEST COMMUTER: Chrome Storm Salute Commute

Chrome Storm Salute Commute

Looking for a raincoat that looks cool and feels comfortable wearing in everyday life, but is also designed to make your commute to work perfectly dry? Enter the Storm Salute Commute from Chrome, a messenger-chic urban raincoat that’s designed to be comfy on and off the bike.

There are men’s and women’s fits available, and both are feature-rich. The coat has an adjustable hood that can fit over a commuter helmet for downpour situations, a two-way zipper in case you need to get into a back pocket, and plenty of waterproof pockets that allow for phone storage on your ride. We also like the adjustable tail in the back: If you forget your fender, just unhook it and your butt will stay relatively protected from splash. It’s a comfortable fit, so you can squeeze a hoodie on under it — this editor has even worn it with a down jacket underneath in the winter with no issues.

It might sound shallow, but this BikeRumor editor appreciates how the jacket looks off the bike: It’s the only one that doesn’t scream “athletic wear!” — so if you’re running errands or rolling to the bar and want to feel less sporty, this is your best bet.

  • Colors: Black and Olive
  • Sizes: Men’s S-XXL; Women’s XS-XL
  • Material: Polyester
  • Men/Women options: Yes
  • MSRP: $190

PROS: Comfortable and great for off the bike as well as on
CONS: Not for serious cycling, definitely a commuter jacket at heart

 

BEST PACKABLE: GORE SHAKEDRY

GORE SHAKEDRY

You simply can’t beat a GORE SHAKEDRY jacket for a packable jacket that can jam into a back pocket or a handlebar bag. These are the most roadie/racer friendly on this list, thanks to a lightweight and close fit. While it’s small, don’t be fooled: This jacket is mighty in performance benefits.

It uses subtle stretch panels to ensure the perfect fit, and we really appreciate the stretch at the wrists to ensure no rain comes in from between your gloves and the jacket. We also appreciate the cut: It’s shorter in the front and drops in the back to keep your butt a bit drier while optimizing aerodynamics in the front.

If you want to win your group ride, this is the jacket for you. It comes at a cost, but these jackets last a long time and hold up to any types of conditions. The only other potential downside: This jacket isn’t ideal off the bike because the fit has been optimized for a riding position rather than standing, so if you’re looking for a more all-around athletic raincoat, look for one with a bit more wiggle room. It also should not be worn with a backpack, as it’s not abrasion-proof.

If you prefer a more colorful option, Rapha has the exclusive ability to print SHAKEDRY in colors (at least for the time-being).

  • Colors: Black
  • Sizes: XS-XL
  • Material: GORE SHAKEDRY
  • Weight: 172 g
  • Men/Women options: Men only, but similar women’s option is the C7 Women GORE-TEX SHAKEDRY 
  • MSRP: $295

PROS: Optimized for packability and perfect for aerodynamics
CONS: Pricey

 

BEST MTB RAINCOAT: Specialized Trail Series Rain Jacket 

Specialized Trail Series Rain Jacket 

If you’re mountain biking, you might be less inclined to favor aerodynamics over comfort and a bit more durability. Because of that, we like Specialized women’s and men’s Trail Rain Jacket. Made with three-layer woven fabric with a laminated shell (more on that in the frequently asked questions below), the jackets are designed for breathability in addition to being waterproof.

Mountain bikers tend to prefer over-the-hood helmets since peripheral vision is less of an issue when shredding on singletrack versus riding busy roads. This jacket has a higher neck and a large hood with a rain visor, so if it starts pouring, you can fully cover up and avoid rain dripping down your back. The fit is much looser than a more road-focused cycling raincoat, but that makes it more comfortable on the trails as you move around — and in wet conditions, you’re more likely to be off your bike and running, so a jacket with a bit more room is helpful. (Read the full review here.)

Note: While there are men’s and women’s versions available, the men’s version is pricier but comes with some upgrades, like the use of Polartec NeoShell in the fabric.

  • Colors: Black
  • Sizes: XS-XXL
  • Material: Men’s: Polartec NeoShell / Women’s: polyester
  • Men/Women options: Yes
  • MSRP: Men’s: $375 / Women’s: $225

PROS: Great hood for trail rides in the rain
CONS: Looser fit

 

BEST MID RANGE: Giro Men’s Chrono Expert Rain Jacket 

Giro Men's Chrono Expert Rain Jacket 

The Chrono Expert Rain Jacket from Giro is a great midrange option for someone who wants a lightweight roadie-friendly aerodynamic raincoat but can’t handle the $350+ price tag of some of the higher-end options. We appreciate the stretch that makes it a close fit without being too tight, as well as the handy vents to improve breathability.

It’s also one of the most waterproof options on this list while maintaining enough breathability that even during a tough race, you won’t feel like you’re wearing a sauna suit. It’s one of the few raincoats that combine laminate waterproofing technologies with a DWR coating to maximize the amount of protection you’ll have in the most epic of downpours. And it’s small enough to jam into a back pocket in a pinch, though not quite as packable as the GORE SHAKEDRY options.

  • Colors: Black, orange
  • Sizes: Men’s S-XXL / Women’s XS-XL
  • Material: 100% polyester
  • Men/Women options: Yes
  • MSRP: $165

PROS: Great rain jacket for the price
CONS: Close fit may not appeal to some, no pockets

 

BEST BUDGET: O2 Original Cycling Rain Jacket 

O2 Original Cycling Rain Jacket 

At $40, this jacket from O2 seems too good to be true, but one staffer has had his for over a decade and proclaims it the best packable jacket out there. While it doesn’t have any bells or whistles, this simple jacket is hi-vis — it’s only available in canary yellow — and can jam into any handlebar bag (it even comes with its own stuffsack). If you want an emergency raincoat but don’t want to break the bank, this is your pick.

Now, we don’t want to oversell this jacket. Don’t expect this to fit like a glove, or to hold up perfectly if you crash on the road or into a cactus on the mountain bike. It’s not the most breathable jacket out there; it’s primarily made with polypropylene, a plastic, and feels like it. But if you’re just getting started and the idea of riding in the rain seems interesting but not like something you want to do on a daily basis, this one is worth the (minimal) spend.

  • Colors: Yellow
  • Sizes: S-XXL
  • Material: Polypropylene
  • Weight: 113 g
  • Men/Women options: No
  • MSRP: $40

PROS: Super lightweight and affordable
CONS: Won’t be the best fit or most breathable

BEST HIGH-TECH: Showers Pass Hi-Vis Elite E-Bike Jacket

Showers Pass Hi-Vis Elite E-Bike Jacket

If you ride in a city, riding in the rain isn’t just about staying dry, it’s about staying visible. Enter the ridiculously hi-vis Showers Pass Hi-Vis Elite, which combines Showers Pass’s best raincoat technology with the ultimate in see-and-be-seen additions. From the ultra-vibrant highlighter yellow color that’s incredibly reflective to reflective silver side panels to battery-powered red LED beacon lights that come with it and can clip onto grommets on the cuffs and back of the coat, you’re basically a pedaling billboard for bike safety.

But the jacket is also comfortable: It’s breathable, cozy, and incredibly waterproof. Getting steamy? Adjust by opening the vents or loosening the wrist cuffs. It features a chest pocket with an audio port if you need headphones on to navigate, and has a large pocket in the back for your valuables. And while it doesn’t come with a hood, Showers Pass has a hood that can be purchased separately that can clip on.

Just note that this jacket is popular and is often low in inventory — if you don’t mind keeping an eye on it, it’s well worth the wait for a restock.

  • Colors: Hi-vis yellow
  • Sizes: S-XXL
  • Material: Breathable Elite three-layer ripstop fabric with brushed lining, MapReflect
  • Weight: 510 g
  • Men/Women options: Men and Women’s available (Women’s pictured)
  • MSRP: $270

PROS: The ultimate in hi-vis while riding in the rain
CONS: Not great if you don’t want to be ultra-hi-vis

Cycling down a road; photo by Luca Jonas on Unsplash
Photo by Luca Jonas on Unsplash

Cycling Rain Jacket Buyers Guide

Riding Style

If you’re commuting, a slightly bigger raincoat with more coverage and a hood is ideal, while for road or mountain biking, a closer fit may be preferable. There are also “packable” versus regular raincoats. A packable raincoat is great for occasionally getting caught in a shower while on a ride, and can be tucked into a jersey pocket. But a regular raincoat capable of withstanding any type of deluge will be a bit heavier and less foldable.

Fit

Look for a coat that feels comfortable when in the position you ride in (pedal around on your bike in dry weather to test a jacket’s fit before committing to it). You shouldn’t feel restricted at all, though you do want a close fit.

Pockets

Consider if you want a zippered pocket to protect your phone or to have easy access to any snacks that you would normally keep in a jersey pocket. Most higher-quality coats will have at least one zippered pocket.

Zippers

It’s hard to tell if a zipper is high quality or not, but if you’re testing your coat before committing to it, make sure the zipper is easy to use and feels smooth. You may also be looking for zippers that provide ventilation, typically on the sides/underarms. These additions can make a ride much more comfortable and less sweaty.

Cycling in the rain; photo by Juan Rojas on Unsplash
Photo by Juan Rojas on Unsplash

Back Flap

A back flap that folds down isn’t essential, but for someone who doesn’t have a rear fender or regularly commutes using a bike share, a back flap can be a great way to protect your butt from spray coming up from your rear wheel. It’s not a perfect solution — a fender is a much better investment — but it can be a nice addition to a raincoat.

Reflective Accents

Like a back flap won’t replace a fender, reflective accents won’t replace having a rear or front light on your bike to improve visibility, but can help in a pinch. Don’t choose a jacket based on its reflective abilities, but take them into consideration.

Hood

We’ll talk more about hoods in the section below, but it’s worth considering whether or not you want a hood on your raincoat. But our preference is for a removable hood since that makes a raincoat much more versatile.

Packability

Again, if you’re looking for a raincoat that can stuff into a jersey pocket or a handlebar bag on your bike, look for a coat that’s lightweight and packable. If a description doesn’t mention either of those qualities, it likely won’t stuff into anything easily.

Price

If you’re on a budget, there are some great options out there, but you may find that after a season, you need to invest in re-treating it with a waterproofing spray. (More on that below.) Raincoats are an essential piece of gear for cyclists who want to ride in all conditions, so if you are serious about cycling, we recommend spending a bit more on a jacket that fits great and will last a long time.

Returns and Warranties

Check the brand’s return, repair, and warranty options before you buy, especially if you’re not positive about sizing.

Frequently Asked Questions About Cycling Raincoats

How should a cycling raincoat fit?

It depends on how you’re using it. If you’re riding on the road or MTB and have a need for speed, then you’re going to want a raincoat that fits close to your body to minimize air resistance. But if you’re looking for a raincoat as a commuter, you want a coat that fits close to the body but allows room for your regular clothing underneath it. The temperatures you ride in are also a consideration: If you’re looking for a raincoat that you can wear in the winter, you’ll want one that can fit a cycling jacket or at least a base layer and long-sleeve jersey underneath it while still allowing you to breathe comfortably.

Don’t forget to try your raincoat on with the kit you’ll be wearing under it, and test it in the position you stay in while riding: bent at the hips, arms bent to grab the handlebars. This can change how comfortable a jacket is, so if you’re trying one on in a store, remember that your jacket should fit best when in the cycling position, not when standing upright.

Do I need a different coat for MTB versus road?

The fit may differ slightly between the two, and a raincoat designed for road cycling will likely be a bit lighter, tighter, and a bit less burly. A mountain bike raincoat, on the other hand, will tend to be a bit thicker, since you’re more likely to bounce off of trees or take small spills on the mountain bike, and you don’t want a raincoat that’s light enough to rip as soon as you fall and land on some thorns.

Do I need a women’s cycling raincoat?

You don’t, though some women — especially those with larger chests or shorter torsos — may prefer the fit of a women’s raincoat, especially if you’re looking for a close fit.

What kind of features should I look for in a cycling raincoat?

It depends on what kind of raincoat you’re looking for. If you want one that can stuff into a jersey pocket and be used for “emergencies,” then focus on finding something lightweight with no bells or whistles. But if you’re looking for a raincoat that you would start a ride in, things like watertight pockets, reflective accents, and a longer back or flap that folds down can be great features.

What should I do if my raincoat rips?

While you can opt to patch it yourself with a patch kit like this one, we recommend contacting the manufacturer directly first. Some may have in-house free repairs or offer replacements depending on the situation.

What does the waterproof rating mean?

Waterproof ratings get a bit confusing. A piece of fabric is tested by hanging a tube of water over the fabric. The water is dripped onto the fabric at increasing heights and the water’s height in millimeters when leakage through the fabric is the waterproof rating. To be considered waterproof, even the lightest of cycling raincoats must have a rating of 1,500 mm. But serious raincoats for stormy rides can have waterproof ratings of over 10,000 mm! (Note: Not all brands provide the precise waterproof rating.)

Why would I want a lower waterproof rating?

Remember, air and water go in both directions. If a jacket is ultra-waterproof, it means it won’t be as breathable, so if you’re a heavy sweater or ride in warm conditions, you might want a rain jacket that is more breathable, even if it’s less watertight.

Waterproof fabrics

What’s the deal with DWR versus laminate?

Here’s the deal: Durable water repellent (DWR) treatments are applied to the fabric to make a fabric more waterproof. They degrade over time, which is why you may need to retreat some raincoats after many wears and washes. You may see some random numbers noted when brands talk about their DWR fabrics, like 30/50. That means after 50 washes (the second number), the DWR is about 30 percent as effective as it was when it was new. Of course, you won’t be washing your raincoat often, so don’t panic that your raincoat has only 50 uses before it stops being water-resistant!

A laminate, on the other hand, is a physical thin layer of cover that’s applied to the surface of a fabric. It’s either Teflon or polyurethane and typically lasts longer than a DWR treatment because it’s glued over top of the fabric. Many use two or three layers of laminate to add more protection.

Are there any good eco-friendly DWR treatments to re-treat rain gear?

Endura’s PFC-Free Re-Proofer is a new entry to the market as brands try to eliminate perfluorochemicals, a group of synthetic chemicals known for water and oil repellency, from their product lines. Nikwax is another great option that avoids using harmful chemicals while still making gear more waterproof. We recently tried Endura’s eco-friendly DWR spray and found it was a great way to breathe new life into rainwear that’s started to get a little less waterproof than it used to be.

Do I need a hood?

We like a jacket that has a removable hood because, to be honest, hoods can be more trouble than they’re worth. Some hoods are large enough to wear over your helmet — like the Chrome Storm Seeker for commuters — but in most situations, you wouldn’t want to block your peripheral vision. Some people opt to wear them under a helmet, but that can be uncomfortable and may minimize vision. And of course, a hood will add to the overall weight of a coat and make it less packable.

Still, a hood can be nice, especially if you’re also wearing the jacket off the bike. For instance, you may wear a rain jacket while warming up at a cyclocross race without the hood, and then want to put a hood up while you stand and spectate after your race is done. A removable hood provides the best of both worlds — but ultimately, don’t stress if your raincoat of choice doesn’t have one.

Do I need to bring a cycling raincoat on every ride?

It’s probably not worth bringing one along on a summer ride unless you’re expecting storms. Getting caught in a shower is just one of the many joys of being out on the bike! But if temperatures are below 65ºF, you should bring one if there’s a good chance of rain. While 65ºF may not seem too chilly, if you’re riding quickly on the road and you’re soaked, it can feel quite cold!

The post Best Cycling Raincoats: Stay dry on every road, gravel, mountain bike & commuter ride appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/best-cycling-raincoats/feed/ 1 272068
Best Winter Cycling Caps, Beanies & Hats https://bikerumor.com/best-winter-cycling-caps-beanies-and-hats/ https://bikerumor.com/best-winter-cycling-caps-beanies-and-hats/#comments Tue, 03 Jan 2023 19:13:00 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=275312

Heading into cooler weather means that it’s critical to keep your head and neck warm—but sweat-free—while you ride. It’s tempting to just grab your beanie…

The post Best Winter Cycling Caps, Beanies & Hats appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>

Heading into cooler weather means that it’s critical to keep your head and neck warm—but sweat-free—while you ride. It’s tempting to just grab your beanie from running or skiing to cram under your helmet, but try it once you know that’s not the ideal solution. Wearing a cap while also wearing a properly fitted helmet can be tricky. Thankfully, there are great options that keep your head warm while keeping your helmet in place. Here, we’re sharing a few of our favorites…

 BEST CAP: Le Col Cycling Cap 

We love a simple cycling cap: In fact, cycling caps are arguably the most classic piece of cycling equipment, and a piece that hasn’t necessarily needed an update as the decades have passed. We appreciate the classic style of the cotton and polyester cycling cap from Le Col. For temperatures hovering around and above freezing, this type of head covering is all you really need to keep in warmth under your helmet. We also have been impressed with how this cap fits under a helmet, and how it looks off the bike as well. While in chillier conditions, it may not be enough to keep you warm since it won’t cover your ears, it’s great for those in-between temperatures.
  • Material Cotton and polyester
  • MSRP: $29
PROS: Only gets better with age CONS: Some riders report it’s a bit small-fitting

BEST TOQUE: PEARL iZUMi AmFIB Lite Skull Cap 

PEARL iZUMi AmFIB Lite Skull Cap
A good toque/beanie that can fit neatly under a helmet and provide deep coverage is hard to find. This lightweight, super-thin beanie from PEARL iZUMi doesn’t look like much, but it packs a powerful punch when it comes to keeping your head warm in winter weather. The fit is just right: slim enough to fit under a helmet, but not so tight that it feels like it’s cutting off circulation to your brain. It can even work off the bike too. You may like using this hat under your ski or snowboarding helmet or if you want a lightweight but warm hat for a winter run or hike. See below for the PEARL iZUMi AmFIB Lite Balaclava if you’re interested in even more coverage.
  • Material: 79% polyester, 21% spandex
  • MSRP: $30
PROS: Ultra comfortable, great price CONS: Not ideal for ponytail wearers

Check Price at

 BEST CAP/TOQUE COMBO: Castelli Difesa Thermal Cap 

If you want the benefits of a cycling cap brim, have ears that get cold easily, and want a beanie/cap combo that can fit under a helmet, Castelli has you covered with one of our all-time favorite head coverings. We love the Thermoflex Core2 ear covers for windy days, though if you ride in a busy area, consider opting for the beanie listed above to keep ears open to better hear traffic. For warmth though, you can’t beat this one. And it holds its shape: The brim of the cap part of the hat stands up to multiple wash cycles without deforming.
  • Material: Thermoflex Core2 ear covers, wool blend body
  • MSRP: $40
PROS: Ultra-cozy CONS: Not ideal for ponytail wearers [buy-now-wrap] [buy-now-button link="https://www.avantlink.com/click.php?tt=el&merchant_id=92594cfb-2b30-40ba-ab76-f9c20ed4612c&website_id=3407ca35-0b50-44fe-aeb1-9ab6a93bba54&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.competitivecyclist.com%2Fcastelli-difesa-thermal-cap"]Check Price at Competitive CyclistCheck Price at Amazon

 BEST HEADBAND: Rapha Merino Headband 

For those who tend to get a bit sweatier or those who need a space to let a ponytail out, a merino wool headband is a great compromise. We love the Rapha Merino Wool Headband for durability and comfort—one Bikerumor editor has had hers for over five years and it’s still the go-to for shoulder season rides and runs where a full hat would be overkill and breathability is an issue. It’s a shoulder-season staple, and even in the summer, it can be used as a running headband to keep sweat out of your eyes. It washes well, holds its shape, and can be tossed in the dryer without fear of shrinking.
  • Material: Merino Wool
  • MSRP: $30
PROS: Great for ponytail wearers CONS: Not ideal for balding riders

 BEST BUFF: Original Buff 

When it comes to the multi-purpose buff, you can’t beat the original Buff. The sleeve of Repreve performance—a polyester microfiber made from recycled materials—can be worn as a headband, a hat, a balaclava, a face mask, a scarf, and even sweat wiping wristband when wrapped around twice. We recommend every rider has one, even if you have favorite hats or headbands, because adding a buff allows you to turn any head covering into a balaclava by using it to cover your face and neck. They also make excellent gifts for cyclists who are impossible to shop for, since they’re always useful and fit everyone!
  • Material: Repreve polyester microfiber
  • MSRP: $20-24 depending on pattern and color
PROS: Available in multiple colors and patterns CONS: Not as warm as merino wool

 BEST WATERPROOF CAP: Velocio Rain Cap 

Consider this cap the ‘all-seasons’ option for cycling cap lovers. For those riders who live in wintery climates that are more chilly and drizzly rather than cold and snowy, a waterproof rain cap is the surprise clutch addition to a winter wardrobe. This cap from Velocio is made with Polartec NeoShell in order to provide water- and wind-proof coverage while still being breathable. And we love that the cap is high-tech but doesn’t look like it: The fabric is matte and the colors are simple, giving it the vibe of a cap from the 80s rather than a futuristic hat.
  • Material: Polar NeoShell
  • MSRP: $49
PROS: Great for rainy days when staying dry is as important as staying warm CONS: Pricey for a cap

 BEST COLD WEATHER RACING: Rapha Cross Lightweight Snood 

Thinner and shorter than a Buff but still as versatile, we love the Rapha Cross Lightweight Snood for racing thanks to its ability to go from scarf to face mask to the headband, without a lot of extra fabric or heavy material. It’s ultra-lightweight and absorbs sweat easily. And it’s a stretchy material so if you are wearing it to the start line by accident, it’s relatively easy to pull off over a helmet if needed. It can also tuck into a saddlebag for those weird-weather rides where you may want an extra layer. Plus, we love the neutral but gravel-inspired design.
  • Material: PrimaLoft® – an insulating, high-performance thermal yarn
  • MSRP: $20
PROS: Great price for a versatile extra CONS: None, really

BEST BALACLAVA: PEARL iZUMi AmFIB Lite Balaclava

PEARL iZUMi AmFIB Lite Balaclava

Below-freezing conditions, or planning a ride during a snowstorm? We like the PEARL iZUMi AmFIB Balaclava because, for a full-coverage balaclava, it offers a solid amount of flexibility. It’s easy to adjust as you ride, so if conditions warm up, you can pull the mouth covering down and let your face be exposed. (But when you do need full coverage, it won’t slip down.)

This one handles wash-and-wear well and can get tossed in the dryer without consequences, which is great since it’s impossible to wear it and not end up with it slightly sweaty/spit and snot-covered. Gross, yes, but it will keep you warm!

  • Material: P.R.O. Thermal (90% polyester, 10% elastane), P.R.O. Barrier (100% polyester)
  • MSRP: $35

PROS: Ideal for mixed conditions CONS: Gets a bit sweaty if you wear it in warmer conditions

BEST NECK GAITER: DeFeet Dickadee

defeet dickadee neck gaiter for cyclists Some of us prefer a separate head and neck covering, allowing for easier temperature control, and the DeFeet Dickadee is the best neck gaiter we’ve tried. It has a dropped front to sit under your jersey, letting you unzip a bit while still maintaining wind protection. The top can pull up over your mouth and nose, or scrunch down below your chin. It comes in two sizes, both only in black. Just remember to pull it on before putting your helmet and sunglasses on!
  • Material: 62% Recycled Polyester, 33% Nylon, 5% Lycra
  • MSRP: $25
PROS: Perfect shape for cycling, running, and other outdoor activities CONS: None, really

Buyers Guide for Winter Cycling Caps

Know your temperature range. If you live in an area where temperatures rarely dip below freezing in winter months, you likely only need a cap and something versatile like a buff for most riding. If temps are regularly around and slightly below freezing, having a beanie as well as a buff for neck coverage is helpful. And if you regularly ride in snowy conditions, a full balaclava will come in handy. Look at material. While we love the options we’ve listed above, if you’re shopping for something, not on this list, look for materials like Polar’s NeoTech, Gore’s Windstopper, or merino wool as the primary fabrics. Polyester is fine as long as it’s in a blend with one of those. Cotton won’t be as warm as the other options, so unless you live in mild winter climates and just need a bit of coverage, look for more performance-oriented fabrics. Consider fit with your hair. Obviously, those who wear ponytails will struggle a bit with winter hats. Remember how you prefer to wear your hair: a headband and buff combo may make more sense than a beanie or a balaclava. Consider fit with your helmet. If you have a close-fitting helmet, you may struggle to wear a balaclava with it. This could mean you need a slightly larger helmet for winter riding if conditions are cold in your area, or it may mean you need to stick to thinner materials.

Frequently Asked Questions About Winter Cycling Caps

What cap do I need for riding? It depends on the temperature outside. Above freezing, a basic cap or at most, a headband or buff to keep your ears warm if it’s windy out will be enough. Anything else will likely leave your head sweating. As temperatures drop below freezing, add full head coverage. The nice thing about even the biggest balaclava is that it’s easy to remove if you do overheat. What fabric is the warmest? Merino wool will be the best bang for your buck in terms of staying warm but allowing your skin to breathe. What fabric is the driest? Again, merino wool might be the MVP in the material game here. Not only is it quick-drying, but it also doesn’t feel as wet as cotton/polyester blends tend to once it gets damp. It stays warm despite wetter conditions, making it the optimal baselayer from head to toe. What sunglasses should I wear with winter hats? The same sunglasses you wear the rest of the year should work fine with a winter cap. However, you may want to consider a slightly different lens with yellow or red tint may help you see ruts in snow better than your darker sunglasses. But protecting your eyes from the glare of the sun on white snow while riding in snowy conditions is important. Sunglasses will also help protect your eyes from wind and snow irritation, so don’t skip them, even on overcast days. (A pair with clear lenses can be helpful if you often ride in the dark.) What if I have a large (or small) head size? If you know that finding a regular hat or cap is a challenge, pay attention to sizing on cycling caps. Generally, they’re one-size-fits-all, which is fine for the stretchier beanies and buffs, but tricky for caps. If you’re unsure how well a cap will fit you, use a soft tape measure to get a measurement around your head, or measure a cap that does fit you well, and contact the company to see what they recommend. Should I wear goggles to fat bike? It’s up to you, but many people love wearing goggles from skiing (or downhill mountain biking) on the fat bike for some extra warmth and in order to avoid them fogging up as easily as regular glasses do. Ski goggles typically have better lens tints for snow, offering much better contrast than MTB goggles for whited out ground. Feature photos c. Jody Wilson

The post Best Winter Cycling Caps, Beanies & Hats appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/best-winter-cycling-caps-beanies-and-hats/feed/ 7 275312
Best Winter Cycling Tights: Ride through the cold, wet & wind https://bikerumor.com/best-winter-cycling-tights/ https://bikerumor.com/best-winter-cycling-tights/#comments Mon, 02 Jan 2023 19:10:00 +0000 https://bikerumorprd.wpengine.com/?p=278565 Winter cycling tights

Winter weather means layering up to ride, and keeping your legs warm can be a challenge. While legwarmers are a great option, for riders who…

The post Best Winter Cycling Tights: Ride through the cold, wet & wind appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
Winter cycling tights

Winter weather means layering up to ride, and keeping your legs warm can be a challenge. While legwarmers are a great option, for riders who spend a lot of time pedaling in inclement weather, a pair of comfortable winter cycling tights can make a ride much cozier, and less irritating.

Legwarmers may start to chafe or roll down, or leave pockets of skin exposed while other bits are fleece-covered and sweaty. But a good pair of tights can streamline your ride and make getting ready a much speedier affair. Here, we’re running through our favorite cycling tights, from thermal bibs to more casual leggings that can be pulled on over your standard cycling shorts.

 Rapha Pro Team Winter Tights II 

Rapha Pro Team Winter Tights II 
You could argue that these are the Cadillac of winter tights: These cozy bib tights have a wind-blocking DWR (durable water repellent) on the front-facing panels, and a brushed fleece interior that stops just shy of being “overly warm.”

Whether you’re riding fat bikes in a snowstorm or pedaling on the road in freezing rain, these tights can keep you warm and relatively dry. We’re also impressed at the fit and the comfort of the chamois as well as the tights themselves, which have just enough stretch to stay supple without getting saggy after a few hours in the saddle.

And unlike most tights, they come in a bevy of colors, including burgundy and teal as well as classic black. The style is available in both men’s and women’s size ranges, which we also appreciate.

  • Available: Men’s and Women’s
  • Chamois: Yes
  • Material: Elastane, nylon, polyester, polyamide
  • Good for: Wind, cold, rain
  • Color: Burgundy, teal, white/black, black
  • Sizes: Men’s XS-XXL / Women’s XXS-XL
  • MSRP: $325

PROS: Cozy with a great fit, comes in colors
CONS: Pricey

 Velocio LUXE Bib Tight 

Velocio LUXE Bib Tight

While fleece-lined tights are great for sub-zero temperatures, we’ve found that an unlined set of tights is useful in all but the most extreme winter conditions. Often, people use legwarmers in the late fall, early spring, or in mild winters, and end up with a mix of sweaty legs and numb bums (thanks to the lack of coverage in the rear area of your shorts), but too much warmth on your legs.

The LUXE bib tight from Velocio changes that. It’s the full-length version of our favorite LUXE Bib Short, using the same heavy but breathable material with a bit of bonus coverage on the calves to keep you warm, but not overheated. This BikeRumor editor uses these tights exclusively, even in temps down to 25ºF.

They’re incredibly comfortable and don’t get sweaty as your body heats up, and we really love that. Like the LUXE shorts, the women’s version has a pull-down in the back for easy bathroom access. Sounds like a minor thing, but if you’ve ever had to disrobe in deep winter to use a porta-potty, you know why this matters.

  • Available: Men’s and Women’s
  • Chamois: Yes
  • Material: Ultra-high gauge compression Lycra
  • Good for: Wind, cold
  • Color: Navy, dark brown, black
  • Sizes: Men’s / Women’s
  • MSRP: $299

PROS: No peeing issues in these tights!
CONS: Pricey

 GORE Ability Thermo Bib Tights+ 

GORE Ability Thermo Bib Tights+

These thermal women’s bib tights are ready for anything, thanks to GORE-TEX’s WINDSTOPPER and INFINIUM wind and wet weather protection. There’s even a windproof lining around the crotch area, which sounds goofy but for anyone who’s gone on a miserably long ride in cold weather, you know exactly why this matters so much.

The brushed fleece lining is cozy, and we appreciate the ultra-hi-vis details on these tights since most drivers don’t expect to see cyclists out in winter weather. We also love GORE’s patented zip in the back, which allows you to use a toilet without taking off every layer.

And because it has a zip, we’re actually happy about the fact that the bibs essentially have a mesh base layer built into them (without the zip, the base layer addition would be an annoyance since it would make taking them off more difficult). These tights are not available in men’s sizing, but for men, we love GORE’s C5 Thermo Bib Tights, which have similar features.

  • Available: Women’s
  • Chamois: Yes
  • Material: GORE TEX INFINIUM
  • Good for: Rain, wind, cold
  • Color: Black and hi-vis
  • Sizes: XXS-L
  • MSRP: $180

PROS: Love the zip access in the back and hi-vis accents
CONS: A lot of material up top

 Pactimo Storm+ Bib Tights 

Pactimo Storm+ winter bib tights and knickers for cycling

We tested the Pactimo Storm+ kit in sub-freezing rain and, while we did end up a little chilly, the conditions were admittedly worse than any of us would normally ride in. Even so, we stayed dry and appreciated the layered system that keeps wind and rain away.

The Storm+ bib tights are available in men’s and women’s, and also in 3/4 bib knickers too, which is a nice option for those who prefer that. A Bluesign-certified eco-friendly DWR coating repels water across the entire surface, with a more robust waterproof material in the seat and lower back to prevent road spray from soaking your bum.

The bib tights are thermal fleece-lined, but not so thick that you’ll overheat in most conditions (it’s rated for 35-55ºF, but we’ve ridden in colder temps). Reflective hits help keep you safe, and Pactimo often has limited-edition colors to match the Storm+ jerseys and jackets too.

  • Available: Men’s and Women’s
  • Chamois: Yes
  • Material: Storm+ thermal fleece
  • Good for: Rain, wind, cold
  • Color: Black, black with limited-time color accents
  • Sizes: XS-XXL
  • MSRP: $200

PROS: Super comfortable chamois, great fit, useful in a broad temp range
CONS: None

 Alé Nordic 2.0 Bib Tights 

Alé Nordic 2.0 Bib Tights

The Nordic 2.0 from Alé is a great option for men looking for the ultimate in deep winter warmth. Rather than fleece lining, it has a more thermal lining, which some riders may appreciate, depending on your sweat rate. (Heavy sweaters may find fleece gets itchy as it gets wet.)

The outer layer of these tights is brushed with a DWR treatment to block wind and rain — and there’s a waterproof cuff at the bottom to help with splash-up from slush. They’re rated down to 3ºF, so these tights aren’t for the more casual winter riders. They’re not available in a women’s cut, but the Future bib short is a similar women’s option at a lower price point.

  • Available: Men’s
  • Chamois: Yes
  • Material: Polyester, poliurethane, elastane
  • Good for: Rain, wind, cold
  • Color: Black
  • Sizes: XS-XXL
  • MSRP: €184

PROS: The most winterproof of the bunch, rated down to 3ºF
CONS: Might be overkill for most riders

 PEARL iZUMi Attack Cycling Tights 

PEARL iZUMi Attack Cycling Tights

If you don’t love bibs — and we’ll be honest, in deep winter, sometimes we’re willing to swap out the bib option for an easier on/off situation when trying to get changed at the trailhead or pee with ease — then the PEARL iZUMi Attack Cycling Tights are a great option.

Because they don’t have a chamois, they’re also great for running or cross-country skiing in the winter, so if you’re building a winter wardrobe for multiple sports, these might be a better choice than a pair that has a chamois. And these tights are just as feature-rich as the bib options.

The AmFIB softshell fabric on the outside protects from wind and water; there are interior fleece accents for comfort, but not full fleece coverage. They’re great for most cold rides, though for deep, deep winter, you may want something with full lining. They’re great in rain, though, thanks to PEARL IZUMi’s Dry tech. It’s worth noting that even the brand admits that the tights tend to run small, so you may want to size up. Note: The women’s version comes with a chamois, while the men’s does not.

  • Available: Men’s and Women’s
  • Chamois: Men’s no, women’s yes
  • Material: 80% recycled nylon, 20% elastane
  • Good for: Cold
  • Color: Black
  • Sizes: XS-XXL women, S-XXL Men
  • MSRP: $100 men and women

PROS: Ultra cozy
CONS: Not bibs

 Rapha All-Day Leggings 

Rapha All-Day Leggings

While technically not a winter riding tight, these are great for those in-between days, worn over bib shorts or just as a casual commuter option, since they’re designed with cycling in mind. They don’t have any fleece or weatherproof lining, but that makes them optimal for more casual use or slightly cooler days, or just running errands around town.

Unlike most non-cycling specific leggings, which often end up fraying in the crotch if you put too much time on the saddle on them, these tights are designed to be ridden in and hold up to regular use. They’re also comfortable over a pair of bib shorts when you need a bit of extra coverage but don’t love legwarmers. Roll-up hi-vis cuffs and a wide range of colors are the icing on the cake.

  • Available: Women’s
  • Chamois: No
  • Material: 58% recycled nylon, 42% elastane
  • Good for: Cold
  • Color: Blue, black, teal, violet, brick
  • Sizes: XS-XXL
  • MSRP: $115

PROS: Great colors, fun for all day and riding
CONS: Not super cozy

 PEARL iZUMi Launch Trail Pant 

 PEARL iZUMi Launch Trail Pant 

For riders who prefer baggies in the summer and want to keep that same feeling going in the winter months, the Trail Pant from PEARL iZUMi delivers with a more casual look that shreds trails and rides to work or happy hour. The pants look stylish enough to hang out at a post-ride bar or cafe, but are stretchy enough to maneuver easily on trails.

We like the Velcro cinches on the side that let you tighten up to ensure your pants are firmly in place during your ride, but can loosen up after to shift where the waistband hits for more off-bike comfort. The material is light, though, so for winter riding, you may need to layer tights or bib shorts underneath to stay cozy.

  • Available: Men’s and Women’s
  • Chamois: No
  • Material: 68% CORDURA nylon, 21% polyester, 11% elastane
  • Good for: Rain, wind, cold
  • Color: Gray
  • Sizes: Men’s 28-38 / Women’s 2-14
  • MSRP: $150

PROS: Comfortable for on and off the bike
CONS: Needs layers in really cold weather

Rapha Winter clothing full kit riding

Winter Cycling Tights Buyers Guide

Decide What Tights Suit Your Riding Best

We discuss the differences in bibs versus tights, chamois versus no chamois, and fleece versus unlined tights below. Once you know which type you want, your options will be narrowed down considerably!

Consider the Average Temps You Ride In

If you’re regularly riding in below-freezing temperatures, then a pair of fleecy or wind-blocking tights is a great idea. But if your winters are milder, or you tend to only get out occasionally on winter days, you might be better off buying unlined tights that can be used in spring and fall as well, and simply add an extra layer over them if needed.

Check Size Charts

Tights are even trickier than cycling shorts because they tend to include panels of less stretchy fabrics (like fleece) so you won’t have as much give. Height also becomes more of a factor, so check your inseam against leg length.

Rapha Pro Team Winter road riding racing training collection, Women's Pro Team Winter Jacket
c. Rapha

Winter Cycling Tights Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need winter tights?

No, you don’t need cycling-specific winter tights. But they can make winter riding a lot more pleasant and comfortable. (If you’re on a tight budget, we recommend getting a pair of tights without a chamois, like the ones from PEARL iZUMi that we mention here, since they can be used for a variety of activities in addition to cycling.)

Can I layer winter tights?

If you’re wearing tights without a chamois, definitely layer a chamois underneath to protect your nether regions! In deep winter, some people will also layer a rain pant over tights for added warmth, which can work great. If you do this, though, just make sure that your pants are designed to not have fabric hanging by the chain, or wear a cuff to keep the fabric close to your leg.

Why not use legwarmers?

Legwarmers are absolutely an option and are great especially for changing seasons and days when you want to start warm but know you’ll overheat later. But in the winter, we like riding in full tights because it ensures full coverage, no “my legwarmers keep sliding down” issues as the going gets tough, and frankly, they just look a little tidier. They also make getting dressed easier: one piece versus three!

Bibs versus tights?

It depends on your preference. In general, we always recommend bibs over tights for waist comfort, since they don’t have a tight waistband that will bite into your gut as you bend over the bike. But some bib tights make peeing a difficult task, especially in cold weather; unless there’s a zip at the back, you’ll need to disrobe entirely in order to pee. Bib tights also are a bit more cycling-specific and typically come with a chamois built-in, making them less useful for other sports.

Built-in chamois padding

Chamois versus no chamois?

There are pros and cons to having a chamois in your winter cycling tights. On one hand, a built-in chamois means no bunching or weird seams or layers, and it makes getting dressed (and undressed if you need to pee) a lot simpler. But it also means that your tights are only good for cycling, not other winter sports like running or cross-country skiing.

It also means you can’t re-wear tights between washes, since a chamois needs to be cleaned after every use. If you wear tights over a chamois, though, you can avoid washing them for much longer, which can add to a garment’s longevity.

How should cycling tights fit?

Tight but comfortable. You should have full range of motion in your legs, nothing should feel too hard to get pulled on and you certainly shouldn’t be struggling to breathe. Ideally, the tights will be long enough to reach down to your shoes and neatly fit under your shoe covers — too short and you’ll end up with a frozen ankle!

When you try them on, make sure you bend over into a cycling position to see how the waist and the legs fit when stretched for cycling. Sometimes, a pair of tights feel great standing up, but pulls weirdly in the butt or quads when you’re leaning over.

What are cycling-specific leggings anyway?

You might think some of the leggings above, like those from Rapha, just look like everyday leggings, and you wouldn’t be entirely wrong. But the leggings are designed with cycling in mind and will have features like a heftier, more durable material in certain spots (like the saddle area) as well as seams that are placed differently to avoid potential chafing hazards. The fit also tends to be a bit lower in the front and higher in the back to make the riding position more comfortable. They’ll also have things like reflective accents and may even have wind-blocking panels.

What temperatures do I need fleece tights for?

Fleece tights might feel nice and cozy when you head out the door on a 40ºF day, but we guarantee that in minutes, you’ll regret that decision as your legs start to sweat profusely. Save the fleece-lined tights for below-freezing temperatures and windy days, especially if you run hot.

Can I wear XC ski gear instead?

Absolutely, just wear a chamois underneath your ski tights or bibs. That said, your regular snow pants for downhill skiing, or even more casual backcountry ski pants, may be too loose for the bike and could get caught in the chain. If your pants are looser, make sure you have a cuff holding them away from the chain.

Can I extend the life of my bibs?

One amazing reader hack we are loving: For tights that do have a chamois, once the chamois has worn out, you can carefully remove the chamois and use that pair of tights over another pair of bib shorts … assuming the removal goes smoothly!

The post Best Winter Cycling Tights: Ride through the cold, wet & wind appeared first on Bikerumor.

]]>
https://bikerumor.com/best-winter-cycling-tights/feed/ 4 278565